Search results

(141 - 160 of 178)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1989
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1989 ......................2 Calendar ............................3 About this Catalog ..........3 Introduction ..............................3 Visiting Students .............4 Courses ..............................5 Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1989 ......................2 Calendar ............................3 About this Catalog ..........3 Introduction ..............................3 Visiting Students .............4 Courses ..............................5 Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College followsa 4-1-4 calendar,with Fall and Spring semestersof approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972Educational Amendments or Section504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192(Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1989 ................................................Interim Registration .............................................................Late Interim Registration ...........................................................................First Day of Interim October 31-November 4 December 5 January 3 Class I 9 a.m. Class I1 1p.m. January 4 January 16 ................................................. Last Day for CanceYAdd ..............................................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 20 ....................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 27 ..................................................................................... I n t e r Ends January 31 .....................................Validation of Spring Class Registration ................................................................ Spring Semester Begins February 1 The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1: 8 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9 a.m.) Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 16, at one o-clock. About this Catalog The catalog lids courses by departments. Dcpartrnmts arc listcd in alphahctical order. At Ihc end of the book are listings ;sf other courscs not offered by Aupburg hut recognized by the collugc for Interim credit. Furthcr descriptions and informat inn about these courses are availablc in tlw Intcrim Office, Mcmorial230. Studcnts may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships - Studcnts electing an internship n~ustprescnt a cnrnplctcd internship learning contract to t hr In tcrnsliip Officc (Mcrnorial230) no btcr than Tuesday, Novembcr 22. Cnnlmcl forms ary availablc in thc same office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lowerdivision 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 5. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogsof these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applyingfor registrationat other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities collegeswill be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most coursestaught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institutionagrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $595 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses Art Calligraphy ART 106-490011306-49002 drawing skills with emgiven to the historical deements of design through and assignments center pecial attention given to cia1 styles. Three original projon quality of work plus r division students are historical writing styles : er and mat board Room: Old Main 4 Biology Ecology of the Southwestern U.S. Deserts BIO 113-490051313-49006 I 4 , I .; Instructor: Neal Thorpe Thiscourse willbegin with a considerationof the general characteristics of the four desertson the North Arnerian continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona and California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will include the p l ~siu raphy of dcwrL andsca s, desert climates, nd animal life, and mils, the survival mec ra a a. Studies will be conducted in southern Arizona and California, including the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe CactusNational Monument,Joshua TreeNational Monument, Death Valley, the Grand Canyon, Ihe Boyce Thompson Arboretum of the University of Arizona, and the Santa Catalina Mountains. H diskrk&sknied ' . Grades will be based on examinationsand written work. Students taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that will be presented orally to the class. Enrollment preference will be given to biology majors. I There will be some class days on campus both before and after the trip. . I The cost will range from $600 to $750, depending upon enrollment, and will cover airfare, ground transportation, lodging(camping), admission fees, and meals. Initial deposit is due by November 4. Prerequisities: Permission of Instructor; BIO 112 for 313 level Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 214 Viruses: At the Threshold of Life BIO 116-49003 Instructor: Robert Herforth Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life. genes surrounded by a n and multiply only as eeming simplicity, some mans are caused by vie forms of cancer. This major discoveries on of viruses, and their c will also look at the viral invasion, at the drugs, and at some g AIDS. Grades will during the course. Room: Science 213 , Botany, Birds and Blight BIO 117-49004 Instructor: Gloria Warner Thiscourseoffersanopportunity for hands-on experiences in areas of biology which may not be available to students in their regular be as exciting and arn various ways to plant structure and tification and Como 2. Studentswil of Natural Hist for a week at the Bell Museum tification and a t Grades will be based on class participation and exams. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 214 . Business Management Simulation Games BUS 278-49007/37&49008 Instructor: Amin Kader During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a computerized business management exercise. Each team will control a company which manufactures and sells similarproducts. Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures, and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends. Studcnts registering for upper division credit will be expected to have had at Icasi one business course and to be able to apply 1 I I business concepts learncd. The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training. This level will require students to rely on systematicand deductive analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the relationship between the various component parts of the business decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used for this group. Prerequisite: For 378 -BUS 242 or 252,BUS 221 or 331 andECO 112 or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: Murpy Square 3 Entrepreneurship BUS 295.49009 Instructor: John Cerrito who are not majoring for starting and running a small business. The student will management aspcts of small busincss a business plan for ia studies. Business major&ay not take this course for credit. Time: I Room: Murphy Square 3 . I Chemistry Chemistry for Changing Times CHE 100-49010 Chemistry has beeniinlin~atclya part of liberal education for centuries. The early sikntists were considcrd to be philosophers and their societies wcrPp11ilowplzicr I societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pcxsonal indcpcnduncc has led to chemistry becoming a part of evcrychy 1i fc fo the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a korld of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill", food additives aiqdprocessed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chcmical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for lifc cm other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Etnoiions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical irnbalancc. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The na turc of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even lcarhi ng appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "rncrnoly molecule". Most of the problems we &ce are molecular in na tnrc. What thenbut chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we b k c a molecular look at the human ct~ndition. d This c ' urw will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will sdpplcrncni the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be u d for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but +' does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: II Room: Science 315 History of Chemistry CHE 125-49011 Instructor: Jean C. Kunz This course seeks chemistryfrom ancien science of today. The on the discovused a few ele11 examine the I the powerful modem sed primarily upon a Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 315 Computer Science Fortran CSC 270-49012 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledgeof programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniquesfor using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I Room: Science 212 I I Economics Welfare Economics ECO 414-49013 Instructor: Ed Sabella The course will include basic concepts and propositions, Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; socia1welfare functions; and normative concepts of economic theory. Grades will be based on examinations and homework projects. Prerequisites: ECO 313 (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 I I Education C( International Education EDS 245-49014 Instructor: Richard Germundsen Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possiblecareersininternationaleducation. Specialattention will be directed toward Scandinavian,Central and South American models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: Library 4 Media Technology EDE 341-49015 Instructor: JohnBollis Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional and informational technology. Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included and each student will leave the class with word processing skills. Students will survey current software materials for educational and instructional settings. This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Foss 170 w Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten EDE 37549016 Instructor: Mary Endorf Thisclassprepares students for the unique experiencesand responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. This class will: A. Focus on a sequence of learning for the kindergarten child. B. Stresscurriculumdevelopment and instructional systemswhich are supported by current research and practices in education settings. C. Stress key adult/child relationships. D. Stress process - "how to learn". E. Share researched based findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans. F. Recognize continuities and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices. H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakers and field trips. Objectives of the Class: At the completion of this class the student will be able to identify: 1. Developmental needs of the kindergarten. 2. Discuss the different approaches to kindergarten education and the theories behind these approaches. 3. Organizea classroom environment to meet the learning needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades will be based on projects, discussionand examination. is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Mondays and Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 Human Relations EDS 388-49017 Instructor: Mildred Mueller This class provides a valuable insight into the values, cornrnunication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members with interaction from class members. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? These and many more questions will be addressed in this course. Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and other profesiional vocations. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 21 Student Teaching EDS 481-49018; EDE 481-49022 EDS 482-49019; EDE 482-49023 EDS 483-49020; EDE 483-49024 EDS 484-49021; EDE 484-49025 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. English The Short Sto y -Elements of Fiction ENG 240-490271340-49020 Instructor: Kathryn Swanson fiction? What elements of fiction What is fiction? What is should be considered in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the Students are expected to riad the s t h s and novel, participate in class discussions, write iw analysis a selected short story, write an original d~c>rl,itn ry, and take scvqal quizzes and a final exam. I Students taking th? course for upper division will read an additional novel end@rcyarc a substantial paper/class presentation based on it. Prerequisites: Effective Writing Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: Music 22 Re-Visions: Contemporay British and American Drama (1965- ) ENG 249-49026 Instructor: Douglas E. Green Who are the new Shakespeares and O'Neills, Shaws and Millers? Are there any grand new sights and sounds on English and American stages? This course will encourage students to assess the current state of British and American theater: the relation to national (and transAtlantic) trends and traditioning; the variety of issues, concerns, and themes; the diversity among playwrights themselves; the various modes of production. Readings will be drawn from the works of playwrightslikeOrton,Stopperd,Shepard,Mamet, Wilson, Churchill, Norman, Fornes, and others. There will also be some pairing of current works with "classic" pieces. Depending on January offerings in the Twin Cities, the class will also attend one or possibly two productions by contemporary playwrights, for which there will be a fee. Evaluation will be based on a number of short papers, class participation, and a comprehensive exam. Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing) or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time: 11 Room: Music 22 Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore ENG 355-49029 Instructor: John Mitchell Feature films, ranging from Wall, will also be examined Students will be rebased upon Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing) Time: II Room: Science 123 I 'I ' I French French Literature in Translation FRE 243-49030 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysisof a common core of varied works we will strengthen communicationand critical skills, develop cultural sensitivity,and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing Distribution: English-Speech Time: II Room: Old Main 25 German Introduction to Yiddish GER 220-49076 Instructor: Don Steinmek What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler on the Roof ), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common? They were wri tten in Yiddish. How did expressions like "chuspe," shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz" and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this Interim you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German. Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests. Prerequisites: One year of college German or permission of instructor Time: I Room: Old Main 12 Health and Physical Education IITheonj, Technique and Administrative Aspects of Coaching Football 7 .L -1 1 x 1 L ' HPE 224-49035 I- Instructor: Bill Huns tock Students will learn the history of the game of football and of the people who made major advances in the game. Attention will be given to the organization and administration of a footballprogram including staffing, player personnel, practice organization and game day organization. There will be stress on the methods of teaching individual, group and team skills and on strategies of offense and defense. Students will practice teaching methods in actual football practices. There will also be attention given to the ethics of coaching football. This course will be taught in conjunction with a 16 day trip to Australia by the college football varsity for exhibition games and workshops. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Time: I Room: Murphy Square 4 IIRecreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-49032 Instructor: Pam Schreurs Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I1 Monday and Wednesday and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 k d m i n i s t r a t i o n and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 41G49033 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams coveringlecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I Room: Murphy Square 2 Sailing in the Virgin Islands " h i HPE 45S-49034 / - Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with five or six other people and will function as an active crew member. - Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailingwill include cruises to various islandsand cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain". A daily ships log will be kept 6y all participants and a final written exam will be given. P/Ngrading only. The course will last January5-24. The fee of $2300 includes roundtrip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day. Final payment is due October 31. Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's Athletic Director Distribution: Lifetime sports II Coaching of Basketball HPE 477-49036 Instructor: Brian Ammann Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 111 II Coaching of Hockey HPE 478-49037 Instructor: Ed Saugestad The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-ice coaching techniques and scouting reports. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I Monday through Wednesday and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 111 Officiating of Basketball HPE 481-49038 Instructor: Al Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will be practical experienceon the floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays. Room: Melby 202 His tory Eastward to A m e h : Limited Hospitality HIS 220-49039 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen Course will focus on Asian immi ation to the United States in the &&18th m N r y and tLun of 2Olh century. The Chinese, la-, K~xemandFill e x p i a m will receive specialattenti011 ~ ~ o n c l u d wthacompmmt r on the changesin the U.S. Immigration laws in the post-world war I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the Immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Content and teaching style: Lectures, class discussions, audiovisuals and reports on the A-Vs. There will be a mid-term and a final project (a paper-topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I Room: Old Main 13 p 8L Gandhi and Martin Luther King: The Images and the Reality HIS 440-49040 Instructor: Don Gustafson ies of our century, in- Grading will be l m d on papers, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisites: Sophomore status or above and at least one college history or political science course. Time: I1 Room: Foss Seminar In terdisciplinavy -FXE The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)is a special Interim course designed for first year students that will grow out of The Augsburg Anthology. For the 1989 Interim there will be a single course with four sections, each taught by a different faculty member. The course will provide full credit and will satisfy the Urban distribution requirement. One part of this course will be a series of lectures for the entire college community. Measuring the Elusive Ideal: Realized and Unrealized Dreams INS 189-49041 Instructors: Larry Crockett, Joan Griffin, Ron Palosaari, Bruce Reichenbach What went wrong in Vietnam? Why do serious racial problems persist in America? Why do so many families have such different expectations about males and females? Why do so many foreign countries dislike America? In this course we will consider these and other issues by a comparison between ancient Athens and modern America, looking for similarities and differences. Using both ancient and modern texts we will examine how each nation created an image of itself as a people dedicated to certain ideals. We will see some ways in which the ideals were compromised, reinterpreted, or abandoned. Students will participate in the course through assigned readings, analysis of films, several short papers or daily journals, and participation in a group project. In addition, a final examination will help students integrate various aspects of the learning experience. Prerequisites: Freshman status Distribution: Minority-Urban Time: I Room: Science 123 The Redemocratization Process in South America INS 219-49074 Instructor: Maria de la Luz Silva Profesor Maria de la Luz Silva is a Fulbright scholar from Chile who is spending part of the 1988-89 school year at Augsburg. In the first part of this course she will focus on the origin and characteristicsof the authoritarian regimes of Argentina, Uruguay and Chile. In the second part of the course students will examine the evolution and transformation within these states and particularly consider the emergence and development of democratic alternatives. Finally, Professor Silva will analyze Chile as a special case study of retarded transformation. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 22 Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work INS 299-49042 Instructors: Gany Hesser and Lois Olson Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences. The externship is a modified internship consisting of a half-time placement and active participation in a seminar that meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work. The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1)to enable students to observe and experience the relationships between the worlds of work and the classroom; and 2) to expand the students' abilities to learn from first hand experience. Each participant will observe and work approximately20 hours per week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for approximately two hours. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/ log and seminarparticipation. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis. Participants will complete a resume by November 23 and secure a placement before the end of Fall classes (December 9). Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured by December 9. Time: 11 Room: Murphy Square 2 ~ ~ c o n o m i cthe s , Environment and Appropriate Technology INS 218-49043 Instructor: Tom Morgan The objective of this course is to help students develop a clearer sense of the critical importance the physical environment and our natural resources continue to play in the economic well-being in our global economy. We will first briefly review historical relationships between the physical environment,technologicalchange and economic development. We will then develop some basic economic tools which we will use to analyze decisions regarding our use of the environment in technological and economic develop ment. Finally we will consider alternative (appropriate) technological applicationsbeingexperimentedwith as potential solutions to environmental problems. Course material will be presented through a blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits. Course grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of their research into specific environmental/technologicalissue. Time: I1 Room: Science 319 Mathematics r( Finite Mathematics MAT 121-49044 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of the finite mathematics models involved in elementary statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course should provide students with the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical and probabilistic information. Class sessions will include lectures, discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam, and final exam will be the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: Math placement: Group 111 Time: I Room: Science 112 Math of Interest MAT 173-49045 Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes. This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careersin finance-related fields. Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Music willi Improvisation in Music MUS 129-49048 Instructor: Steph Gabrielsen every day for three hours, and each Improvisation i usic m meetings, using a variety of imstudent provisational t W es and styles. Prerequisite: M m ability on a musical instrument or instructor's p Distribution: Music Time: I Room: Music 4 '1 n Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS179-49047 Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Mebler The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and Munich served to inspire the building of places of worship in this country; the orchestras of these cities represent some of the oldest and finest of their kind; and have been long emulated by our own ensembles. The original scores of Handelfs "Messiah" in London's British Museum, the home and paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the awe-inspiring Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of our encounte concert p d o and visits to marksare planned. For tho= with a Bpedal interestin music therapy, visits will be made to the Nordoff-RobbinsCentrein England and hospitals .researching musk and medicine b~ Herdeclce and Ludmwhefd, West Gemany. The compmhmsive feeof $226 includes travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and several cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at the International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street. This course is offered on a P/NP basis only. The History of Jazz MUS 241-49049 Instructor: David Hawley The United States Congress has declared jazz a national treasure. America's improvisational art form has not only influenced the nature of our but has also been the throughout the world. This course will cxarninb\lt! cyajoti~nof jazz from itsblack secular roots to the current electr ,dallyinfluenced contemporary idiom. The characteristicsof sig$can t performers from each period will be analyzed as well as<-,tileiwlucncc of this art form on artists of reading assignments will and selected filmsand video two written and listening exams. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 2 NOR 111-49050 background in Nonvesin speaking, listening, Classroom practice d structures and the . Room: Old Main 29 Philosophy On Dreams PHI 200-49051 Instructor: Mark Fue some an- assignments. Evaluation will be traditional. Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Phusics J Introduction to Weather PHY 106-49052 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the scienceof meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi;Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the US from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 28. Prerequisites: High School Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Library I Introduction t o Space Science PHY 320-49053 Instructor: Ken Erickson This course is designed for students in scienceand engineering who are interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further study in the field of space science. The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on assignments, two exams and a paper. Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor. Time: I Room: Science 205 Pol it Science n numerous other ete conclusions You will be required to read presidency, write analytical the more you should try to read. Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I Room: Music 24 E Politics,~ollywoodstyle POL 328-49075 Instructor: William Morris This course will examine the impact of American films on U.S. citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose principal themes deal with particular political practices and/or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracyof these images by considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other information availableon each subject. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decisionmaking in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written a n a l p and evaluations of the political content or ''image" of politics in the films shownin class. These, plus additionalarticlesandportronaof books from the social sciencesand other literatureparalleling some of the films' themes, will serveas the basis for class discussion. The papers, a test on assigned readings establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades. There will be a film fee of approximately $10 to cover costs. Prerequisites: Political Science 121 or 158 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 Difficult Judicial Choices: How the Courts Reshape Political Institutions POL 475-49055 Instructor: Phillip F. Fishman The course is designed for political science and social work students and others who are concerned with institutional operation and change/reform. Text and actual case-studieswill be employed to examine the role of the federaljudiciary in: prison reform, mental health and the right to treatment, equal housing, school busing, police and immigration policy in the 90s. Course objectives are to assist the student: 1)to understand the judicial process and how jrrdg~slnakc policy; 22) tu Ivarn how linbilily i s ~st~ib1ishc.d i~rid app~.opriatcrcmtaclics arc' f;ishionrd lor rrdicf; 3 ) b cxplorc tlic rlynarrtic. r-onfliihtIwIwccn 1l1c f ~ i l ~ r tx-nch al nnr.-1 j>ol~tic'rlland adrninistrdtivc i n s t ~ l itions. l 'I'l~cinstructor uscs Icct~~re i111rl hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction. There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the brief course. In addition, students will be assigned on-site field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolifan police station, a United States immigration court and a mental health facility. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing Time: Tuesday, January 3, 6-9:30 p.m., and each Monday and Wednesday thereafter Ro-om: Old Maih 16 Psychology The Psychology of Law PSY 335-49056 Instructor: Nancy Steblay Evaluation will participation, student research Re1igion The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-49057 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examinethe LutheranChurch as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its develop0years of history. The text by ment and cultural Lcct LI r c and class discussion ss to the Gospel in art, will deal with cx music, missions, theology. Requireper. One text costing ments will inclu ascd in class on the second erim course may be used to meet religion r e q ~ c r n e n t s ) , Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366-49058 onal African culture will be studied, as well as atgy!' A major section ses of churches in South Africa to t will be lectures luated on several toward graduation religion requirements) Time: 11 Room: Old Main 18 The Bible, Language and Interpretation REL 445-49059 anguage in the Bible. The character of language for es will be based on class an examination. course may be used Social Work C( Exploring Human Services SWK 257-49060 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning. Studentswill volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experienceswill be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: Murphy Square 1 Family Violence: Recurring Issue, New Perspectives sWK330-4906<1 Instructor: Maria rown Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (StokelyCarmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of societfs violent attitudes? Why DOES familyviolenceoccur,and when, and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has reached what many professionals consider "epidemic proportions". This course is intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributingfactorsandconsequencesfor the familyand the broader society. Students will research various forms of family violence. Classroom speakerswill include professionalswho are involved in current policy-making and program delivery in family violence. One-half credit ovtion: classroom discussion, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in family violence. Full credit ovtion: requires writing and presenting of research on area of interest in family violence. Prerequisites: Inko to Psychology, Sociology or Social Work Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain SWK 346-49061 7y!-!L / - I Instructor: Rosemary Link Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern -ancient in its culture and modern in its social policies. The course explores social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of community agencies: formal public, private, and natural helping networks in a range of urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's culture, we will be invited to English family homes, meet with social work students, attend theatre performances, and visit historic treasures. London is the nerve center for the country's resources and we will begin by visiting some of its foremost community institutions such as Great Ormond Street Childrensl Hospital and Toynbee Hall Settlement. With the help of English social work students, we will unravel the post Second World War commitment to universal socialpolicies. These policies have established servicesavailable to all citizensin health, education, income maintenance, housing, and personal social servics. They also provide the major working turf of the social work profession. As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit Exeter and explore the rural and beautiful coastal West Country. In addition to the formal 'public' social work agencies such as Probation and Corrections, we will make contact with informal services and the small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities. Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through cultural and literary connections. Therefore, visits to the National Theatre, The Houscs of Parliament, cathedrals, and ancient community sites such asOxford are an integral part of rmgnizingand appreciating the wholc community. CuIturc and history come to lifc duringday excurtions through the gcntle English countryside ta Oxford and Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury. Students will complement their direct experience by reading the British press and current social policy pamphlets, journals, and books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S. Kammerman, Not the Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise of Fhe Welfare Stake; P.Barclay, Social Workers: T h i r Role and Tmks; Charlcs Dickens, Oliver Twisf; any play by G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality prcsd - The Gtdardinn, The Times, The Telegraph. Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective journal, an agency study, a critique of a current socialpolicy (which includes a comparison with their American experience), and participation in visits and discussions. The course is offered on a P/ NP basis. The comprehensivefee of $1,995 includes air and surfacetravel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets and a one week London travel pass. Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of International Programs. 7 Field Work III SWK 466-49064 (full course) 466-49065 (112 course) Instructor: Francine Chakolis The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 -educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar help on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Note: Course is offered for half (466-49065) (15 hours per week) or full (466-49064)(30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Time: to be arranged Sociology Principles o f Sociology (with emphasis on thd ~ e a l t h Care ~ i i t e m ) SOC 121-49071 Instructor: Barbara Johnson Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place in it. The emphasis for illustrations and exerciseswill be directed to the health care system. Cross cultural comparisonswill be drawn. As such, the course will be useful for future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well. This coursecovers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading assignments. Three exams will be given. Time: II Room: Music 24 Racial and Minority Group Relations om of racial and minority group ejudice, racism, and format will include for off-campus parexpect evaluation to n, a research project, nly on a P/N basis. Time: I Room: Music 23 ! Spanish Evaluating Continental Literature SPA 250-49067 The objective of th tal literature Student evaluation will pation in class discuss continenIt will involve reports, partici- Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Speech-Communication Movement for the Theater SPC 226-49068 etc. Students wil nd styles of movewill be to increase the gh movement, by examintiming, concentra11 be introduced as aspects of movement a1 expression, gesture, walking, rent styles of movement, from c. Movement exercises will be Some principles of Studentswill be given required readings concerning the principles of movement on which they will be asked to write brief essays. Grading will be based on commitment to and effectivenessof class work and essays, and on 3-4 movement presentations. The class will be designed for those who desire to increase their skills as actors, and also for those preparing for such fields as teaching, law, the ministry, etc. Time: II Room: Tjomhom-Nelson Theatre Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenseswhich are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-49069 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 27 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). Washington D.C. Interims Leaders on Leadership: The National Agenda POL 398-49072 Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles POL 398-49073 These interims begin January 2 and continue until January 21. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiencesduring the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (3301655)or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1988. These courses are offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. ANCIENT GREECE 1THE ANCIENT AND MODERN MAYA OF YUCATAN BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS 1THE BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW ZEALAND CHINA AND CHANGE: IMPLICATIONS FOR THE WEST IICONTEMPORARY EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS DEUTSCH IN DEUTSCHLAND I ENGLISH CASTLES AND CATHEDRALS, COUNTRYSIDE AND CITIES 1THE ENGLISH SCHOOL AND FAMILY EUROPE AND THE RISE OF MODERN SCIENCE EXPLORING HUMAN SERVICES AND SOCIAL WORK IN GREAT BRITAIN 1GREAT WESTERN PHILOSOPHERS: USSR & ENGLAND HAWAII: A CULTURAL AND LITERARY HISTORY INSIDE IRELAND 1JANUARY IN AND AROUND PARIS MODERN EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND WORKLIFE MUSEUMS, MUSIC AND MONUMENTS IN THE GREAT CITIES OF EUROPE THE PANORAMA OF ENGLISH THEATRE LI THE ROMAN EMPIRE: CITIES, BATHS AND VILLAS IN BRITAIN AND ITALY 1SOUNDS AND SIGHTS OF EUROPE SOUTH SEA ADVENTURE: TROPICAL ECOLOGY CI SPECIAL EDUCATION OVERSEAS: AMSTERDAM, ENGLAND, SCOTLAND SPAIN: A COUNTRY IN TRANSITION Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activity is available to students during Interim and students may register for this class as well as for a regular course. This activitv does not carry official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports requi&ment for graiua tion. Students may participate in this class without registering for the course, but will be cxpcctd to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. American Karate HPE 002-49070 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1200-1:00 MWF Room: Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1988
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM ................. 2 Calendar .................... 3 Introduction About this Catalog ............3 ..................... Courses ..................... Options 3 5 Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM ................. 2 Calendar .................... 3 Introduction About this Catalog ............3 ..................... Courses ..................... Options 3 5 Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1988. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1988 ...................... .................... .......................... November 2-6 .Interim Registration December 7 .Late Interim Registration January4 .First Day of Interim Class I 9 a.m. Class I1 1 p.m. January5 .Last Day for Cancel/Add January18 .Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January20 ... .Last Day for Withdrawing from Full Courses January29 .Interim Ends February 2 .Validation of Spring Class Registration February 3 .Spring Semester Begins ..................... . ............................... ........ ...................... The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8 a.m. to Noon (On the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9 a.m.) Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 18, at one o'clock. About this Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interims - Students are invited to be part of one of the 26 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 24. Contract forms are available in the same office. - Independent or Directed Study Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1.Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $560 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Lourses Art d Li e Drawing A T 247-48001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils and the felt tip pen. Fee: $30 due the first day of class Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 17 J PlantsUand Civilization BIO 102-48002 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 1 Biological Evolution BIO 107-48003 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The anti-evolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationist" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined. Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study of evolutionary thought from preDarwinian times to the present. Finally, we will address the course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests. Prerequisite: High School biology Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 212 Business H Business Ethics: The Social Responsibility o Business f; B S 270-48004 Instructor: Dick Herzog In this course we will focus on the responsibilities of business to society and consider problems that businesses and business people face in a world of competing value systems. We will explore the moral foundations of capitalism and the use of reason to study systematically business conduct and behavior. Topics will include discrimination/affirmative action, truth in advertising, insider information, corporate take overs and green mail, multinational corporations and so on. There will be lectures, discussions and probably some guests. Students will write and defend in class two essays on assigned topics. There will be a final examination. Prerequisite: Ethics recommended Time: I1 Room: Old Main 21 Management Simulation Games BUS 278-48071/378-48072 Instructor: Amin Kader During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a computerized business management exercise. Each team will control a company which manufactures and sells similar products. Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures, and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends. Students registering for upper division credit will be expected to have had at least one business course and to be able to apply business concepts learned. The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training. This level will require students to rely on systematic and deductive analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the relationship between the various component parts of the business decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used for this group. Prerequisite: For 378 - BUS 242 or 252, BUS 221 or 331 and ECO 112 or permission of instructor Room: Psych 3 Time: I1 " Chemistry ' fur Changing Times CHE 100-48005 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill", food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 315 Chemistry in Health CHE 120-48006 Instructor: John Holum This course will progress from a study of basic principles of chemistry (with emphasis on acid-base equilibria) to a study of the chemical reactions by which our bodies manage the transport of oxygen and waste carbon dioxide in the chemistry of cellular respiration. We shall study several situations in which this chemistry goes awry - drug overdoses, overbreathing at high altitudes, emphysema, diabetes, hysterics, and pulmonary diseases. There will be some attention to the nature of chemistry in particular and science in general. Average of four two-hour lectures per week with demonstrations; evaluations by hour examinations and a final. This course meets distribution but does not count toward a chemistry major or minor. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 315 History of Chemistry CHE 125-48061 Instructor: Jean C. Kung This course seeks to outline the influence of history on the discovery of the elements. Ancient peoples discovered and used a few elements setting the prologue for chemistry. We will examine the discoveries of the elements, their utility and the development of chemistry from ancient concepts to alchemy to the powerful modern science of today. The course grade will be based primarily upon a term paper. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 319 Computer Science f7 ~ort;an CSC 270-48007 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Economics Economics of Urban Issues ECO 110-48008 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention, Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools are introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor.) Distribution: Either Economics-Political Science or Urban Concerns Time: I1 Room: Library 1 Planned Economies (Soviet Union, Yu oslavia, India) 8 EC 495-48009 Instructor: Satya Gupta Students will study the evolution, objectives and performance of the present day economies of the Soviet Union, Yugoslavia and India under different systems of management. Students should be able to conceptualize and appreciate the differences in approach and solutions of economic problems of these countries. Grades will be based on three tests and one research paper. Prerequisites: ECO 112 or 113 (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 Education Student Teaching EDS 481-48010;EDE 481-48014 EDS 482-48011;EDE 482-48015 EDS 483-48012;EDE 483-48016 EDS 484-48013;EDE 484-48017 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. fke Once and Future King: Arthur Through the Ages ENG 130-48018/ENG 430-48025 Instructor: Joan Griffin "Hic jacet Arthurus Rex quondam rexque futurus (Here lies King Arthur, the once and future king)." These words, legend says, are engraved on the tomb of the greatest king who ever lived, Arthur of Britain. But another tradition says that Arthur never died. Instead, he was taken to the magical island of Avalon after he was wounded in his last battle. There he will remain until the world has need of a leader as great as he. In fact Arthur has returned again and again in myth, legend, poetry, novels, and films. Arthur (and Arthurian themes) have appeared in the works of great writers like T.S. Eliot and James Joyce. But he's appeared just as often on the best seller lists (in novels by Mary Stewart, for example), on the stage (Camelot) and in the movies (Excalibur). King Arthur is as compelling a figure in modern imagination as he was in medieval literature. Why7 Who is this Arthur7 Who was he in his own time, and what has he become throughout the centuries7 Our quest for the meaning of King Arthur will take us from medieval to modern times. We will look at classics like Sir Thomas Malory's Le Morta D'Arthur, and Alfred, Lord Tennyson's Idylls of the King. We will also look at more popular works like T.H. White's Once and Future King and movies like Monty Python and the Holy Grail and Excalibur. Evaluation will be based on a number of short papers, contributions to class discussion, and an exam. Students enrolling for upper division credit will also be asked to lead a class discussion and write a long paper based on additional readings. Prerequisites: ENG 111Effective Writing (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore ENG 355-48019 Instructor: John Mitchell Devotees of rock and roll music tend neither to listen to the lyrics nor to understand them when they do, probably by preference. This course will examine the language of rock and roll, emphasizing figures of speech and other poetic techniques (metaphor, irony, etc.) and their thematic implications. Feature films, ranging from Blackboard Jungle to Woodstock to The Wall, will also be examined for their cultural implications and themes. Students will be required to take tests and to write an extended analysis based upon assigned readings and the use of language in the music. A fee will be charged to help pay for film rentals. Prerequisites: ENG Ill-Effective Writing Time: I1 Room: Science 123 Five College Advanced Short Fiction Writing ENG 362-48058 Instructor: Carol Bly This course will focus on writing short stories, but will also include a study of basic fiction theory and the reading of excellent works for use as examples. There will be frequent in-class exercises, short (200 word) homework fiction to write, peer and class critiquing and frequent conferences with the instructor. Small group work will be encouraged. We will explore sophisticated means of writing short American literature--with emphasis on generosity of plot, sensuous detail in place and time settings, presentation of characters, brisk and lovely language as well as we can manage. Grades will be based on writing, class participation and evidence of the grasp of advanced literary principles. Prerequisite: One writing course beyond effective writing and permission of Professor John Mitchell Time: 10:OO-12:30 TWRF Room: Hamline University, LC 102 E French Beginning French FRE 111-48057 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov This course aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course works toward the discovery of French culture and the French way of life. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 German Introduction t o Yiddish GER 220-48070 Instructor: Don Steinmetz What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler on the Roof"), Issac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common7 They were written in Yiddish. How did expressions like "chuspe," "shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this interim you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German. Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests. dia NLL 4 d ~ 1rrL ri~~,a Prerequisite: One year of college German or permission of instructor Time: I Room: Old Main 12 Health and Phwsical Education II Recreational Rhythms and Activities PE 232-48022 Instructor: Mary Manderfeld Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a 1/2credit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays, and alternate Fridays Room: Melby H Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-48023 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff This course is designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the student to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39 foot fixed keel sailboat with five other people and will function as an active member of the crew. Actual on the water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Evaluation will be based on performance as a crew member as well as a written final exam. Prerequisite: Instructor's permission Distribution: Lifetime sport Beiltg H14man INS 18848063 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach What is it to be a human being? We will first raise questions about the extent of our knowledge, about the meaning of life, and about values. Secondly, we will explore how individuals are related to their society. We will analyze, among other things, the nature and purpose of education and the role of the individual in the state. Finally, we will focus on the impact which contemporary developments in artificial intelligence have on how we view ourselves. The course will emphasize reading original sources from various historical periods, and frequent written interaction with those readings. Several short papers plus written preparation for small group discussions will be expected. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Music 24 Images of America: From Wilderness Forest to Urban Sprawl EVE INS 188-48064 Instructor: Ron Palosaari When Europeans first settled in America they found themselves in a wilderness they hoped to transform into a garden. We modern Americans find ourselves in an increasingly urbanized environment and want simultaneously to transform the city to make it more liveable and also to flee the city and escape its problems by going back to nature. In this course we will study some works of literature and other texts that will help us understand how we got our attitudes toward city and country. We will consider the Greek development of the idea of the city, move on to the Hebrew and Christian conceptions of the ideal society and then study some of the development of American ideas about country and city. Students will be expected to develop a personal statement of their attitudes towards the rural and the urban. Students will write three papers and take a final examination. We will take a field trip or two and have several guest speakers. Texts: L. Mumford, The City in History, selections I Plato, The Republic, selection Bible, selections Augustine, The City of God, selections R.W.Emerson, "Nature" H.D. Thoreau, "Waldenff,selections N. Hawthorne, "My Kinsman Major Molineaux" E.A. Poe, "The Man of the Crowd" S . Crane, Maggie J. Baldwin, Go Tell It On the Mountain J.C. Oates, Them Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Music 23 Leadership in the City flz/E INS 188-48065 Instructor: Richard Nelson It has often been observed that leadership cannot be taught. While that is probably true, it is definitely true that leaders and leadership can be profitably studied. In this course we will study leadership within the context of the city. Through readings, discussion, and lectures we will view the ancient and modern city and selected problems within urban culture which require the development of various types of leaders and styles of leadership. During the first two weeks of class we will read from texts and view films which will provide us with background material, and since all events are rooted in time, much of this material will be historical in nature. The third week of the course will be devoted to time spent observing the city. Each student will visit with a leader in our metropolitan community whom you will interview in order to gain primary data about his or her role as a leader. In addition, you will work in teams to view the life of the city and formulate questions and observations about the nature of our metropolitan area. In the final week of the class we will reserve time for individual and team reports to be given in class. During the course you will write four short papers (3-4 pages), prepare oral reports based on your week in the city, and write three short exams. Each component, the short papers, the oral reports, and the short exams will comprise 30% of your final grade. Your participation in discussions will count 10% of your final grade. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Old Main 16 1 H Urban Theatre and Art 11v,C INS 188-48065 4 Instructor: Julie Bolton The Twin Cities is among the three largest theatre centers nationally. In this seminar we will use current local productions as a laboratory for our exploration of meaning in drama and theories of drama (expectations and needs of the audience, the nature of the dynamic process which is related between the actor and audience, and the differentiation between the play and the production). Play productions which were available in 1987 were Shakespeare's As You Like It, Chekhov's Uncle Vanya, Ping Chong's Nosferatu, and David Hare's A Map of the World among others. The seminar will focus on the themes: city/rural, artificial/ real, technology and civilization/nature, sin and darkness/ healing and restoration. We will use as background material classical humanistic texts: Job, Plato's The Republic, Shakespeare's Macbeth, Adam's The Dynamo and the Virgin and Lewis Mumford's City in History. Three productions will be viewed on which three 3-5 page critical reviews will be written and shared with the group as a basis for discussions. Research problems will require library use. Play productions will be supported by visits to art museums. There will be a fee for play admissions. Prerequisite: Freshmen only Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Interdisciplinary Externship: e ink in^ ducati ion and the World of Work INS 299-486% Instructors: Garry Hesser and Lois Olson Learn from your experiences. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences. The externship is a modified internship consisting of a halftime placement and active participation in a seminar that meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work. The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1) to enable students to observe and experience the relationships between the worlds of work and the classroom; and 2) to expand the students' abilities to learn from first hand experience. Each participant will observe and work approximately 20 hours per week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for approximately two hours. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/log and seminar participation. Participants will complete a resume by November 24 and secure a placement before the end of Fall classes (December 11). Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured by December ll. Women, Men and the Bible INS 181-48027 Instructor: Bev Stratton Who are the women of the Bible7 How have women been involved in or neglected by the Jewish and Christian faiths through the centuries7 How have other religions dealt with gender issues7 What does the Bible say about the roles and relationships of women and men in the family and in the church7 How do our images of God and our language effect our beliefs7 When must masculine pronouns be retained in Biblical translation, and when is inclusive language appropriate? How do our religious understandings of the roles of women and men impact our actions in society? We will explore these and other questions through extensive reading and class discussions. Our focus will be on the Judeo-Christian tradition, but we will also consider other religions, modern reactions to patriarchy, and inclusive language for worship. Evaluation will be based on class discussions, quizzes, short papers, exams, and a project. Prerequisites: An open mind Distribution: urban/women/minority Time: I Room: Old Main 13 Politics and Process in Education INS 183-48053 Instructor: Norm Ferguson Ever wondered about the advantages and disadvantages of the formal education you are experiencing? How have the educational methods you have been exposed to shaped your view of yourself and the world7 The objectives of this course are to examine the processes used today in American education (from elementary school through college) and to evaluate them from a variety of social science perspectives (political, psychological, sociological). The content of the courses will include topics such as: cooperative learning, experiential education, individual learning styles, whole-brain learning, social responsibility, and student-teacher interactions. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of topics such as these. Guest speakers will illustrate some of the alternative approaches to education being used currently in the Twin Cities. Evaluation will be based on: (a) class participation and (b) two papers or one paper and one class presentation. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: I Room: Psych 2 The Rabbi and the Robot: Human Value in the Computer Age INS 185-38029 Instructor: Larry Crockett This course will explore how human beings should be understood in an age of robots, intricate computers, and artificial intelligence. Using film, non-fiction, and fiction, we will examine these questions: Are human beings in some sense machines7 Is it conceivable that smart machines might in some sense be persons? What does the JudeoChristian tradition have to say about such questions7 Students will be asked to write one essay each week and to write one exam consisting of multiple choice and essay items. Prerequisites: A computer science, psychology or philosophy course Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Cultural and Political Realities in Jordan, Israel, the West Bank and Egypt INS 262-480 Instructors: Joel Mugge and Gary Olson Students will visit Jordan, Israel, the West Bank and Egypt to examine historical, cultural, socio-economic and political factors in interaction. The course will include readings, lectures and field experiences designed to illuminate life in the Moslem, Jewish and Christian communities and to increase understanding of the political and social dynamics which have engendered conflict in the region. Participants will meet with people and organizations representing the countries' many political and religious viewpoints. The group will also travel to key historical sites such as Jerusalem's Old City and Cairo's pyramids. Trip leaders will be Moravian College political science professor Gary Olson and Joel Mugge, Director of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College. Approximate cost will be $1800 from Minneapolis, including all transportation, accommodations, tours and meals with an itinerary extending from January 7 through January 24. Grading will be on a P/N basis only and evaluation will be based on a journal integrating experiences with assigned readings and on participation in a global perspectives forum during the spring term. Interested students must register first with the Center for Global Studies by October 30. Mathematics Shaping Up MAT 151-48056 Instructor: Bev Durkee A look at two and three dimensional geometric shapes by drawing or building models and by considering the mathematical structure of the patterns of their symmetries (rotations, reflections, etc.) through transferational geometry. The course should be helpful to those in elementary education or other nonscience majors interested in visual patterns. Assignments will be required. Course examinations at midterm and final. Prerequisite: Level 3 on Mathematics Placement Test Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 112 H Math of Interest MAT 173-48062 Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes. This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careers in finance-related fields. Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 H The Logical Game of Mathematics MAT 241-48028 Instructor: Larry Copes Lower-division mathematics students generally play only games of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and to write up proofs. The objectives of this course are to help prospective mathematics majors gain or improve those skills, and to get a taste of REAL mathematics before committing themselves to a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and weekly exams, including a cumulative final exam. Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better Time: I Room: Science 205 Music E Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 110-48033 Instructor: Roberta Metzler An introductory course for students planning to major in music therapy. Course will consist of a general overview of the field of music therapy, with visitations to several clinical sites in the area. Evaluation will be based on three tests and field trip reports. Special fee to cover transportation: $15. Time: I1 Room: Music 26 E Improvisation in Music MUS 129-48032 Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen Improvisation in Music meets every day for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Time: I1 Room: Music 4 The Electronics of Music MUS 230-48030/MUS 430-48031 Instructor: Robert KarlCn An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in: 1. Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quartertrack, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer. 2. Individually creating, modifying, and mixing sounds from traditional sound sources as well as from analog and computer-controlled synthesizers. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the creative aspects of the art. Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using primarily traditional and non-traditional sound sources. Upper division students will also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks. Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape. Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 5 Norwegian Be inning Norwegian g NO 111-48034 Instructor: Nancy Aarsvold Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural understanding, Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. The final grade is derived from daily assignments, ~ u ~ = F s and , a final examination. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Nursing Pends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-48035 Instructor: Terry Welcher This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations, written examinations and field trip reports. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Philosophy Readings in Mystical Literature: The Western Padition PHI 390-48036 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer The object of this course is to analyze the principles of the various forms of mystical experience based on discussions of selected mystical texts that are considered as basic (classic) in forming Western spirituality. Topics include: ecstatic experience, purgation of the senses, mysticism and the feminine, mysticism and poetry. Evaluation will be by short papers and final examination. This course meets the Humanities major requirement of a perspectives course. Time: I Room: Memorial 323 Philosophy of Science PHI 365-48037 Instructor: Kenneth Bailey Sometimes it is said that we live in the Age of Science. What does that mean? In what sense(s) might such a statement be said to be true or false? Is it really true that only science can say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any limits to scientific method? For example, what does science have to say about values? These and other questions about scientific methods, scientific knowledge, and the applications for science to human life will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?) Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon a mid-term and a final examination; course participation; and an individual study project. Prerequisites: Suggested prior courses: PHI 130 (Logic)and one course in natural science Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 Phusics ~&oduction to Weather PHY 106-48040 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the US from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Prerequisite: High School Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 123 The Physics of Music PHY 112-48038 Instructor: Jeff Johnson This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of music. After developing the essential physics, we will examine string and horn instruments (and possibly others including the human voice) to see how they actually work. The requirements of the course include laboratory exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a final exam in addition to a term paper on the history of the student's favorite musical instrument. Prerequisite: High school algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 30 The Starship Accords PHY 180-48039 Instructor: Mark Engebretson You have been selected to participate in the establishment of the first permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As one of the colonists, it will be your duty during flight to: A. Familiarize yourself with the environment expected in any of the several galactic locations thought to be suitable for colonization. B. Choose the location, design, and level of technology of the new colony. C. Help design a system of governance for the entire community. Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and political theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Evaluation will be based on the above and on two short quizzes. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Library 1 Po Iitical Science II Patterns of Change in the Middle East POL 268-38068/468-48069 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten The objectives of this course are to go behind the headlines and achieve deeper understanding of the issues facing policy makers in the Middle East today and to make use of theoretical perspectives from history, comparative politics and international relations while examining Middle East political life. Lectures and class reading will explore the long heritage of Islam in the area as well as the impact of Western power and political concepts. How ideas and social movements confront each other amidst rapid technological and social change will be studied. Students will also analyze the complex policy choices facing outside powers with interests in the region. All students will read an introductory text and select from recent specialized studies on six societies: Iran, Israel, Egypt, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, and the Palestinians. All students will give oral critiques of two books from the set of specialized studies and will write a final essay on political aspects of two countries. Additional class meetings will be held to discuss readings on the comparative method and selected Middle East political topics as treated in an additional text required for upper division credit. Upper division students will critique methodology as well as the information and stylistic approach of the books presented in classroom critiques. An additional final essay applying comparative theory to two Middle East countries will be required for upper division students. Prerequisites: None for lower division; one political science course and sophomore status for upper division Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 H Political Economy POL 459-48041 Instructor: Joseph Goldman This course introduces students to the theoretical and policy questions dealing with political economy; especially how politics and economics interrelate across industrializing and postindustrializing systems. Using history, political science and economics, we will look at the concepts, models, theories and paradigms of national and international development. Issues like the "North-South debate, GNP growth, market expansion, industrialization, capitalization, the arms race and high technological advancement are covered. Students are evaluated on a comprehensive examination and a short (15-20 pp) term paper in the form of a case study or policy study in consultation with the instructor. The examination and a paper are worth each 50% of the total grade. Prerequisites: Preferably course work in political science or economics Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I Room: Psych 3 Ps ycilology H Introduction to the World of Psychology PSY 121-48042 Instructor: Paul Hirdman Psychology is more than rats1 It is a world of great breadth, with differing levels of depth. Here you will have the opportunity to explore some of the concepts, data and methods of psychology and gain some understanding and insights from this discipline. Readings, lectures, and special presentations will be utilized involving the instructor and class members. Evaluation will involve class participation, student research presentations and exams. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: I Room: Psychology 4 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-48043 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral reports. Each student will be required to seek out and interview persons in the adolescent level of development. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1st. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on P/N basis. Prerequisites: PSY 105-General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 27 The ~ u t h e r a n Heritage REL 345-48044 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its development and cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements will include two exams and one short paper. One text costing approximately $12.00 must be purchased in class on the second day. Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 18 The Bible, Language and Interpretation REL 445-48052 Instructor: Philip Quanbeck A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class participation, a presentation to the class and an examination. Prerequisites: Senior Honors Student or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 10 Social Work Ex loring Human Services SJ K 257-48055 Instructor: Francine Chakolis This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: Melby 24 Issues of Hornelessness SWK 339-48051 Edwina Hertzberg The intent of this course is: 1. To expand student's knowledge of homelessness in an historical context; 2. To expand student's knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities; 3. To expand student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal. 4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness. Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A semin a r f o r m a t will be used in the classroom f o r discussion/exploration of the topic. Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the basis of evaluation. Fee: $30.00 Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this course. Prerequisites: SOC 111, 121, SWK 257, 361, or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Psych 2 H Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain SWK 346-48059 Instructor: Rosemary Link Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern - ancient in its culture and modern in its social policies. The course explores social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of community agencies: formal public, private, and natural helping networks in a range of urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's culture, we will be invited to English family homes, meet with social work students, attend theatre performances, and visit historic treasures. London is the nerve center for the countrv's resources and we will begin by visiting some of its foremost community institutions such as Great Ormond Street Childrens' Hospital and Toynbee Hall Settlement. With the help of English social work students, we will unravel the post Second World War commitment to universal social policies. These policies have established services available to all citizens in health, education, income maintenance, housing, and personal social services. They also provide the major working turf of the social work profession. As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit Exeter and explore the rural and beautiful coastal West Country. In addition to the formal 'public' social work agencies such as Probation and Corrections, we will make contact with informal services and the small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities. Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through cultural and literary connections. Therefore, visits to the National Theatre, The Houses of Parliament, cathedrals, and ancient community sites such as Oxford are an integral part of recognizing and appreciating the whole community. Culture and history come to life during day excursions through the gentle English countryside to Oxford and Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury. Students will complement their direct experience by reading the British press and current social policy pamphlets, journals, and books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S. Kammerman, Not the Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise o f the Welfare State; l? Barclay, Social Workers: Their Role and Tasks; Charles Dickens, Oliver Twist; any play by G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality press' - The Guardian, The Times, The Telegraph. Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective journal, an agency study, a critique of a current social policy (which includes a comparison with their American experience), and participation in visits and discussions. The comprehensive fee of $1,965 includes air and surface travel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets and a one week London travel pass. Registration for this interim must be made before October 23 in The International Center, Old Main 20. Field Work III SWK 466-48045/SWK 466-48046 Instructor: Maria Brown The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Note: Course is offered for half (466-48045) (15 hours per week) or full (466-48046) (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Time: to be arranged Sociology Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 265-48047 Instructor: Gordon Nelson This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Students can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, written assignments, and/or examinations. Distribution: Urban/Minority Time: I Room: Old Main 25 .- Spanish Evaluating Continental Literature SPA 250-48048 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss continental literature through the use of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selections from different points of view. We shall read half a dozen short stories, several plays, one novel and a number of poems. Student evaluation will be based on three written reports, participation in class discussions, and a final exam. This course is designed for foreign language students but anyone with an interest in European continental literature is welcome to enroll. Offered in English. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Speech, Communication, Theatre Children's Theater SPC 285-48049 Instructor: Gary Parker Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off stage as performers (actors, singers, dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights, scenery, costumes, and props). Public performances will be scheduled during the final week of class. Grading will be based on the commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and a written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No theater experience is necessary. Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00 Room: Stage Two H Television News Production SPC 344-48050 Instructor: Warren Harmon This will be a basic course in television news production taught on location. Students will get practical experience in interviewing, shooting, writing, editing and producing the news. Grades will be based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not a television studio. Students should have some previous TV coursework. Check with Julie Bolton in the speech department for further information. Prerequisite: Permission of Department chair, Julie Bolton Time: I Room: Dayton-Hudson Production Studios, St. Paul Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 23, 1987. These courses are offered on P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. H Art and Culture in Europe: A Study in Contrasts H Austria, Italy and Eastern Capitals: The Habsburg Heritage H The Bahamas: Women, Health and Healing H Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands H China: Yesterday, Today, and Tomorrow H Costa Rica: Ecology of Tropical Forests H English Castles and Cathedrals, Cities and Countryside H The English School and Family H Europe and the Rise of Modern Science H France at the Dawn of the XXI Century: Modernity and Tradition H German Language and Culture H The Greek Experience H Hawaii: A Cultural History H Intermediate German: 2000 Years in Trier International Law and Business in a European Environment H The Irish Renaissance H Italy and Malta: Ancient Cultures and Contemporary Problems H London, Paris, Amsterdam: The Legacy of Wealth and Power Mexico: The Old and the New H From Monastery to Manufacturing: The Dawn of Capitalism The Natural History of New Zealand Paris-Dakar: The French-African Connection Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain H The Soviet Union: Church and State After 1000 Years H Theatre in England: Its Texts and Contexts H The Vikings These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-48073 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 17 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). Washin on D. C. Interims ? Leaders on eadership: Models for Policy Making POL 398-48073 Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles POL 398-48074 These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January 16. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. The foSlowing activity is available to students during Interim and srudenks may register for this class as well as for a repsilar course. This activity does not carry official credit, but does meet h e liferime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in his class without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. American Karate HPE 002-48067 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, caught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:OO-1:00M, W,F Room: Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1987
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1987 Page ........ 2 ........... 3 Introduction Calendar ............ 4 H Courses ............ 5 H Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1987 Page ........ 2 ........... 3 Introduction Calendar ............ 4 H Courses ............ 5 H Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1987. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class a s they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). Augsburg Policy It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap a s required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay'Thomsen at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustaf son, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar November 3-7 . . .Interim Registration December 8 . . .Late Interim Registration January 5 . . . .First Day of Interim Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 1:00 p.m. January6 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceYAdd January 19 . . . . .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 21 . . . . .Last day for withdrawing from full courses January30 . .Interimends February 3 . .Validation of Spring Class Registration February 4 . . .Spring Semester Begins .. .. .. . ... .. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1-8 a.m. to 12 noon Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m. Interim Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabeticalorder. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Building Key OM-Old Main S - s c k n c e H-dl Options International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internshim-Students electing. an internship must present a completei internship learning;ontract to theA1nternshipOffice (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 25. Contract forms are available in the same off ice. Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1 . Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 5. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims a t Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration a t other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted a s meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $540 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for a n Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office a t their own school. There is a n application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. ART Calligraphy ART 106-47001 306-47002 Instructor: Phil Thompson A study of the art and craft and historical development of calligraphy with emphasis on the italic alphabet. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint. For upper division credit a major project is required plus demonstrated skill in the uncial and gothic styles. Prerequisite: None for lower division; Painting or drawing course or permission of the instructor for upper division Distribution: Art-~ u s i c Time: I Room: OM 4 Life Drawing ART 247-47003 Instructor:Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from three minutes to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fee: $25due the first day of class Distribution:Art - Music Time:I Room: OM 17 BIOLOGY Plants and Civilization BIO 102-47004 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams. Distribution:Chemistry-Biology Time: I1 Room: 205 Ecology of The Arizona Sonoran Desert BIO 113-47005 313-47006 Instructor:Neal Thorp This course will begin with a consideration of the general characteristics of the four deserts on the North American continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona and California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will include the physiography of desert landscapes, desert climates, soils, the distributions and interactions of plant and animal life, and survival mechanisms of desert flora and fauna. Studies will be conducted in southern Arizona, including the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, the Boyce Thompson Arboretum of the University of Arizona, and the Catalina and Rincon Mountains. Grades will be based on examinations and written work. Students taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that will be presented orally to the class. The cost will be approximately $600.00 and will cover airfare, ground transportation, lodging, admission fees, and most meals. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. BIO 112 for 313 level Distribution:Chemistry-Biology H u m a n Developmental Biology BIO 174-47007 Instructor:Robert Herforth In its broadest sense developmental biology includes the study of the entire life cycle of the individual, from production of the eggs and sperm through fertilization, embryonic and fetal development, birth, growth and maturation, reproduction, aging and death. This course will touch on all these aspects of human development, but will concentrate on gamete production, fertilization and development up to birth. Comparisons with development in other animals will be made. Some related topics which will be considered include the hormonal control of reproduction and childbirth, in vitro fertilization, methods of contraception and developmental defects. Grades will be based on several quizzes and exams given during the course. Distribution:Chemistry-Biology Time: I Room: S 212 H Biological Evolution BIO 307-47008 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most sigmficant conclusions which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted a s a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined. Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwinian times to the present. Finally, we will address the course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112 or permission of the instructor Time: I Room: S 329 BUSINESS Micro-ComputerAccounting BUS 294-47070 Instructor: Richard Herzog This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications. Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software. Students will be required to read a text and other material, hand in homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation. Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102) Time: 11 Room: S 213 Entrepreneurship BUS 295-47011 Instructor:John Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business case studies. Time: I Ruom: M 23 Augsburg Goes to Business BUS 321-47012 Instructor:Thomas Morgan, Tina Wagner, Lois Olson "Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and the varied environments in which and the many constraints with which they must operate. Three objectives emerge: 1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm. 2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accommodate practical application. 3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved. Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture and discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit eight different types of organizations in the metropolitan area. Class discussions will focus on assigned readings, interpretation of the results of different vocational oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the selection of career paths. Students will keep a journal of experiences and observations. Grades will be determined on the basis of the journal and on a research paper the topic of which has been negotiated with the instructors. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor Time:I Room: P 2 Management Simulation Games BUS 378-47013 Instructor:Arnin Kader In this course the students will be grouped into teams. Each team controls a company which manufactures and sells a line of multiple products. The company competes against other companies; each manufactures and sells similar products. Each team attempts to outperform other teams by selecting what could be perceived by the team as the optimum operating strategy. This strategy includes s e t t i n g selling prices, production volumes, marketing expenditures, plant and securities investments, as well a s stockholders' dividends. Grading will be PIN only with evaluation on the basis of the work done and its results. Prerequisites: BUS 135 and 261, ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor Time: 11 Room: OM 21 CHEMISTRY The Science of Very Large Molecules CHM 104-47014 Instructor: Sandy Olmsted This is a survey of the kinds of chemicals which are vitally important to our lifestyle: plastics, synthetic fibers, proteins. These have unusual chemical and physical properties that make them especially useful. We will learn about their chemistry as we make rubber, adhesives, nylon, and plastics in class, and investigate their importance to business, the economy, and to us personally in health and medical applications, and genetic engineering. The course is aimed at creating a better informed consumer who is science-literate. Grade is determined by three exams and a short paper which is due the last day of class. Prerequisite: High School Chemistry Distribution:Chemistry-Biology Time: I1 Room: S 315 The Molecular Basis of Cancer CHM 310-47015 Instructor:David T. Brand Cancer has in some form or another touched virtually every family in America. A great deal of effort has been expended by the scientific community to find the cause(s)of cancer and to establish a cure. The question at hand is, "Are we winning the battle against cancer?" This course will focus on the causes of cancer, how it can be treated, and how it might be prevented. Topics which will be discussed in this course include: The cellular basis of cancer, the environment and cancer, the molecular basis of cancer, chemoprevention of cancer, and the psychological impact of cancer on the patientslfamilies. Principles of structural organic chemistry and molecular biology will be used throughout the course. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of two exams and a final paper which is due the last day of class. Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 (organic chemistry) or permission of instructor Time: I Room: S 315 SCIENCE FORTRAN CSC 270-47016 Instructor:Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175) Distribution:Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: S 112 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 113-47017 Instructor:Satya Gupta This course will introduce basic concepts, terms and definitions used in microeconomics. Students will be able to recognize the role of microeconomics in decision making at the consumer level, firm level and government level. They will also be able to understand the market functioning of the American economy. Four tests will be given to evaluate students' understanding of the material. Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience Time: I1 Room: S 212 Economics of Risk Management: Free Markets vs Government Regulation ECO 339-47018 Instructor:Milo Schield In this course we will: - Examine economics of hazards involving uncertainty and risk. Examine risk-management via free-market pricing, insurance contracts and government subsidies and regulation. - Review basic concepts. Distinguish between insurance and speculation. Identify uninsurable risks. Price insurable risks given frequencies and severities as a function of confidence. Estimate risk premiums associated with various lifestyles and occupations. Compare subjective estimates of hazards with objective data. Evaluate social costs and benefits of risksharing via insurance. Review insurance "failures": medical malpractice and product liability. - Review economic effects of government subsidies and regulations on risky endeavors such as banking, nuclear power, natural disasters, workman's compensation, unemployment and old-age.Conduct experiments on effects of price-controls. - Analyze the role of the legal system in internalizing forseeable, but unintended, consequences of intended actions. Discuss "failures" of the legal system to identify property rights and tort-law responsibilities. - Visit an auction market, a speculative market, two insurance companies and several regulatory agencies. Students will prepare a comprehensive paper (50%)in addition to class participation (lo%), 3 quizzes (5% each) and a comprehensive final (25%). Prerequisites: BUS 279 or BUS 331 or ECO 313 or permission of the instructor Time: I1 Room: OM 23 EDUCATION Student Teaching EDS 481-47019EDE 481-47023 EDS 482-47020EDE 482-47024 EDS 483-47021EDE 483-47025 EDS 484-47022EDE 484-47026 Instructor:Marie McNeff, William Merr'una.n Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is PIN only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. January in Medieval England: An Imaginary Travel Trip ENG 213-47027 Instructor:Joan Griffin What was it like to be alive in late medieval England? Using literature, drama, music, and art of 12th to 14th century England and Europe, this course is an imaginary trip into the past, touring the medieval castle, cloister, and college. The course has two emphases. Lecture/discussion sessions will explore a variety of literary documents as well as art and music in order to understand the daily lives of medieval people. Focusing on Chaucer's Canterbury pilgrims, topics will include: "A Knight Ther Was.. . :The Chivalric Ideal"; "The Doctour of Physik: Medicine in the Age of the Black Plagues"; "Madame Eglantine: Medieval Manners" etc. The course will also explore medieval literature as a performing art. Students will be asked to participate in workshops on medieval drama, music, etc. The course will culminate in a medieval banquet or other performance. Evaluation will be based on lecture and workshop attendance and participation, a journal, and a paper. Prerequisites: ENG 111 (EffectiveWriting) Distribution: English-Speech Time: I1 Room: M 23 The Short Story - Elements of Fiction ENG 240-4702.. Instructor: Kathryn Swanson What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should I consider in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, we will begin with tales and fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Students are expected to read the stories and novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, write a short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity Distribution:~ n ~ i s h - s p e e c h Time: I Room: M 24 Emily Dickinson: The Person and The Poems ENG 340-47029 Instructor:Ron Palosaari Unknown in her lifetime, Emily Dickinson has gained a reputation as one of America's finest poets. She spent most of her life within the family home, confining her relationships to a selected few while the town regarded her as eccentric. Some writers believe she retreated from the world to give herself to her poetry because her time and place made no provision for a female professional poet, especially a boldly innovative one. Others trace her seclusion to various family relationships, personal problems, or frustrated dreams of love. Whatever the situation, out of the mystery of her life comes the glory of her poetry. We will study her poetry and a standard biography. Evaluation will be based on a few short papers, an oral or group report, a journal, and a test. We may also have some quizzes. Students will also read one of the important books on Dickinson and give a class report on the paper they prepare on their book. Prer uisites:A college literature class Tim3 Room: OM 27 FRENCH 4 Beginning French I FRE 111-47030 Instructor:Mirni Johnson This course aims to give students a rudimentary understanding of French language and culture. Using development of listening, then speaking, then reading, and lastly, writing, students will comprehend everyday situations and be able to use "survival French." Evaluation will include oral and written quizzes, group study and projects, a s well a s a final exam. A part of each day's class will be held in the Language Laboratory Distribution:Foreign Language Time: I Room: OM 25 - - HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-47071 Instructor: Mary Manderfeld Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities,a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a l/2credit course. Time:II-M&W&AlternateF Room: Melby 24 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 410-47033 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I Room: Melby 24 Coaching of Basketball HPE 477-47034 Instructor: David Boots Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floorcoaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a credit course. Time: I T & Th & Alternate F Room: Melby 12 Coaching of Hockey HPE 478-47072 Instructor:Ed Saugestad The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-icecoaching techniques and scouting reports. This is a l / 2 credit course. Time: I M - W &AlternateF Room: Melby 12 Officiating of Basketball HPE 481-47035 Instructor:Al Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a l / 2 credit course. Time: I1 T & Th & Alternate F Room: Melby 12 GENERAL STUDIES Transitions: Women's Life Careers GST 245-4709 Instructor:Diane Busico Are you wondering how you can succeed in a "man's world"? Puzzling out your options for marriage, career, andlor children? Troubled with how to practically and emotionally juggle all of your diverse roles? This seminar is a n exploration of the various pathways women choose in balancing home and work life. Although it promises no concrete answers to compelling questions, it will arm you with some useful information for making choices for the present and plans for the future. The societal, familial, and individual forces shaping the choices women make concerning family and career are studied via text (E. Highman: The Organizational Woman), journal articles, films, and guest lecturers. Student performance is assessed through essays and a research project. Distribution:Urban, Women's and Minority Studies Time: I Room: P-2 HISTORY Modern Paris: History and Literature HIS 114-47036 Instructor:Orloue Gisselquist We will do two things in this course. First, we are going to study a significant period-the 19th and 20th centuries-in the history of one of the world's great cities. Secondly, we are going to focus much of our work on three major pieces of literature that deal with Paris. We will enjoy them as literature but study them as historical sources for what they tell us about Paris. The three pieces of literature we probably will read are Honore de Balzac, Old Goriot (1834),one of several novels he wrote picturing life in Paris; Alexis de Tocqueville, Recollections (1893),a memoir written in the early 1850's by one of the great political thinkers of the 19th century that recounts his firsthand experience in the '48 revolution in Paris; and Edrnond and Jules de Goncourt, Pages from the Goncourt Journal (1922),a very realistic day-to-daydiary kept by two brothers who professionally and socially associated with the literary elite of Paris during much of the second half of the 19th century. Whereas today history is being pressed toward the social sciences, this represents a more humanities orientation of historical study. There will be two short papers (4-5 pages each) and two written examinations. Distribution:History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: OM 25 Myth and Myth Making HIS 219-47037 419-47038 HUM 275-47039 Instructor:Richard Nelson A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality. Myth is the means by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be decided upon between student and instructor. In addition to the final paper, there will be a final exam and weekly quizzes or writing assignments. Depending upon production timing, the class will attend an area dramatic presentation. Students enrolling for upper division credit will be required to write an expanded final paper based on deeper source material (18-20pages in length compared to lower division papers of 10-12 pages) and, in addition, a critical review of a pertinent study Prerequisites: ~ffectivewriting for lower division Permission of instructor for upper division registration Distribution:History-Philosophy Time: I Room: OM 13 20th Century South Asia HIS 262-47040 Instructor: Don Gustafson India (or South Asia)has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest saints and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a foremost example of 20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it has experienced one of this century's greatest upheavals of people; it is a standard example for population crisis and world poverty illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects. We will begin with an anthropological study (BEHIND MUD WALLS) of traditional village India; then consider colonialism by reading the literary classic, PASSAGE TO INDIA (and also see the movie); observe the process of nationalism and independence using various historical readings and the movie, GANDHI; and finally conclude with some thoughts on modernization. There will be general discussions, weekly examinations and a final exam. Prerequisites:Sophomore honors student or permission of instructor Distribution:History-Philosophy Time: I Room: OM 18 MATHEMATICS Gardner Variety Mathematics MAT 133-47075 Instructor:Bev Stratton Are you afraid of math? If so, this course is for you. We will have fun with math and convince you that you can do math. As a starting point, we will use the writings of Martin Gardner, an individualwho for many years wrote a column on mathematics for Scientific American. Then we will help you use your common sense to explore such mathematical concepts as logic, paradoxes, number theory, patterns, symmetry and other topics of interest to the class. Evaluation will be based on class participation and short reaction papers to Gardner's columns. This course should be particularly helpful for elementary education majors. Prerequisite:Group I11 on math placement test Distribution:Mathematics-Physics Time: I1 Room: OM 27 The Logical Game of Mathematics MAT 241-47041 Instructor:Larry Copes Lower-divisionmathematics students generally play only games of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and to write up proofs. The objectives of this course are to help prospective mathematics majors gain or improve those skills, and to get a taste of REAL mathematics before cornrniting themselves to a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and weekly exams, including a cumulative final exam. Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better Time: I Room: S 205 MUSIC H The Electronics of Music MUS 230-47065 430-47068 Instructor:Robert Karlen An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the sounds found in 20th century music. Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in: 1)Making multi-track r~corrlingson half'-tmlc,qu-r4rack, and casElctte dwlm through an eight,-t~xclr. mixor. 2) Lnclividua1,lly creating, modifying, m d mixing ~ a u n d sfrom trdtional mtmd ~ o u s c a sas wcll as from analog and computer-controlledsynthesizers. The study and applicntion of pmdicnl electronic technology used in the production of music hday will he combined with aesthetic considerations necmwry for thc creativ~? aspccts of the art. Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four track recording invalPing techniques of s m changing, splicing. mversing tape direation and filtering using primwily traditional and non-tmrli tional sound sources. Upper division st~rderltswill also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks. Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape. Prerequisite: None for lower division status. Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status. Distribution:Art-Music Time: I Room: M 5 NORWEGIAN Beginning Norwegian NOR 111-47032 Instructor: Leif Hansen T h e cflume pmvides an introduction to the basio skills of listening, spa-, reacling, and writing. The first;classl sessions are conducted without Lhr?use oT ra, prhtccl text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution:Foreign Language Time: II Room: OM 29 NURSING Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-47042 Instructor: Terry Welcher This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reachingeffects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations, written examinations and field trip reports. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse Time: I Room: OM 11 PHILOSOPHY Being H u m a n PHI 115-47043 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach What is it to be a human being? What is our uniqueness, our relation to our world and environment, and our relation to others in community and to God? We will explore concepts of being human from ancient Greece and China, through the Renaissance, to contemporary reflections, to see how different cultures and societies have viewed the human person. The course will emphasize reading original sources from the various periods, and written interaction with those readings. Several short papers on the readings plus written preparation for small group discussions will be expected. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I Room: OM 16 What D o You Think of That? PHI 250-47044 Instructor: Ken Bailey There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as Freedom of the Will; Can Computers Think?; and What are the Grounds of Moral RRsponsibility? In this course we will discuss these and other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clearly Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors, some traditional (such a s John Locke, RRne Descartes, and William James);m d same very much in tho forefront of conl,empoiwy discussion (such as &TI Rand. B.R Skinne~:Sidn~y E h k ,and John Hospa-s). T h e i r views are provocative, to aa.y tho least, and they will challenge you to nslr, again and again, "Well, Now. What Do YOUTtlinlc or That?" Grades based upo:~mid-term examination, final examination, and discussions. Distribution:History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: OM 10 Introduction to Truth Theory PHI410-47045 Instructor:Mark Fuehrer An investigation aP the following questions: What is the nature of truth? Is truLl1 a property of the,intellect or tllings'?Is there only on5 thrutll?Is truth irmnt~tablc?Is truth k u n d ul sensation or only in the intellect? Is falsity found in the senses or only in the intellect? This course will propose answers tJothese gu~stionebased on a survey of philosophical texts by various writers. Student will be involved with debating these texts and preparing n series of reports on the readings. In addition there will be a final examination on all material covered. Prerequisite: At least one lower division course in philosophy Time: LT: Room: Philosophy Seminar-Memorial Hall PHYSICS Introduction to Weather PHY 106-47046 Instructor:Ken Erickson A study of the ~cience of meteorology which will pmvida a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric ecicnce. Attention will be given to Pow basic areas: observing t h e weather (including stntc or t11~art instrumentation), understancling weather patterns, ibrecasting weather changes and underatanding the world's climate. Elelated topics to be includccl are: hydrology (study of the emth'e water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather'sinlpmt on world events. This course is dmignod to be an elwtive ox satisfy the Ma~hematics-PI~ysics distribution requirement for the Libcilal arts student. The course will include daily lectures, asaignmants (one o r two laboratory sossions pcr week), two one-hour examinations and a research project. Prerequisite:High school algebra Distribution:Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: L 1 The Physics of Music PHY 112-47047 Instructor: Jeff Johnson This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of music. After developing the essential physics, we will examine string, and horn instruments (and possibly others including the human voice) to see how they actually work. The requirements of the course include laboratory exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a final exam in addition to a term paper on the history of the student's favorite musical instrument. Prerequisite: High school algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: OM 12 POLITICAL SCIENCE Political Reasoning and Rationalizing POL 180-47048 Instructor: Myles Stenshoel A course for people who would rather think than memorize, criticize than concur, argue than acquiesce. Addressing major and minor political ideas from Plato to the President, the course will attempt to probe and compare the notions that have affected and afflicted Western politics, for better and for worse. Grades will be based on brief papers, quizzes, and class participation. Prerequisite: No prior political science course Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience Time: I1 Room: OM 11 Politics of Nuclear Strategy and War POL 365-47049 Instructor:Joseph R. Goldman Given the nuclear arms race today and the advent of "Star Wars," many people are deeply concerned about their and the world's future as we approach 2001. This course explores the politics and strategy of nuclear security issues not only between the US and USSR, but among the "other" nuclear (izing) nations and those like Japan choosing never to possess these engines of war. Beginning with Hiroshima and continuing beyond "Star Wars," we will look at the history, politics, economics, strategies and ecologies surrounding the technologies propelling the arms race, on the one hand, and affecting arms control, on the other. Students will have a mid-term examination, a short paper (10 pp) and a final exarnination used a s the basis for evaluation. Prerequisite: One mlitical science course or permission of instructor Time: I Room: OM 21 Anatomy of the USSR POL 455-47050 Instructor:Norma Noonan In-depth study of the contemporary USSR with a l'ocus on internal politics and society The contcnt includes: an oveiview of the dilemmas which face the USSR in tl~elate 1980s: political, economic, m d moi* m analysis of the Soviet monomy-midattempts at reform: a review of rrullwal and mcial ~ r o b l ~ mexnrnination s: of some Porcign plicy issues; nnd an annlyks or the political leadership. The rxlurse will he conductwl as a seminnr. Thcrc will he a research pnpr anrl some indcwndent rending and writing assignmcnts. Thc grade will be based on: the written n-si-c~lts (4Oq%1);class clit3cusAion (20r%):written m p r t (40'%1). Pmrequi~ite:One course h Communist politics: 382;363or 351 or permission of the htruct;or Time: I Room: M 22 PSYCHOLOGY Self-Identityand Values PSY 110-47051 Instructor:Norm Ferguson The objective of this course will be to examine the concept of "self" or "self-identity" (Who am I? What do I think and feel about myself?). The relationship between self-identity and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will have mainly a psychological focus, reference will be made to spiritual and philosophical issues that relate to the concepts of self-identity and values. The content of the course will cover topics such as: the acquisition and development of self-identity and values, including the influence of sex-roles; the clarification of values; the growth and change of self-identity and values during adulthood; and the relationship between self-identity and spiritual growth. Glass time wfll be devoted mainly to the discussion of these issues in smdl groups. A&iw participation by each student is c q m t e d along with the sharing of relevant ixldvidual expriences. Emltiation will be b e d on class participation, two papers, and a journal of reactions to the assigned r e d n g s . This course may not substitute for PSY-105 for students pursuing a major or minor in psychology. Grading PIN only Prereauisite:Permission of instructor ~istriiution:Psychology-Sociology Time: I1 Room: P 3 Introduction to the World of Psychology PSY 121-47052 Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan Psycholow is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth. with differing levels of depth. Here you will have Lhe or~portunitylo cxplor~some of the concepts. data and methods of psychology and gain s o m ~ undmstnncling nnd insights Frnm this disciphe. R e d ings, leclurcs. and specid presentations will he utiliecd involving the instrucimr and class members. EvaEuntion wi 11 involve class participation, student research presentations, and exams. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY 105(General Psych). Distribution:Psychology-Sociology Time: I Room: P 4 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-47053 Instructor:Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted a s a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Procedures will include elms discussion,frequent shorrt papers, and frequent oral reports. F,acl~s t ~ ~ d ew n illl be required to seek out antl interview persons in the adoLescent level of developmett. rypCdting or oq~uvalont word processing wi U b~ required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is off ered o d y on PIN basis. Prerequisite: Psychology 105 (GeneralPsychology) Time: I Room: OM 10 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366-47054 Instructor:Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture m d religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present deveIopmeilt of Indigmous ch~wchasin West Africa. The newer "Ind e n d e n t African Chul-ches"will ha studied, a s wall as aitempta txr formulate "African Christian Theology" A major ~ectionof the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper. Prer uisite: One coursein Dish%ution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used t o w i d graduation rewon requirements) Time: Il Room: OM 18 rewm Issues in Science and Religion REL 374-47055 Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life. For others, including some Christians, science and its associated technologies constitute a grave threat. This course will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods; the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy; and the reevaluation of science and nature in the 20th century The following are some of the questions to be dealt with: Has science made the Bible obsolete? Are scientists really that smart? Has modern physics made it easier to be a Christian? Can computers save us? Why do science and religion always seem to be fighting one another? Grades will be based on class discussion of assigned readings, two short tests and a written project. Prerequisite:Religion (Onlyone interim course may be used toward graduationreligionrequirements) Distribution:Religion Time: I Room: S 213 SOCIAL WORK Exploring H u m a n Services SWK 257-47056 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a coll~ge major. RnowIedge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with l-ruman service prvreasiorlals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, sk~dcntswill attend a apecific small group saminmr 3 ho1u.s per weak during which Rgency experiences will be slmmd and ~ m d i n g sclificussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: 6-12 Issues of Homelessness SWK 339-47057 Instructor:Edwina Hertzberg The intent of this course is: 1. To expand students' knowledge of homelessness in a historical context 2. To expand students' knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities 3. To expand students' understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: Economic, employment, personal 4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness Fkadings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people and participant observation will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A seminar format will be used in the classroom for discussion/explorationof the topic. Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the basis for evaluation. Upper division students only. Non social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this course. uisites:SOC 111 or 121 or SWK 257 or 361 -3 Room: OM 23 Prer Field Work I11 SWK 466-47058(1course) 466-47059(34 course) Instructor:Rosemary Link me objectives of the C ~ R S R are tC) U8e s u ~ ~ ~ relationship t ~ r g to increase interpretive as well as socid work ~ C F ~ O I ' X I W U Icamp ~~ t.~mcc:tu promoh gradt.lalentqy into direct social mrl<practice; to increase comptencr! in the client oonl.act phase of tho problem solving prmcrs; to increase studenl seK-awmeness in 1.ega1-dto profmsional pmcticr? interests, areas of strengLE1, mci areas for personallprol'essiotla~develnpmtlnt; to proinute mmpetcmce i n the Pull process of' problcm solving. with special empl~asison nna1ys.k and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11--educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. NOTE: Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-clientcontact tasks. Time: To be arranged SOCIOLOGY H Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society SOC 261-47060 Instructor: Gordon Nelson It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has functioned as a locus of community in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing tendencies in an industrialized and bureaucratized society This course will attempt ~ K Imsess the extent to which the foregoing assertions might apply to ethnic ncjghborhoods in the Twin Citi e ~ATtor . some prehmhwy background sessions and readings, each member of the class will be asked, either individually or as part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic community in the Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation and a final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the course. Distribution: Urban Time: I Room: OM 29 Complex Organizations SOC 301-47073 Instructor:Diane Pike This course is an upper division seminar designed to examine complex organizations from a sociological perspective. Little in contemporary American culture is left unaffected by organizations and it is useful for those of us who live and work within these institutions to understand how they operate beyond the individual level. We will explore topics such as corporate deviance, organizational technology and structure, and organizational culture. The format of the course is based on discussion and participation. Reading assignments form the foundation for class time, supplemented by guest speakers, films, and assignments. Evaluation of performance is based on three short papers, participation and notebook, and a final. This course is particularly appropriate for business majors in certain tracks. Prerequisite: An introductory history, psychology,sociology or political science course Time: I1 Room: OM 22 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 383-47061 Instructor:Jerry Gerasirno This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The course will be offered only on a PIN basis. There will probably be no examinations, but there will be two papers. Distribution: Urban Time: II Room: M 24 SPANISH Evaluating Continental Literature SPA 250-47031 Instructor:Gunta Rozentals The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss continental works of literature through the use of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and evaluation from different points of view. We shall read several short stories, plays, one novel and a number of poems. Evaluation will be based on three written reports, participation in class discussion, and a final exam. This course is designed for language students but anyone with an interest in European continental literature is welcome to enroll. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor Distribution:English-Speech Time: I Room: M 22 SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER Theatre in London SPC 246-47062 Instructor:Julie Bolton London has been the center of the t h e a t r e world for centuries and the EngLis11 stage continues to a t t a t large audiences to f3-m footlights. During our month in En~lnndwe will see approximately fourteen prfomances including traditional and nori-traditional theatre a t a wide assortment of sites. Theatre performances will be supplemented with backstage tours, talks with British theatre artists and critics, walking tours and a visit to the British Theatre Museum. The course will also allow free time for independent exploration of the many galleries, museums, libraries, shops and all that are part of England's rich cultural heritage. The course is offered on a PIN basis only Evaluation will be based on attendance at all scheduled events, participation in group discussions, a journal dealing with production experiences as well as some assigned readings. The cost of transportation, some meals, and all theater performances is $1,895.00. Children's Theater SFC 285-47063 Instructor:Gary Parker Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off stage as performers (actors, singers, dancers, musicians),production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights, scenery, costumes, and props). Public performances will be scheduled during the final week of class. Grading will be based on the commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and a written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No theater experience is necessary Time: 9:30-12:OO.1:OO-3:OO Room: Stage Two Ethics in Communication SPC 340-47064 Instructor:Ray Anderson We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide whether to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer, to use photographs or body language to give a misleading impression? How can one sort out and weigh the various ethical considerations? In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as advertising, public relations, sales, and politics. We will also consider issues in subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability to make ethical decisions. Activities will include lectures, readings, case studies, interviews, oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations. The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations encountered in everyday life. ~rereqdsites: A course in philosophy or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: OM 16 OTHER COURSES These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. W Outward Bound HPE 212-47067 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 17 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available). Washington D.C. Interims The Legal System and Legal Careers POL 398-47068 Leaders o n Leadership: Models for Policy Making POL 398-47069 These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January 16. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during Interim and students may register for one of these as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. 1 Runnin HPE 00237074 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution:Lifetime Sports Time: 12 noon Room: Melby 1 Racquetball HPE 002-47075 Instructor: A1 Kloppen Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:30-11:OOT & Th Room: Melby American Karate HPE 002-47076 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution:Lifetime Sports Time: 12:00-1:00M, W, F Room: Melby UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 24, 1986.These courses are offered on P/NP basis only Ancient Greece: Myth and Monuments An Ecological Safari in East Africa Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands China. Then and Now Civilizations in Conflict: Troy, Constantinople, Gallipoli Economics of the Welfare State English Castles, Cathedrals and Countryside Europe and the Rise of Modern Science German Ltmguage nnd Culture: Munich, Salzburg & Vienna Great Western Philosophers Greek A r t and Architecture Habsburg Heritage Health Care in Europe Italy: Galileo and the Church J a ~ a 1987: n Traditional Values in a Post-Industrial Society L ~ W in London London and Paris: A Tale of Two Cities Mexico: The Old and the New Modern European Business and Worklife Museums, Music, and Monuments in the Great Cities of Emope Paris and Provence: Lnnigpag~and Culture Peru: Lnnguuge and Culture Soviet Union: A Cultural rtnd Historical Profile Soviet Union: History and Culture S ain: A Country in Transition eatre in London The English School and Family & NOTES NOTES NOTES
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1986
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students...
Show more Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1986. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/ N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). Augsburg Policy It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Off ice (Memorial230) Interim Secretary, Sue Schmidt at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114G) Interim Calendar November 4-8 . . .Interim Registration December 9 . . . .Late Registration for Interim January 6 . . . . . .First Day of Interim First Day Class: Time I -9 a.m. Time 11-1 p.m. January 7 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceVAdd January 13 . . . . .Last for Determining Grading System for Half Credit Courses January 14 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half Credit Courses January 17 . . . . .First Group of Half Credit Courses Ends January 20 . . . . .Second Group of Half Credit Courses Begins January 20 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 21 . . . . .Last Day to CanceVAdd Half Credit Courses January 22 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawingfrom Full Credit Courses January 27 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System for Half Credit Courses January 28 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half Credit Courses January31 . . . . .InterimEnds February 4 . . . . .Validation of Spring Class Registration February 5 . . . . .Spring Semester Begins . The number and length of class meetings a s well a s the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1-8 a.m. to 12Noon Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m. Interim Catalog The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Building Key L-Library all M-Music H OM-Old Main P-Psychology S-Science Hall Options International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships-Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 26. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $495 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Environmental Aesthetics ART 102-48001 302-46002 Instructor: PhilThompson In this course there will be a focus on readings in the area of the man-madevisual environment and consideration of the principles of design with concern for appreciation and criticism. There will be projects in art media exploring the visual elements and the design process. Each student will do one special project (a slide essay on a cultural landscape topic; or a gallery environment event; or some other project approved by the instructor). There will be about eight other text related design projects required. Grades will also be based on one or two examinationsplus a final. Distribution:Art - Music Time: 11 Room: OM 4 Life Drawing ART 247-48003 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2 B and 4 B pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fee: $25due the first day of class Distribution:Art -Music Time: I Room: OM 17 BIOLOGY Plants and Civilization BIO 102-46004 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams. Distribution:Chemistry-Biology Time: I1 Room: 205 The Biology of Women BIO 231-46005 Instructor:Roberta Lammers The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and functioning of the female human organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen in the history of biology. We will study first the structure and physiology of women, including the determination of sex, nutritional needs, menstruation and menopause, as well as other developmental issues. We will also consider women's health issues such as pregnancy, birthing and particular occupationalhazards. In a section on evolution we will look at various interpretations of human evolution and the social relationships of women and men. FkmUy, if time permits, we will consider the scientific contributions of some women biologists. Evaluation will be based on weekly quizzes as well as individual reports, which will be either written or oral depending on the number of students in the class. Prer uisite: High school biology Dish%ution: Chemistry-Biologyor Women & Minority Studies Time: I Room: S 329 11 1986 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester BIO 322-46006 PHY 322-46007 Instructor:Robert Herforth A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1)introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1986 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Cost: 8350 for travel and housing (approximately) Prerequisite: Consent of instructor Time: I Room: S 24 II Biological Evolution BIO 431-48008 Instructor:Ralph Sulerud That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined. Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwiniantimes to the present. F'inaUx we will address the course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112or permissionof the instructor Time: I Room: S 205 BUSINESS II Augsburg Goes to Business BUS 321-46010 Instructor:Thomas Morgan "Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and the varied environments in which and the many constraints with which they must operate. Three objectives emerge: 1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm. 2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accornrnodate practical application. 3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved. u&ite: permission of instructor zz7 Room: P 2 IIntroduction to International Business BUS 152-46070 BUS 352-46071 Instructor: Arnin Kader This course is designed to introduce the student to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and management of an enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. The case method will be employed. Evaluation will be based primarily on performance in working the cases assigned. Prerequisite: A minimum of two business courses for upper division registration. Time: I Room: OM 22 IEntrepreneurship BUS 295-46077 Instructor: John Cerrib The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business case studies. Time: I Room: M 23 Micro-ComputerAccounting BUS 294-46092 Instructor: Richard Herzog This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications. Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software. Students willbe required to read a text and other material, hand in homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation. Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102) Time: 11 Room: S 213 Advanced Personal Computing BUS 378-48093 Instructor: Milo Schield The object of this course will be to study advanced personal computing applications and their business uses. We will use the Augsburg IBM PC Network to study - advanced word processing (Word Star 2000) - advanced spread sheet techniques (macros and templates) - advanced data base featuresd @-BaseI11and Power Base) - business graphics (free form paint and fixed form analytic1 presentation) - integrated packages (Symphony) There will also be visita to local businesses using these applicationa, This # m e i s designed for students who are already familiar with h i c Personal Computing applications such a s Appleworks and .Lotus. Evaluation will be based on the following: 10% on attendance and participation; 40% on tests; 50% on group projects. Fee: $20--but no required textbook. Prerequisite: BUS 250 (DataProcessing) Time: I Room S 123 CHEMISTRY Chemistry for Changing Times CHlM 100-46013 Instructor:Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional background. Bachemistry cotu'se m d d m not =sume a ~ c i m m sic science: a n d math EWE introduced early and are t,augl:llta8 needed for understmding the various topics .md implications. T h e course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human eekicingof perwond independence has led to chemistry becoming a part or everyday Lire to 4,he pht of actud dspondence on chemistry W e live in n world or pcsticidos, fertilizers. pIasticer, "the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, Chemistry for Changing Times (wn't) grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Test will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116or 223. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I Room: S 315 The Science of Very Large Molecules CHM 104-48014 Instructor: SandraOlmsted A survey of plastics, polymers, and proteins that will investigate the unusual properties that make these materials useful. Also included will be a short history of these materials, with their economic importance or biological interest. Grades will be determined by two exam scores, and a final paper which is due the last day of class. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: 11 Room: S 315 FORTRAN CSC 270-46045 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or lVLAT 175) Time: 11 Room: S 112 E Understanding International Trade and Finance ECO 360-46012 Instructor: Ed SabeIla This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanisms of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments. uisitei: ECO 122 a$d 123 or permissionof instructor Room: OM 16 EDUCATION Student Teaching EDS 481-46015EDE 481-46019 EDS 482-46016EDE 482-46020 EDS 483-46017EDE 483-46021 EDS 484-46018EDE 484-46022 Instructor:Trudi Fulda Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is PIN only Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Time: I Room: L 4 ENGLISH E Five College Fiction Writing Workshop ENG 362-46098 Instructor: Lon Otto This workshop seeks to increase the participants' range and intensity of the participants' fiction writing, sharpening their critical skills, and broadening their awareness of contemporaryfiction and the literary tradition of which it is a part. Discussion the first week will focus on readings from an anthology of mostly recent short stories. The remaining three weeks will focus on stories written during the Interim by members of the class. The stories will be duplicated and distributed prior to each meeting. Students Fiction Writing Workshop (con't) will write three substantial stories and will be expected to participate actively in the critical discussions. There will also be opportunities for individual conferences with the instructor. Evaluation will be based on work written during the Interim, on willingness to engage technical suggestions, &d on vigorous, constructiveparticipation in the workshop's discussions. Faithful attendance is essential. Three students from Augsburg will be accepted for this course. Interested students should contact John Mitchell in the English Department. Fee: $10 Prerequisite: Some experience in fiction writing; preferably at least one creative writing - course on the college - level Time: 11 Room: McNeely $301- St. Thomas IThe Short Story ENG 240-46024 340-46025 Instructor: Kathryn Swanson We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Kurt Vonnegut, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Ralph Ellison will be among the authors studied. Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the history of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, write a short story, and take several tests. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: OM 23 The Dark Side of Genius: Films of Alfred Hitchcock and Ingmar Bergman ENG 260-46026 460-46027 Instructor:John Mitchell Using selected films, the course will compare the popular cynical vision of Alfred Hitchcock with the problematic existential vision of Ingmar Bergman. Literary texts related to biography, film criticism, Freudianism, and existentialism will also be assigned a s background material. Class procedure will involve lecture, discussion, and the showing of about eight feature films. Because of the time required for introductions, projections, and discussion, students should expect class periods of three to four hours in length. Although the course should be enjoyable and even fun, students should expect to study the films rather than merely watch them. Grading will be based upon occasional quizzes and a critical paper of about 12 pages in which the student will compare the two visions. Students who wish to take the course for upper division credit must have mrrnission from the instructor. Fee: $25 for rental of films Time: I1 Room: SCI 123 Grow Old Along With Me ENG 209-46023 Instructor:Barbara Andersen You, too, will enter Middle Age and, eventuallx Old Age-if you live long enough. What do poets, dramatists, and novelists have to say about this process? A lot. Among those that we may read are: Hassler's "Simon's Night," Anderson's "I Never Sang for My Father," Sarton's "As We Are Now," Miller's "Death of a Salesman," Tillie Ohen's, "Tell Me a Riddle," Pyrn's "Quarter in Autumn," Wright's "Fire Sermon," Berry's "The Memory of Old Jack," Woolf's "Mrs. Dalloway" We hope to see some films such as "AU Your Parts Don't Wear Out at the Same Time." What do real live people have to say about old age? A lot. You will be expected to find out what they have to say by interviewing several older people in several different settings. Evaluation will be based on readings, examinations, quizzes and interview journals. Distribution:English-Speech Time: I Room: OM 10 E Love in Literature ENG 269-46068 Instructor:Ron Pal& This course will examine several literary depictions of passionate love including the Biblical "Song of Songs," Ovid's "The Art of Love," Shakespeare's "Romeo and Juliet" and "A Midsummer Night's Dream,"and more recent works including Chopin's "The Awakening" and a modern romance novel. Also studied will be poetry from different historical periods and material from the social sciences. The course will study changing concepts of love and show how literature reflects and creates concepts of love. Students will write two papers, take two tests and attend a few assigned plays or films. Prerequisite:ENG 111 or a college literature class Distribution: English-Speech Time: 11 Room: OM 25 FRENCH French Literature in Translation FRE 243-48028 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivit~and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study Prerequisite:Sophomore standing Distribution: English-Sueech Time: I Room: OM 27 - - HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 475-46081 Instructor: A1Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. This is a half credit course. Prerequisite:HPE 350Kinesiology Time: II -Jan.20-31 Room: Melby January 4-23,1986 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-48036 Instructor:Joyce PPaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This willbe supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam willbe given. Cost: $2100 Distribution:Lifetime Sports Human Sexuality HPE 216-46035 Instructor:Richard Borstad and Nancy Medcraft The course will examine the biological, psychosocial, behavioral, and cultural aspects of human sexuality Opportunities will be provided for students to explore and assess their values about sexuality Included in the course are the following topics: gender issues, male-femaleanatomy and physiology, communication and sexual behavior, sexuality and the Life cycle, sexual problems, and s d issues related to sexual behavior. Lectures, readings, guest speak ers, films, and small discussion groups willbe utilized. Evaluation will be based on mid-termand final exams, and a research project. Fee: $10 Time: II Room: M 24 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-48080 Instructor:Lynn Mackenthun Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a half credit course. Time: II - Jan. 6-17 Room: Melby Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality HIS 220-46036 320-46037 Instructor:Khin Khin Jensen An investigationof the rationale for the immigration pattern, economic opportunities, and social, political and economic problems encountered by the following immigrants: Chinese, Japanese and Koreans in the United States. Focus on these three ethnic groups will involve both the "old immigrants and the "new" immigrants. Course will utilize ethnic speakers (Chinese, Japanese and Koreans) in a home environment-discussion format. There willbe ethnic meals, ethnic cooking demonstrations, films, slides and field trips-all these are important components of the course as are the academic components such as readings. Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota. Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings. Fees: 816 Prerequisite: Lower division none. Upper division: sophomore standing and consent of instructor Distribution: History-Philosophy Time:I Room: LI Myth and Myth Making HIS 219-46038 HUM 275-46097 419-46039 Instructor:Richard Nelson A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality Myth is the means by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be decided upon between student and instructor. In addition, (dependingon production timing)the class will attend a Twin City based production of Euripides' "Trojan Women" during the term. Prerequisite: Permissionof instructor for upper division Distribution:History-Philosophy Time:I Room: OM 13 - January 2-26,1986 Hawaii: A Cultural History HIS 321-46104 Instructor: John Benson. and James Johnson 'She cultural and h i s t o r i d resources of Hawaii offer a richly endowd classroom Por study during J a u q The objeativo of this mume is to provide a basic understanding of I-Iawaii's history,ethnic diversity, and religious heritage through lectures, toms, books and travel. In addition ta B u d r h i . ~Thoism , and Polynesian religion, the wurse will focus on thc Mormon missions to the South Pacific and the New England Cnlvinist Christianity that sent missionaries to the Hawaiian Islands. T l ~ a r wiU s d s e be a unit on the w ~ nBuddhist-Christian t dialogue. Further information can be obtained in the Interim Office or from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20. Cost: $1,895 Distribution:Religion (by petition) INTERDISCIPLINARY The Art of Being Female INS 216-46078 416-46079 Instructor: Sara Eaton Zf women's experience of culture is different from men's, do they write about it differently? Do they use the same words but mean something else? Do they paint from a forninlne perspective? Do they campme and ning a different music? Or a m these aU questions of interpretation? Tn an at,temptto answer these qumtiona, we will study some of the literature, visual arts,and music m t e d by women in the k t 400 years. Beghnhg in the Renais~mco,with tZro love poetry Mar5 Queen of Scats. wrote to Bothwoll, and ending with Georgia O'Keefe'a and Judy Chicago's art and w v ~ r a mnmmporary l novels by womcn, we will analyze what female arlists are t e h g UE in their art and how they t~1l us. The murst; iR croes-disciplinw; students will I x encoumged t~ develop their own topics of atudy and supplement and the course cont~nt.Thore will be a rcquircd amount of reeding, viewing and listening. hower division students will write a 5-7 page essay Upper division students will write a longer papex (850 pagee) and give n presentation b e d on their topic to tho class. There will not be a find exam, but approximately half the grade will come from quizzes on the assignments. Pre uisite:English 111-EffectiveWriting Diszution: Urban. Women's and Minority Studies Time:II Room: OM II Central America: The Roots of the Crisis INS 280-46034 Instructors:Norman Walbek, Vern Hanson. Staff from Center for Global Service The crisis in Central America is one of the major foreign policy issues of the decade. The purpose of the course is to expose participants to the complexities of the issues involved, and to examine the root causes for the desperate conditions that exist in most of the region. The course will be a joint offering of Augsburg, Gustavus, and PLU. The first part of the course will be held on the three respective campuses, examining key events in the history of Mexico and Central America and looking at the current readings and discussions. On January 16, we will depart for Mexico where we will spend five days at the Augsburg Center in Cuernavaca. From January 2 1-26, we will be in Nicaragua, housed at another facility managed and staffed by the Center for Global Service and Education. In both countries, encounters with people from the churches, political, cultural and business organizations will be provided. In addition, there will be on-sitevisits to peasant cooperatives, squatter settlements, historical sites, etc. Particular attention will be given to grassroots Christian communities and other ways in which the poor are relating the Bible to their daily experiences and seeking to organize themselves to bring about more just social institutions. The schedule will be an intensive one, but will also provide opportunitiesfor group reflection and worship, and free time. The final week of the course will be held back on campus, and will be a time for de-briefingand evaluation. During the first week, participants will be required to read 1-2 books, a packet of related articles, and give an oral report on an assigned topic. During the trip, students will be required to keep a journal, and upon return, write a final reflection paper, due on January 31. Cost: $1420from Minneapolis Ineludem all travel expems, meals. lodging:and program in M e d w ancl Nicaragua. Cost is subject to change due ta an airfare inmawe prior to departure. World Hunger and Justice Education: Developing a N e w World View INSm - 4 6 0 3 1 REL 2 W 4 W 3 2 h t r u c b r a : Joel Mugge, Center for Global Servimand Education, tmd George S. Johnson. ALC Hunger P r o w The course will mlrvey the most recent reports and analysis of the current holocaust or global hunger ineluding the root causes,the Intemnnectednese to other issues, the hiillical ma,ndateand tho role of justice eclucettion. Attitudes toward poverty and wmlth, justice nnd charity, oppression and Liboration wiU b discussed using biblical material, the U.S. Cntholic Bishop's Lotter on tho U.S. Economy and insights rmm Liboratmion tl~ealom. The purpose wiU 1.w l o build peat,er global a m n e e s , become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us ror action nncl responsible living, a d explore pe%gogical principles for socinljustice. Guesl leczur+ersinclude Norman Barth, Direcur of Lutheran World Belief, Dr. Mark Thomsen. Executive Director of World Mission for.tlm AlC; Ruth Hnlvomn, Director of the ARC Retreat CenWr;Dr. Mark Lund. Prof~ssor of Economics at Luther Collage: world guests in tho Twin Cities ma. and The P t t s t t b weeks of the c o m e will be held at the ARC retreat center in n hautif ul wooded m a 46 milea north of the Twin Citics. Included in the experience will be cumunity building, m ~ . tive use CIP music ,and tlm mCs. trip8 to areas of poverty, opportunity For solitude. and cross-country skiing. T h e find week will be held back in the Twin Cities, where them will be visits to various orgiUli7~vtiomworking on hunger issues, and time for writing a final p a p r . S~udentswill read 1-2books snd related articlee- A f i n a l paper intepatirig the overall themes of the course and readings will be tequired at. the end of thc course. Xduationa wiU k e based u w n this paper and prticipation. Cost: Room md Board at the ARC R e m t Center for the three weeksi willbe-8300, Dhtrlbution: -1 on OnI one fnaourse ma be ueed taw;u%?gr$luat?on rewon reguirementsr RiI The Church and Social Change in the Philippines LNS 274-46033 Instructors: J i m Faurnier, Newman Mter, U d d Q af Minnemta and staff member f o m the Center for Global Service and Education T h e puspose of the course is to help participants gain a olearer underslamling of lhe currant situation in the Pl~ilippines.It is a country that suffers Prom a great deal of poverty and injustice, and one of the mqjor instigators Por mid change 11wbeen the church. Thmugho~~t the coursc, therefore, we will be examining the role of the church and the respnaibifity of Christians inworking for socialand political change. The Church and Social Change in the Philippines(con't) The first week of the come wjll be h ~ l d in htinn~apolis.and will foeus on getting a sense of the h.istOry, dtm,and current economic and political situation in tho PhiZippinea. hcturos, readings and cliscussions wiU & the format for this first week. On January 10,the group will depart for the Philippines. The style of the travel seminar will be quite intensive, and includes encounters with people and organizations representing the different sectors in the urban and rural areas as well as the different tribal p u p s . 'She trip will a h prwide opportunities for group r~flootion m d worship. The p u p will return to Ure Btates on January 26. The find week of the course wi13 be used for debriefing and aduation of the experience. During the first weok, participants will be required to read s packet of articles,m d research and give an oral report on a related topic. During the k i p , students wiU be to keep a journal, and upan return, write a final p a p r reflecting on Ula expex-ience. Grading PIN. Cost: $1995fmm ~ ~ includes all p m v d expenses, o meals, ~ ld@g m d program In the Philippines. Cost i s subject to change due to &are increase prior to the trip. ~~ MATHEMATICS Mathematical Modeling MAT 132-46042 Instructor: Paul Hulse Thie come wiU focus on the dmcdption of various problems in the "real world" L n mathematical terms. Tapics will i n c l ~ ~ dpel y he-, represemtations ofnumbers and various types of geometrg. The course will emphasizethe use of mdyLical methodsr of mamamatios lo study these problems. G~'adeswill b~!based on homework assignments. Prerequisite: Basic algebraand geometry Distribution: M~Wlermttcs-Ph,ysics T i e :1 W r n : OM 21 Linear Algebra In Action MAT 315-48046 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of several applioations of l i n m in bra, including marlcov chains, Linear p ~ ~ .leastgsqunres , fitting, computer graphics, quadratic transformatione, ctc. as time p x m i t s . G d e s will be determined by assignments of prabtems and examirmtionq. Prerequisite:MAT 215 Time: I Room: S 112 IM Numerical Pattern Processing Through Programming MAT 144-46043 211-46044 Instructor: Larry Copes In this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. Wit11 the help of the instructor and each other, atudente will tost coqjectm lhrough dam, d y s i s anrl further programs. Work will be in individual. small group, and cl~ssroom set1,ings.Evnluation will be through individual propm~s and written reports. For 21 1. s t u d ~ n t sthe , patterns and 1epo1.t~ will ~~equire the rnatilemftticd maturity of one who has con~plateda semester oP coll~ge mathematics at tlls calculus level. Stucknte can expeat, to spend t h e equivalentof a,tlleast half ot'each day with s computer. Prerequisite: For 1.44,Group Dl on Augr~lburgMath Placement Exam. Fur 211. completion of Calculus I with grade 2.0 (C) or better Time: I Room: S 213 IIntroduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 110-46047 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitation of clinical facilities in the Metropolitan area to observe music thempy in practice. Objeckives of the course wiU be to become familim with a variety of client el^ (including mentally retarded, emotional1y disturbed, and phy~callyhandicappod),and t a observe how music thara,pyfunctions with difYerent populations. In addition to the field trips, c h a r w r n diacussior~swill incltlde an overview of music therapy practices and theory in this country and abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clam participation. A special class project will be required for upper division d t . Student times must be flexible, to allow for field trips during &her the morning or afternoon. Fee: $15 Time: I1 Room: M5 Improvisation in Music MUS 129-46065 329-48088 Instructor: StephenGabrielsen The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles. Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class. Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations. Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Dishbution:Art-Music Time: II Room: M4 Memorizationfor Musicians MUS 151-48048 351-46049 Instructor:James D.Johnson Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythrmc, and formal analysis of the music under study For instrumentalists and vocalists. Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from their instruments. Prer uisite: Basic music study -3 Room: M4 NORWEGIAN LI Beginning Norwegian NOR 111-46029 Instructor:Leif Hansen The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution:Foreign Language Time:II Room: OM 29 4 Norwegian Conversation and Composition NOR 311-46030 Instructor: Leif Hansen intensive practice in spoken Norwe,@= with emphasis on pronmaiation and original composition. Some attention given to r e gional variation^ in spoken Norwegian a d to Werences between the two official languages of N o m y Labora,Lorywork and f i ~ l r l experience required. uisite: NOR 211 or equivalent Ez?m* Room: OM 29 NURSING Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-46050 Instructor: Alice Stark This course ie intmded to give &u&nts a bmad perspective by jnb-uducing current trends a d issues in health care and the pmiession of nursing. Many of the issues are oontroversid, are relevant to c m ~ o npractice t md have potential for fwreacllingeffects in h a l t h care. Students will be grzded on group prcsontations, written examinations and field trip reports. Prerequisite: Registered Nurse Time: I Room: OM 11 PHILOSOPHY What Do You Think of That? PHI250-46053 Instructor: Ken Bailey There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clem m d careful thought. What dlalX we thinlr m d say a b u t such contexnporary issues as Freedom of the Will, C m Cornputera Think?;and What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility? Zn t h i course ~ we will CliRcu~sthme and other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clem-15 Discussions will be based upon roadin* from a wide selec1,ionof authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Fkne Descartes, anrl William James);and some very much in the forefront of contemporary diF;cuesion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney Iloolc, and Jokn Roup~m). Their views are provocative, to say the least, and they will challenge you to ask,again and again, "Well, Now. What Do You Think of That?" Grades based upon mid-term examination, final examination, and discussions. Distribution: History-Philo8ophy Time:11 Room: OM 23 Angels and Devils: Their Existence and Nature PHI248-48051 346-46052 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer 736s course inquires into the ~Astance and nature of those beings that are intelligencas and trarlitiondly identified w i t l the ~ anaelic and demonic natures. W e shall investigate the evidence of such kings, su1vcy the Mary of tl~eirconcept and attempt to answer certain philosophical qvastiona abut them (sud~ as whether they arr: unitcd to material M c s of any l h d , how thny differ from each othur. m d how they a m ordered m d ranked). FurU~ern~ore we shall survey t l ~ erepresentation of such kings in m. Literature, and on the s-e. Besides a gmewl examination, students will be expected to do research on some specific topic m d report periodically on progress of this rewrt. T h e reprt will bF r e d in class and submitted as a term pqxc Final grnde will consist of exanxination, evaluation of oral progress reports. and final report. U p p r division students will have more cliff icult topics %signed and write longer wporta t h a n lower division studenf.~. uisite: One philosophy or religion course EE3 Room: MEM 323 PHYSICS Numerical Methods in Physics PHY 345-48076 Instructor:Jeff Johnson ' Throughout history physicists and in fact dl scientitsts. ha,ve endeavored In cwmprehend the physical world in all its pnerdity by formulating pbsical law^ in the concise language of rnathcmatics. However, these mathematical ecluations which describe physi- calayaterns a r o rarely solvable in nnalytictal closed form. Tlzerefore, an appreciation l'or and an und~rstandingof' approximation and nume~.lcal techniques is essentid for a prmticjng sciontist. In this course we will study 1)Numerical integration; 2) Solutions to 1st order differential equation: 3) Sch~dinger'sequation (an example of a 2nd order differential equation). The solution to Schrodinger's equation is important in physics and chemistry and therefore we will devote a substantial amount of c h s time to it. Student performance will be based on problem assignments and computer projects. Prerequisite: Math 226: Phy 245 and some programming experience or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: S 329 Introduction to Weather PHY 106-48041 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of rnotwmlogy which will prwide a working b o w l e d g ~ of the principles of ntmosphesic science. Attention will be given to four bwic weaa: obscnting the weather (including state oP the art instrumentation), unde~atmciingweather pat.terns, far~aastingwesther changes and understanding the world's climate. Relatcd topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic erC~ctsof the w~sthecand weather's jlnpmt on world events. This course iff d o s i g n d to br! an elective or ~ a t i s r y the Mathem~ttim-Physicsdistribution requirement Cor the liberal arts st,ud~mt. The course will includo daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory ~ e s s i o n swr week), two one-l~atrrexaminntiom and a rrsearcll project. Prei uisite: High school Disaution: Mathematics hyucs Time: 11 Room: S 212 Vbr? The Discarded Image: Our Evolving View of the Universe PHY 109-46075 Instructor:Mark HoUabaugh Men and women orbit the earth in the Space Shuttle. Geologists u x-rays from study rocks from the moon. A ~ ~ o p h p i c i s tdetect what might be black holes. These mdm,vors are a part of our world and form our modern imaga of the universe. But our image of the universe has changed, often slowly. When confronted with Ch~opernicus'assertion that the sun, not an irnmovable ~arth, was t h center ~ of the turiverse, Martin Luther quickly cited J o ~ h u who a told the sun,not the e a r t h to stand still! Beginning with the views of the Greeks, Babylonians, Hebrews and Native Americans, this interdisciplinary course will examine the impat of poople and discoveries on o w oasmological view&: Copedcus, Cblika, Kepler, Newton, the tele~~mp, Hubble, Einakin, high energy nstrophysicg,Hawking, and space travel. The class will follow a seminar format consisting of lecture and discussion. Each student will prepwe a major p a p r or project nnd present it to the class. Extensive reading, including original sources, will be required and there will be some mtl-onomicd o b servation exercises. Distribution:Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: M 24 Special Functions and Their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327-46073 MAT 327-46074 Instructor:Ken Erickson Certain mathematical functions find m e throughout the physical sciencoa a d engineering dieciplinw bemuse of the high degree of s y m m e t ~ ythey can represent. This course will acquaint the student with four categories of functions md their applicntions: hgendre polynomja and spherical harmonics, Bessel functions, Fourier series m d t r m ~ f o r m sand , fullctions of a conlpl~xvmriable. The study of these special mathematical functions willbe stressed through-their application to numerous physical systems possessing the appropriate symmetry represented by each of the functions. Student performance willbe evaluated on the basis of exams, several problem assignments and a project. Prerequisite: PHY 122 (or consent of instructor)and MAT 224 or equivalent Time:I Room: S 212 POLITICAL SCIENCE The United Nations POL 166-46068 366-46069 Instructor:Manjula Shyam The course will involve detailed study of structure, purpose and functions of the United Nations; geographical,historical, cultural, political and economic background of the member states of the Security Council; selected current topics before the United Nations; and procedural rules of the Security Council. The course will lead to a six to eight hour simulation of a meeting of the Security Council. Evaluation of students in the course will be based on three short papers and on performance in the simulation. Participation in the simulationis compulsory. Upper division students will be required to submit an additional paper analyzing the political processes of the Security Council. Prerequisite: One political science course for upper division credit Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience Time: II Room: OM 13 The Politics of International Economic Issues POL 461-46056 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten The warall goal of the course is to understand how the international ~ y ~ t eismconceptualized differently Prom a world view emphasizing nation-state unitg. 7 3 pursue ~ this goal students wiU Yo. GUA on sclwted politid and economic questions which prvoccupy the headlines of 1985. Course objectives: 1. to explore the linkage between contemporary economic problems and political configurations in the international system, and 2. to examine the political conflicts and choices confronting world statesmen-in the changing economic environment of the mid-1980s Course content: 1. theories about the structure of international politics and economics, the debate over the meaning of interdependence in the world of the 1980s; 2. specificissues of political economy, such as the change in the distribution of economic power during the past decade, the possibility of trade wars among 'advanced industrial countries, efforts by national leaders to coordinate their domestic economic pities, and ad;justmentof ~pecificsectors, such as agriculLur~! m d finance, within a variety of countries; and 3.a simu la tioir of the w a y decision-makerscope with changes in the world economy Students will organize discussion groups for oral presentations and critiques of readings, simulate international policy-making roles, and prepare essays in a written take-homeexam. Prerequisite:Pol Sci 160 Time: II Room: M 22 PSYCHOLOGY Developmental Psychology:Adolescent and Young Adult PSY 352-46096 Instructor:Duane E. Johnson Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult periods of life. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student participation. Procedures will include class discussion, short papers and oral reports, and at least two tests. Most of the testing willrequire written responses. Prerequisite:General Psychology Time:I Room: OM 16 Introduction to the World of Psychology PSY 121-46081 Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan Psychology is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth, with differing levels of depth. her^ you will h ~ v the e opportunity to explore some of the coricepts, data and methods of psychology and gain some understenclingand insights from this discipline. %ading-s, I&ms, and swcid premntations w i l l ha 3aitilized involving tlie instructor, class rnembws, nnd outaide speakers. Evaluation wi 11 involve chas participation, sbudent research presentations, and exams. Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY 105(GeneralPsych). Distribution:Psychology-Sociology Time: I Room: P 4 RELIGION IChristianity in Modern Africa REL 366-46058 Instructor:Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students wiU be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianit~and the present development of indigenous cklurches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology.'' A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid ~ystem of racial segregation.Them will be lectures and discussion of reaiding materials. films, nnd visiting resource persons. Students will be ~valuntedon several short tests and a short research paper. Pre uisite One course jll ndiglon Disaution: Religion (Only one interim uourm may be used toward graduationreligion requirements) Time: 11 Room: OM 18 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-46057 Instructor: Gene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the present form and work of this church, its origin as a special fellowship in the 16th century, and its development and cultural influence through 450 years of its history The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Basic Lutheran confessional writings will be read. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements willinclude two exams and one short report or paper. A text costing approximately $11 must be purchased in class on the third day UiSf~ORecou~sehrelEgfon ""% Mstrj ution: M W o n (Qnly one In* ward graduation religion requirements) course m a y be used to- Time: I Room: OM 18 Archaeology and the Bible REL 215-46101 Instructor:Philip Quanbeck Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Each student will investigate one archaeological site, write a paper on that topic and make a presentation to the class. Grade evaluation will be based on class participation and the project. Prerequisite: A mume Inreligion Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim mume may be used toward graduation mligion requirements) Time: I Room: M 22 RUSSIAN Giants of 19th-CenturyRussian Literature RUS 210-46082 RUS 410-46083 Instructor:James E. Brown This course will acquaint the student with outstanding Russian writers of the 19th-century.Works to be read include three short novels (Pushkin,"The Captain's Daughter"; Lermontov, "A Hero of Our Time"; Turgenev, "Fathers and Sons"), two longer novels (Dostoevsky, "Crime and Punishment"; Tolstoy, "Anna Karenina"), and short stories by Chekhov and Tolstoy Students are expected to read all the assigned works and participate in class discussions. Lower division students must write three papers 3-5pages in length. Upper division students must write three papers 5-7pages in length. There will be a final essay take-home examination. Grades will be based on class participation, papers and the final examination. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor for upper division registration Distribution:English-Speech Time: I1 Room: OM 21 SOCIAL WORK Exploring Human Services S W K 257-46059 Instructor:Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning. Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary,brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: 6-12 Field Work I11 S W K 466-46060(1 course) 466-46061(% course) Instructor:Maria Brown The objectives of the class are to use supen&ory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personaUprofessional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work II-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. NOTE:Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-clientcontact tasks. Time: To be arranged SOCIQLOGY Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC241-46098 Instructor:Jerry Gerasimo The concept of culture is examined anthropologidy and in the wny we see and live in tha world. Wa will a y z e the basic assumptions underlying tho i d a s of "primitive," "civilized,"and "pmgr~ss." and selected aspects of Westem Culture. Grades will be based on a midterm and a final ex-. Time: I Room: P 3 SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER II Children's Theater SPC 285-46064 Instructor:Gary Parker Class members w i l l work as an ensembla ta create and p d u r m a play for children, Development of the play will empilasize techniques of improvisatiuri. Students will participate both on and off stago as performers (acto~s, ~ingom,dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and mmagelnent),and kchnicd stnfP (Irigl~ts, scenc:ry, wstumea, and props).Public performturces will be ~ c : h ~ d ulcd during tllc final week of class. G k W g will b~ based on the mmmitment m d efi'wtiveness of work on Ihe production, and a written notelnmlr of' daily mtivities and reactions. No I,henter-E rience is necessary Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00 Room: Stage T w o E Writing the Creative Article SPC 268-46062 368-46063 Instructor:Ray Anderson The amative article is written out of the wribr's life expmienw. The types to be streeaed in this co~wscme: prsonal experience, whimsid essay. original humor, and inspdtion. Four creative mtioles wnstitute the major projects. Students will. read in thrw areas-the creative article.creativity. and humor. Evaluation wiU be based primarily on the cxratfve projects and sncondarily on examinations a d general participation. An effort will be made to p~aduccquality material that can be submitted for publication. A higher quality of writing will be expected of upper division students. Time:II Room: OM 27 W Advanced Acting SPC 432-46106 Instructor: Julie Bolton In this course we will explore chmcter development through scene work based on pkys from the &rent periods of dramatic litFrature. T i l e ins1,ructor will willmh students as 1hey prepare ~ u c t i tion pieces and soancs horn Shalrespeare, Moliere, Chekhov, Shaw, Plinter and Becket among other's. We will prepare professional resumes, learn auditioning tmI1niques and discuss the slmngths and drawbacks of the Uleatcr unions. Each student will prepare an audition. Evduation will be based on a mid-interim exam, the scenes, and the final audition. This class is only ofrered periodiuaqy so don't mies tlle opportunity! Prerequisite:Beginning Acting SPC 232 or Creative Dramatics SPC 116 Time: I Room: Stage 11 Television News Production SPC 344-46072 Instructor: Mark Ambroze This wiU be a basic m m e in television nows production taught on location. Studenta will get practical experience in interviewing, shooting,writing,editing and pmduaing the n w s . Grades will be based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not 5 television studio. Students should have some previous 'IT courseworlr. Check with Ray Anderson in the speech department for further information. The course will be taught at W S A - T V in Golden Valley The instructors will be professionals a t the station. There will be occasional afternoon sessions in addition to the morning classes. Time: I Room: W S A , Golden Valley OTHER COURSES These courses are offered by institutions or groups not aonnected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other e x penses which are the responsibility or the atudent. They a1.a offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descript,ions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-46011 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the Decerniwr 27 through January 17 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available). Washington Interims Women as Leaders: Preparing Early for Jobs at the Top POL 398-46084 The President and Congress: An Inside View of Policymaking POL 398-46085 These Interims begin December 29 and continue until January 17. InPormatiorr on either of the nbova programs, housing and Pinancid assistance i s available from Dr. Mildn Redblom in Memorial 117A. Basic Spinning,Weaving and Dyeing ART 163-46040 Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost approximately $185. Augsburg Lifetime Sports T h e following activitiem are available to student^ during Intcrkm and students may register for one of these as well aa for a rsgul~roourse. These activities do not carry oPrioial credit. but they d o meet the liFetimc aport8 rcquir'em~ntfar gradllation. Students may pmticipaie in any one of those without 1-egist,ering for the cnurse, but twill be expected to pay m y fees wfialher or lot the student registers for the course. Alpine Skiing HPE 002-46089 Instruction at beginner, intermediate and advanced levels at Welch Ski Village, Monday and Wednesday evenings at 6:30for six sessions. A fee of $42.00 for instruction and lift tickets. Rental ski equipment available. Transportation from the student center will probably be available. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 6:30 p.m. M,W American Karate HPE 002-46086 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The Form, baslic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taug11t by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:00-1:00M,W,F Room: Melby Badminton Racquetball HPE 001-46087 Instructor: David Boots Distribution: Lifetime Sports T i e : 1:00-2:00 p.m. Room: Melby HPE 002-46088 Instructor: David Boots Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:30-10:30 a.m. Room: Melby Running Weight Training HPE 002-46091 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1 2Noon Room: Melby HPE 002-46090 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: I Room: Melby UMAIE Augsburg is pnrt of a consortium called UMAIE. Upper Midwest A ~ s o c i o l i o nTor Intercultural Education, wlzich offers overseas learning cxpricnws during the Interim. F~utherinf'arrn~tienatsotst the following courses can be obtained from Mary Kingslag in the International Fentar, Old Main 20, or I'mm the Interim Ofrice. Eegietrat,ion for these Interims ends October 25,1985. These courses are offered on FfNP b m i only. ~ A m e r i c m Writern in Europe Ancient Greece: Its Art,,Religion, and Theatre CI Art and Architecture in Ellgland and Frnnce ll Biology and Natural I-listory d the Hawaiian Islands n Rradl: Amxzon, Energy and IUcvelopmenL H The C:tpitals of Eastern Europe n China: The Midwest Connection n Cornparntive Business Studies in a European Environment f7 1Sissiden t s and Plttrlots: A Literary Tour of Britain n Englilish School and Family n France Today:S0ciet.y and Culture n German Language and Culture: Munich. Salzburg & Vienna n Hawaii: A Cultural. History f l Health Care in Europe H IsLmda of the Mediterranean n Ittdy: Galileo and the Church !l Journalism and Mass Media in England and Scotland Legal London London,P:wis. Amsterdam: The L e g ~ oyf Wealth and Power "Mttde in di~paa:"Japanese Businese m d Culture Fkligion in Xsrnel and Egypt Science in itn CttZturrrl Context: A European Survey Soviet U'nian: Culture and History Spain, A Country in Transition The Spirit of Ireland Theatre inF2ngl:lnnd 'Two T!~onsandYears in M e r NOTES
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1985
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ............. 2 Essential Information ................ 3 Options ........................... 3 Courses ........................ 5-24 Introduction & Calendar A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO . . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . . GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS...
Show more ............. 2 Essential Information ................ 3 Options ........................... 3 Courses ........................ 5-24 Introduction & Calendar A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO . . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . . GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS . . . I N S . . . M A T . . . MUS . . . N U R . . . P H Y . . . P O L . . . PSY.. . REL.. . SOC . . . SWK . . . SPC . . . Lifetime Sports 1985 Interim Catalog AUGSBURC COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota Augsburg College lnterim The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as thcy would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. january 1985 S M T W T F S Calendar for Full Credit Courses ..................................................................................Interim Registration ............................................................................Late Interim Registration .......................................................................................... First Day of Interim November 5-9 December 10 January 3 Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancel/add Last day for determining grading system with Registrar Last day for withdrawing from full courses Interim ends ................................................................................... .............................. ................................................... .................................................................................................... fanuary 4 January 17 January 21 January 30 Calendar for Half Credit Courses ..................... . .............................. First group of half credit courses begins January 3 January4 January 9 January 11 January 16 Ianr~ary17 January 1R ...............................,..................... last rlay to cancel/add half crcdit courses ........................ b a t day d~tetmininggrad in^, systcm lor half credit courses .................... . .........-.. Last day for withrlrawing from half cretlit roursm ....................................................... First group of half crcdit courses encis .................................................. Second group of half credit courses bcgins ..................................,............. Last clay to cancel/add half credit cour~es janunry 23 ................ Last day for determining grading system for hatf credit courses January 25 ...................................... Last day for witlrdrawing from half crcdit courses Iant~ary30 .................... ........ . . . .........*....................................... lnfcrim ends The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. POSTMASTER Volume 115, Number 4 Winter 1984 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1985. These interims are under the following departments: Health-Sailing in the Virgin Islands German-The Rhine Frontier Religion-The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as travel interims offered by other 4-1 -4 schools in the country. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. There will be no June interim in 1985. Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 20. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independen! or Directed Study - Students may elect a projirnrn of independent study (upper rlivision 4 W )o x d i r r r t ~ rstudy l (lower division 299) fnr inlerim. I:acitlIy n~embers or arp strongly discouraged from accepting responsibillty (or mnre than onp indf*p~ndent direct~dstudy per int~rim.Sludents choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B, Present to the lnterini Direclor for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by he supervising fac~~lty memher. This proposal must be submitted at least one week and nnt later ihan December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms before re~isiralior~ can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Interims at Other Schmtg - Airgburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 Institution whiclt offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can bc rnrrsulted in thr Interim O f f ~ c The . Interlm Secretary wlll hell) stutients in applyinfi for registration at other schools. Registralinn (or inrerims at !he other Twin Cities c o l l ~ ~ e will s b r donr at Augsl~urgduring the regi~tarregistration period. Most courses tnughl rii~rlng!he ~nlrrim.I! otlirr 4-1-4 srlronls arc accepl~rltor credil by Augsburg, I>ut may not necessarily be acparticlrlarly afcepted as meeting At~gsburg'sdislrihutioti rcquirernents. This q~~allftcation (ects courses offered Inr the R~ligionreqi~iremenl. Non-Augsburg Students Augsbr~rgCc~llcgvwdcornes stutlenls From other 4-1-4 schods for the january interim witho~rthairinn charges provided lhp slurtent's home institl~tionap,rees not to charge tu~tinn to Augsburp, slurlcnts for the January lcrrn. The waiver nf cuition dow nnl include sppcial fees, Iloi15ingor board cosls. Olller sti~dentswlll be charged $775 far the Interim course. Students interester1 In regiswring for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use t h forms ~ provided by the interim rlffice af their own schoot. Therc is an application processing fee of $10. Thew sturl~ntrare welcomr! to stay on campus but are no[ required to tlo so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the lnterim Office. Augsburg Policy It is the policy of hugsburgCollege not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amentlments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230). The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. Courses Art Interim '85: Washington D.C. and New York ART 1 14-4501, 245-4502 Instructor: Philip Thompson This course will provide students with the opportunity to visit major museums of art in Washington D.C. and New York (including the National Gallery of Art, National Portrait Gallery, Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden, Freer Gallery of Oriental Art, Guggenheim Museum, Whitney Museum of American Art and others). There will also be visits in New York to the studios of emerging artists. Participants will be traveling from January 7 through 18. Days preceding the trip will be spent in preparatory lectures and visits to Twin Cities museums. The days after the trip will focus on comparative lectures and provide individuals with an opportunity to complete personal projects or assignments. Students may opt to take this course as a drawing course, as an art history course or as a directed or independent study for either lower or upper division credit. The tour price will be approximately $995 and will include transportation, housing, most meals and tours. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I............ Room: O M 17 The Biology of Aging B I O 185-4504 Instructor: Robert Herforth At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the biological aspects of such changes. What is the nature of these age-related changes?What factors influence the rate of aging? Do cells isolated from the body show aging? Is aging the result of deterioration of certain cells or tissues of the body? What are the current theories as to the biological basis of aging? Is aging controlled by a biological clock?These and other questions will be addressed in this course by means of classroom lectures and discussions of assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on several quizzes and exams given during the course. The idl log^ of ~~ricul'ture B I O 234-4505 Instructor: Roberta Lammers We will be taking a critical look at agriculture from the perspective of biology. What is the relationship of hunger and starvation to agricultural practices - is agriculture producing too little food for the world's population? What kinds of environmental effects have resulted from attempts to increase production in the U.S. and in the third world? What is the nature of hunger and malnutrition? What effect will biotechnology (genetic engineering, cloning, etc.) have on agriculture and agricultural production? Class periods will be a combination of lecture and discussion. Evaluation will be based on one test, class participation and a log of readings. Time: I .............. Room: S 31 9 Immunology BIO 386-4506 Instructor: Neal Thorpe A study of the immune system, emphasizingantibody structure and function, cell-mediated immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. lmmunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated. Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations. Prerequisites: BIO 111, 112 Time: II Room: S 205 ............. Augsburg Goes to Business BUS 321 -4507 Instructor: Thomas Morgan This course is designed to provide students with exposure to a wide range of business functions through on-site visits to a variety of organizations in the Twin Cities, both large and small, private and public. The experiences will be oriented toward integrating what students have been exposed to in the classroom with practical issues which they will encounter on the job. Students will visit an average of three different situations each week and meet one day each week for discussion and lecture material. Evaluations will be based upon participation and a formal business plan which students prepare and present. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Time: I ............ Room: O M 11 r Chemistr for Changing Times CHM 100 - 4 08 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratorychemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intlmately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientlsts were coilsidered to be philosophers and their societies were phitosaphical societies. In recent decades [he human seeking of p e ~ a n a independence l lias led lo chemistry becornlng a pntt of everyday life to Ihe point nf aclual depenrlence on chemislry, We live in a world of pe~ticidps,fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," foot! additives ant1 pracessed lootl5, vitamin supplements. the energy crisis, chemical deper~dcncy,biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching lor life an other planets, genetic ~nanipt~lation, and it goes on and on. Ernottons and mental disorders can often be tracctl to chemical imbalan~e.The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an allernoon nap is a resul! of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a liangover is the result of a complex system ol' altered body chemistry. Even learn~ng appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory mo!~cule."Most of t h ~ problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to ~~nderstand ourselves, our society, our world, and our tinlverse? Come join us as we take a rnolrcular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussiun format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106, 116 or 223. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I.............. Room: S 315 Understanding International Trade and Finance ECO 360-4509 Instructor: Ed Sabella This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanics of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments. Prerequisites: ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor Time: II..............Room: M 22 Elements of Mathematical Economics ECO 353-4510 Instructor: Satya Gupta In Business and Economics, development of analytical skills is imperative. This course will be designed to help attain this goal. Economics will be explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from Finance, Management, and Marketing will also be solved. Evaluation will be through tests and assignments. Prerequisites: ECO 123 Time: II........... Room: O M 23 Teacher Education with New Boundaries EDE-413-4519, EDS 41 3-4520 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course will give the student the opportunity to expand his/her knowledge about teacher education and the schools in a chosen geographic area beyond Minnesota. The student is encouraged to do the greater share of research at the chosen location. This will include a specified number of days/hours to be spent in a school. This research will also help the student identify courses s/he can take to fulfill requirements of that locale, and to better prepare for that setting should s/he choose to live there. The student will research: 1. the professional and licensure requirements of the chosen state or country, its job market, salary scale and level of living. 2. the expectations in the school curriculum as identified by local and extended educational governing powers. 3. various education concerns such as teacher unions, cultural make-up of the schools along with related implications, testing-grading-promoting, etc. Should a student prefer to remain in Minnesota for a specialized study related to curriculum or school systems, that student will select an area of the elementary curriculum for intensive study as it is developed and implemented at all grade levels in a specific school district. The student will acquaint him/herself with: 1) the school's curriculum guide and resources for that subject area and 2) appropriate resources found outside that school system. As a result of this research the student will develop and complete one or more education projects which will be used in future teaching. All activities related to the project will be submitted in completed form. Because much of the course will follow the format of an independent study, each student will contact the instructor prior to December 15, to make known in writing the location of choice, specific objectives, strategies and evaluative procedures for him/her to fullfill the requirements of the course. Prerequisites: ED 255 or permission of instructor Time: I .................. Room: L 6 m Student Teaching EDS 481 - 451 1 EDS482-4512 EDS 483 - 4513 EDS 484 - 4514 EDE 481 - 451 5 EDE482-4516 EDE 483 - 451 7 EDE 484 - 4518 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisities: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading P/N only Time: I .................. Room: L 4 The Short Story ENG 240-4521, 340-4522 Instructor: Richard Sargent We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Ray Bradbury and Arthur C. Clarke, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of John Barth and Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Richard Wright and James Baldwin will be among the authors studied, as will writers from a variety of nationalities. Although the course will not involve a systemafic analysis of the llistory of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Paley. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching litenlure ant1 will Include study of the l)as~ccr~tical(erminology, so it would be an appropriate coursc for st~ldentswho have no1 yet studied literature at the college level. Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, and take several tests and a final essay exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time: I ............... Room: M 23 Creative Writing Workshop: The Prose Poem ENG 362-4523 Instructor: John Mitchell Three students from each of the five colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities will be chasen, on the basis of portfolios submitted to their respective English departmrnts, for pattiripation In this w ~ r k ~ h oThe p . conlent of the course will emphasize the participants' own crearrve work during the Inrerim, including d~scussionant1 critictsm. In additton, there will besome study nf the tradition of thc prose poem internationally, Altllough thc emphnsiq will FII upon the prose poem, students may use Ihe form as an originaling basis for poems and short stories. Thus wrilers of both prose and poptry are invited to participatr. Grstllng will be basetl upon cornpletlon and revision nf poems during the course, with some conslclemtion given to class participation. Students are encouraged l o take the coirrse for P/N credit. Interested Augsburg students should contact John Mitchell of the English Department and submit selected examples of their writing to him by 11/I184. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor Time: II........... Room: O M 13 Beginning French I FRE 11 1-4524 Instructor: Ruth Askov This course will provide an ;tnrroduc!ion tn the French language and culture. We will practice situational Frrnch to develop lisfening anrl speaking skills, rernforced by some reading and writing o l the languaae. Tlip pmnunt:iattonsystem and basic sentvnc~structures at a rudini~ntnrylevel. are taught to enallle ~~ndcrslanrl~ng and sr3l.l-~xpr~s~ion Evaluation will be through group cultural study and individual projects on a cultural topic. There w ~ l be l oral and written quizzes and daily 30-minute laboratory assignments. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: II........... Room: O M 25 January 3-27, 1985 The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France GER 333-4525 w d D zkh Instructor: Donald Steinmetz J-LveQ. LO"-&Since Roman times, the fandsalongil~eRhine have been one of the most significant frontier areas of Europe. Here German ant1 Roman ct~lturt~s clashed and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have their r m l s i r ~tlir rrnplre of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and gothic architecture I l n u r i s l ~ ~ind the Middle Ages. tlcre Germans and French fought in three recent wars. It i 5 s~ichpvenls w l ~ i c llij i t v ~<11;1p~rl ! l~fe and left so many monuments between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the h~storyof this area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Tr~eris ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating from Roman times to the present, and Important historical sites of five countries are less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to the student's entering level of competence. P/N only. Grading will be based on oral exams and diary to be kept in German. Prerequisities: German 112 or equivalent Cost: $1690 Distribution: Foreign Language - Beginning Spanish II SPA 112-4526 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals This course is intended for students who have completed Spanish 111 or its equivalent. It is an intensive study of the basic grammar structures beyond the present and the past tenses to enable the student to use the four basic language skills at a level that is acceptable for the fulfillment of the language requirement. The objectives are achieved through classroom practice, homework, and language laboratory exercises. Grading is based on tests, exams, homework and classroom participation involving oral skills. Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or equivalent Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I ............ Room: O M 25 a ? How to Ace a Term Paper by Really Trying GST 165-4527 Instructor: Myles Stenshoel edit s Participants will engagein rewrite and gkwntea paper/on which they originally received s are s . . grades of C or less. The goal/is (1) to improve the paper/to the 7 level an ~lif-ithadL,,,I and (2) to develop, in the process, competency excellent in writing/gaad papers. Students will work with I such issues as bibliographical adequacy, documentation, L U uC c and originality, organization, clarity, literary quality,/validity of logic and conclusions. Technical trivia, such as typography, spelling and punctuation, will be part of the regimen. G The course will require joint activity as well as individual work. The grades will be based degree of (of?) on the/improvement m / t h e paper and on the development of writing and editing skills. Prerequisities: By permission of instructor after a sufficiently bad term paper has been submitted to him Time: I............ Room: O M 22 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232 - 4528 Instructor: Bethany Shifflett Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: I - Jan 3-16 ................. Room: Melby Administration and Supervision .of the School Health Program HPE 410 - 4529 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activites, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I Room: Melby 13 ......................... + January 5-24, 1985 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455-4530 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam will be given. Cost: $21 00 Distribution: Lifetime Sports Coaching of Basketball HPE 477-4531 Instructor: David Boots Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a 112 credit course. Time: I - January 17-30 ................ Room: Melby Officiating of Basketball HPE 481 -4532 Instructor: Al Kloppen This course wlll focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will b~ practjcal experience on thc floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by lie Minnesola High Schoul Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tesfs,papers prepared and performance on Ihe Iloor. Whilr l l ~ e r are e no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketl,all playing experience. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: II, January 3-16 ,.................. Room: Melby Paris in the Nineteenth Century HIS 114 - 4536 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out ;I cily w t ~ i c hin the Ii~s!thousanrl years has heen mnre important to Western Civilization than any other, olie could make a gord case ior Paris. In this course we will study fhe history of !flat city In a n p periorl n( i t s grcatne55, [he ni~ieleenthcentury. We will usc?some rearlinsi.; almul France, Park, ant! Modern itrl.ianism, lnrt n main ~mpllasisin our reading ant1 approach to the sulrriect wlll ke thr usp nf some nineteen1h centirry IYrrnr:hnovcls as lils1orir:;11snurres k ~ lhp r str~dvof Paris. We will tlius have Ilie opporlunify to study the city of Paris in this century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports- all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns Time: II................Room: P 3 20th Century South Asia HIS 162-4537 Instructor: Don Gustafson This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this- and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in nonwestern subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be in a wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and frequent breaks for slide presentations. Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and probably a test. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I ................Room: O M 16 Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality HIS 220-4534, 320-4535 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen An investigation of !he rationalc for the in~migrationpattern, economic opportunities, and social, pnli tical and ~ c a r ~ o r nprot)lems ir ~ncounlcredby h e following ilnrni~rants.Cliinesc, Japanrse ancl Koreans in the Unitc~rlStates. Focus on thew Ihrre ~ t h n i groups r will Involve boil^ the "old" immigrants and the "new" ~~lnnii~mnts. Course w ~ lutilize l ethnir. sprakt~rs (Cllin~se,Iapanes~anrl Koreans) In a home env~ronmenl-rlrf~~tr~iorr format. Tticre wilt he pthnic medls, r!thnic rooking d~rno~~stratinns, films, slides and f ~ ~trips-all l d these arp important components of the course as IS the academ~ccomponent of read~ngs,etc. Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota. Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings. Fees: $1 5 for meals and films etc. Prerequisites: Lower Division, None Upper Division, sophomore standing and consent of instructor Distribution: History and Philosophy Time: I ................Room: L 1 Introduction to Oral History HIS 481-4538 Instructor: Rrchard Nelson This course will investigate the methods and approaches involved in writing history from oral sources. Students will read and discuss material on the natwe of on1 hrstory during .the first week af the course. The remainder of the twm wIII be reserved for ldentlfication of and research on a topic which wlll include the techniquesof oral history. A paper based on this m a r c h wlll be due an the lad day of the lerrn. Prerequisrtes: Permrssron of the rnstructor Trme: II................Room: O M 10 The Philosophy of Healing INS 141-4547, 341 -4548 J .+ 522 Instructor: Pam Weiss-Farnan and Mark Fuehrer Since a human being is a besouled body, wholeness must involve bath the mind and the body. Further, since the mlnd Is the prlnclpal directed !orce In human Mngs, wholeness Is directed by rhtt mind. Dlseese in a person can therefore be approached as a phenomenon that requires rhe respo,nse hat just of the whole v a n but under the dlrectfan of the mind, the human being can strive to cooperate with natum In the process of healing either diseases of the mind or the body. Westem and Eastern philasophles ask (he question, "How can one heal~oneself?'' and have evolved some startling a n w e k about prwpectlve, attitude, and knowledge of disease. In western healing, we now ask how our technaloglcal apptoach can be merged with personal healing. Shew concepts fall into a pattern, that when analyzed, reveals a power ode has over one's health. I0 this coutw there dl be readings and lectures coverin8 philmopHcal views of beallng, western and nonwestern approsches to disease and healin and an opportunity to team about a d Investipte further variovr heating praflfcasand t&enpirs such as acupuncture, biofedbqck , homeopathy, massage and so on. Course grades wrll be determrned largely from a paper Upper drvrsron students wrll be expected to produce a longer and more sophrstrcated paper than those tak~ngthe course for lower drvisron credlt. Time: II................Room: O M 16 Brush Up MAT 103-4539 Instructor: Bev Durkee This dome & deifgnedai a bruslr ry, lh arithmetic and elementaryal a h skills for students scoring lon the Mathemattcs Placementexamination. ~ h ci,u& & vdbe pmkuia'dh WI forrmdme m elementarycdvatlon or who will be tahng it.Hniaa p n d r m a w of the work will be dofie err the computer, There w#l be d1agnosj.I~tesb to detwmine study mh homework assignment5 to gain skills, and written problem wl\rfr(gtests to deteMlhe achievement. Grades wltl be d~temiinedby test scores. Coufie of Budy Fs completely rndividuallzed. Prerequ~sites:Mathematics Placement Examination score I. Time: I ................Room: S 112 Mathematical Modeling M A T 132-4069 Instructor: Paul Hulse This course will focus on the development of mathematical models to describe and study selected problems in the "real world." The course will emphasize the use of analytical methods of mathematics to study these problems. Prerequisites: Basic algebra and geometry Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I ................Room: S 2 13 An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models M A T 136-4540, 336-4541 - Instructor: Henrv Follinastad An exploralion of malh-related ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates present "scientific dagmas" un the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mnnkinrl. New Spacp-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Space-Age alternatives are also presented to integrate the flood of news media with past knowledge. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have elevated some "scientific speculation" into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required in one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present extensive oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I ................Room: O M 23 FORTRAN M A T 270-4567 Instructor: Leo Lake A study of the FORTRAN programming language to expand the student's knowledge of languages. This course is especially vital to computer students who will work with the scientific community where FORTRAN is a well entrenched language. The course will involve daily lectures, extensive programming on the PDP 11 and a programming project on which grading will be based. Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. MAT 145, 170, or 175 or BUS 250) Time: II................Room: S 112 Special Functions and Their Applications in the Physical Scien~ces M A T 327-4542 Instructor: Mark Engebretson (See description under Physics) Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview MUS 1 10-4543 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitafton of clinfcal facilities in the Metrnpolltan area to &serve nruslc therapy in pracflce. Obieciives o l the couKe will be to become familiar with a variety of clientele (including mentally retarried, emolinnalty disturbed, and ph!tsicalfy handicapped), and to ut)serve how music therapy functions with rlitterenl popula~ions.In adclitiun to lie (ield trips, classroom discussions will include an nvervlcw of music therapy practices and Iheory in Ihis coirntry ant! abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clas5 participation. h sper~alfee of $1 5.00 will be reqir~rcd,to cover h e cost rrl Transportation. A speclal class project will be required for upper division credtl. Sti~dentllmes must be flexible, lo allow Inr Creld trlps during rither the morn in^ or alfcrnoon. Fee: $15.00 Distribution: Art - Music Time: I1................Room: M 24 Improvisation in Music MUS 129-4544, 329-4545 Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles. Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class. Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations. Prerequisites: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission Distribution: Art-Music Time: I ................Room: M 4 Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330-4546 Instructor: Alice Stark This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care anti Ihe profession of nursing. Many of the Issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have po!en!ial lor br-rraching eCfecIs in health care. Students will be graded on group pr~sentalion~ and written exam~nations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I ................Room: O M 12 el Introduction to Weather PHY 106-4568 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing the weather (including state of the art instrumentation), understanding weather patterns, forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will include daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory sessions per week), two one-hour examinations and a research project. Prerequisites: High school algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Room: S 31 5 Time: II................ 1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science ~ i n i m e s t e r PHY 322-4549 Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Fees: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $300. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: I ................Room: S 24 Special Functions and their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327-4550 MAT 327-4542 Instructor: Mark Engebretson Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering disciplines because of the high degree of symmetry they can represent. This course will acquaint the student with three categories of functions and their applications: Legendre polynomials and spherical harmonics, Fourier series and transforms, and functions of a complex variable. High resolution graphics using the Tektronix 4051 Graphic Computer will be used to enhance understanding of the symmetries involved. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project. Prerequisite: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent Time: I ................Room: O M 21 The United Nations POL 166-4551, 366-4552 Instructor: Manjula Shyam The course will involve detailed study of: a) strudurp, purpose and fundions of the ~ n l ~ eNations, d b) geographical, historical, culhtrat, pr~liticalancl economic backgvound of the member states of the Sectlrily Council, C) s~lectedcurrent topics h e f n r ~the Un~tedNations. d) procerlural rutes of the Security Cotlncil. The course will lead to a six to eight hnur sirnulatlon of a meeting a l the Security Cotlncit, Evaluation of students in the cnurse will be based on three slinrt papers and on performance in I ~ Psimulation. Participation in !he simulation is ct~lnpulsory. Upper rflvisiun studrnts will be requireri to sul,mil an adtlliional paper anatyzlng the political processes o l r h Security ~ Council. Prerequtsites: Onp pollrlcat sclcnce course for upper division credil Distribution: Economics-Political Sc~ence Time: II................Room: M 23 Self-identity and Values PSY 110-4553 Inslructot: Norman Ferguson The objecfive o l this course will be to examine the concept of "sclf" nr "selCidentity" (Wha am I? What do Itlrlnk and feel about myseltl). Thth rrlalinnship betwwn sell-irlent~ty and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will li,~vemainly a psychological locus, r e l ~ r ~ n will c e be m;ltl~lo splriiual ;mi ~~I~Ilosophirat lssue~Illat relate to thc conc~ptsof selktdentity anrl values. The cuntent of tlir course will rover topics surh as: the acquisition and drv~lnplnpntrrl srtCirlen~r~y and values, rncluding fhe i n f l u ~ nof ~ rsex roles; ihc clarificaiinn of values; ttw growth anti rliitngr uf self-irlrnl~tyand vatues during aclul~hood:arbd !he relationship be'tween sel(+itlent~ty and spirilual grriwth, Class lime will be devoter[ mainly to the discussion of these issues In small groups. A n i v ~ participation tly each sturl~nlt s ~xpecretlalong with the sharlng of relevani intlivitlual experiences. Evaluation will be based on class partfcipalior?,one or Iwo short papers, and possibly one exam. This cuurw may not sut>stitute for PSY 105 lor stilrl~ntspursuing a rnnrar or minor in (~sy~lrology. Gr~rlingP/N only. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: I ................Room: P 1 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366-4554 Instructor: Bradley Hot! This course wltl focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the 5011th. Stude~lfswill be introduced to IrazlitionalAfrtcan cullure ant1 religion, the introduction of Christianity, and !he present dev~lopmentof indigenous cl~urchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent African Chr~rches"will be studied, as well as attempts to forrnulat~"African Christian Theology." A major sectlon of the cnurse will locus nn conZernpurary responws nichurclies in Soutl~Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregatlnn. There will he lectures and discus5ion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated On several short IPS15 ant1 a short research paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion. Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: II ................Room: O M 18 i W January 2-26, 1985 The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions in Hawaii REL 321 -4555 Instructor: John Benson A studv of Rudrlllism, I'rrrlestanl Christianity, Mormoni~ln,and I'olynesian rellgion wilh t o 1lietr ~nl~rrvlaticbn in Hawall. Speci~lartt*nllnn glveii t r ~the following: r p ~ c l aatlenlinn l IIIP n i e e t i n ~nf New F n ~ l ~ ~Cillvinlrm ntl and tlllwaii,ln trild~tionalculf~rrcand r e l ~ ~ nnrl ~on i t s results today: the rnPcllnK ofCl~rislianityand bull1 Chlncsc and J,~pdnese Rutirllilsm ;n I-lawsti today; ,!t~rl I l l ? rlpl)rtl;lcIi nf ~I~PCIIILIICII n l ] l i s i t Clir~st ~ oiLaltcr Day S,aints (Mr~r~nons) to 1 I i ~ P t ~ l \ v ~ e s i i lEllorts l~. will also tw made tn 51udy aliperls nf Ch~nescanrl Iqiarlcse cultures and relif!lons In the~rown r i ~ h t . Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal. Grading: P/N only Prerequisites:one religion course (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Cost: $1 745 Distribution: Religion The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-4556 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church 1s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the Lutheran Church as it is today, ils origins tn the lhfh cPnrury, anti Its development and cultural influence during 450 year5 01 hislory. The texl by Brrg~ndoffwill provide an overview. Lecture and class disc~lssiol~ will den1 with examples of Lulheran wifnrss In the Gospel In art, music, missions, phl!nsol~f~y, s o c ~ o l o ~and y Ilicnbgy. Retluirrrnents will include two exams and one short paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: I ................Room: M 24 Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society SOC 261 -4560 Instructor: Gordon Nelson It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has functioned as a locus of community in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing tendencies in an industrialized and bureaucraticized society. This course will attempt to assess the extent to which the foregoing assertions might apply to ethnic neighborhoods in the Twin Cities. After some preliminary background sessions and readings, each member of the class will be asked, either individually or as part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic community in the Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation and a final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the course. Prerequisites: None Distribution: Urban Concerns Time: I ................Room: M 22 Exploring the Human Services SWK 257-4557 Instructor: Mary Lou Willlams Thirty hours per week nt vorunteer work in a human service agency is comblned w i ~ h readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discovcr whetllcr e career in human services is for you. Evaluation will bp bawd on submission of jnurrlals, rurnrnary of experience ant1 a [inal examination. Siudcnls will br asketl ln merl with Inslructar before the enri of Fall semester to iliscuss selection of agency and structure uf the course. Objec!tves: 1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help. 2. To increas~knowledge of ll>eservic~sgiven by tlie agency in which student is serving, 3. To gain knowtcdge of the prnf~ssionalsin the organ~zation,including thew skills, competencies, et!ur:at~on, and [raining. 4. To gain l~cginningknowledg~abr~utthe diversity of human services agencicls. 5. To increase r~nrl~fitanding nf sell in relatlnn to [he human service tleld. Time: I ................Room: P 3 Field Work Ill SWK 466-4558 (1 course), 466-4559 (l/2 course) Instructor. Maria Brown The objectives a l the class are to use sup~rvisoryrelationship lo increase interprrtive a5 wetl as social work ~wrfnrrnancecornpctence; (n ptomotr gradual entry into direcl soclal work practice; to increase competence in !lip client contaci p h a ~ eof the problem solving process; 10 increase s~utlcntsell-awareness in regart1 In profc$%ional praclice Interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professiunal rlevelopmcnt: 10 promote competence tn the full process of problem solving, with spet:ial emphasr~c ~ nanalysis anrl r~solurionstage5. Course content will be conttnuation of Field Work I!-educationally fociised iield placement in a social service agullcy. Students will spend t 5 (ar 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work 11; candidacy status Time: Arrange with instructor Imagination and Humor in Communication SPC 165-4561, 365-4562 Instructor: Ray Anderson Imagination, creative rhinktng, and humor are importan! dimensions of communication thc lunctinns of competence. The major purposes of h i s course are to lwttpr t~t~drrsfand imaaination, the creative process, and the nature of Irurnor: to improve crealive thinking; and lo ~ncreasr:the ahrliry to procli~cee[fecl~vehumor. Thew will be lectures and readfngs on these topics, a study of niod~ls,and a variety of assignments, in writing and speaking. T h ~ r ewill be a ntrrnber of experimental project5 Involving humor; IIIP ernount o l atlel-ttiongiven in this fapic wit1 rlepenrl in part upon tlw interests of the class. Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper division students, one or more additional papers will be required. Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English Time: II................Room: L 1 Story Theater (Children's Theater) SPC 285-4563 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is neededscript, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:00-3:00 p.m. ................Stage 2 Other Courses These courses are offered by Institutions or gmups not canneaed with Augsburg College but have been a p p r o v ~ dfor credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the rt?sponsihrlityofthe stud~nt.They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details fnr registering are available in the Interim Office. ART 163-4564 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $1 74. POL 398-4565 Washington Interim: After the Inauguration: Continuity or Change? POL 398-4566 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits, and seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington, D.C. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Weightlifting HPE 002-4571 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:20 ................Melby Running HPE 002-4572 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:OO noon ................Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1984
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUCSBURC COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1984 Interim Catalog POSTMASTER Volume 114, Number 4 Winter 1983 612/300-1001 AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Sec...
Show more AUCSBURC COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1984 Interim Catalog POSTMASTER Volume 114, Number 4 Winter 1983 612/300-1001 AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Augs,burgCollege lnterim The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. 0 OCT NOV DEC Calendar for Full Credit Courses .................................... October 31-November 4. Interim Registration December 5 ...........................................Late Interim Registration First Day of Interim January 3.. ................................................. Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. January 4.. Last day for cancel/add January 17.. ................ Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 20.. ........................... Last day for withdrawing from full courses January 27.. ...................................................... Interim ends .............................................. Calendar for Half Credit Courses ............................... January 3.. First group of half credit courses begins January 4 . . .............................Last day to cancel/add half credit courses January 9 . ........... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses January 11.. .....................Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses January 13.. ...............................First group of half credit courses ends January 16.. ...........................Second group of half credit courses begins January 17.. ............................Last day to cancel/add half credit courses January 23. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses January 25.. ..................... Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses January27........................................................ lnterimends The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: II - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 4/l nterim Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1984. These interims are under the following departments: Health-Sailing i n the Virgin Islands Political Science - Mass Media and Politics i n Britain, France, Germany and Austria Religion-Israel and Egypt: Archaeology and Religion Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 28 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as travel interims offered by other 4-1-4 schools in the country. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating i n one of these international interims should apply in the lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. There will be no June interim in 1984. - Internships Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 22. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independcmt or DhWcd Study Students may elect a program of independent study (upper dlvislon 499) or directed study (!owerdivblon 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly drseouraged fram accepting responsibility for more than one independent or dlrected study per interlm. student^ choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: - A. Meet departmental requirements, 6. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at -I one week before registration and not later than November 28. Apprgpriatestudy propo$alforms can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Inftdma at Qthw -Is Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-74 Instltutlan which offers a reclprocai lnterlm arrangepent. CataIags of these Interlmscan be consulted in the Interim Offlee. The Interim Secretary wIti help students in appiylng for ~giwrationat other schoals. Registration for lntwlms at rhe h e r Twin CMes college wlll be done at Augsburg during the regular reghtratlon period. Most courses taught during the interim w other 4-14schoolsare accepted forcredit by Aughurg, but ma not necessarily beaccepted as meeting Augsburp'r distributhn rsquirem~ntr.Thls quiklcailon putlcuhtly J f a courses offered for the Reiiglon requirement. - Non-Aupburg Students e welcamee studenw from athat 44-4 schools far the jaiiiiary Interim *hkoul tul~ion%rp provided he wudcnlt honr instlhltlon ql.a.not to cbar to Au$bug students for the January tern. he walver of tuition,does not Indu$ e special luirion fees, housing or board costs. 0 t h nudem wlII be c h a r d $720 for the lnterlm course, #upburg Cot Students interested in regfstwing for an Aupburg lnterim should write to the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school.* These students are welcom to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for interim housingsfiwld bemadeto fie lnterim Office. *There is an application processing fee of $10. ku burg Policy H" Aug ufg College adml4 studehts of any race, golor, rtatlonal and ethnk origln ro all the rl$hts, btiufI<&.s, figrams, and acthltlesgeneraI y accorded or made available to studentsat ,the school, It do= trot dlscrimlnq~on the basis of race, col,ar,crded, national and e~hrltc orlgtn in eq6layrbent flfactiw or adrniitIstqatlon of Its edtFdatfonal> policies, admission$poIi-dw, icholprshlp and loan programs, and ~thleticand other school-administer& programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. . Courses Calligraphy ART 106 - 4001,306 - 4002 Instructor: Philip Thompson Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills i n pen and brush with ink and paint. Three completed design projects in lettering or line are required. For upper division credit a major project is required. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 4 Nutrition: You Are What You Eat BIO 104 - 4003 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg Designed to discuss the foods that we eat in a popular fashion. After a review of the human digestive system, each of the three basic food types will be discussed along with the role of minerals, vitamins and water. An attempt will be made to dispel the mysteries and the manufactured information in the media, to make application to individual concerns, and to address the controversy concerning food additives. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 213 Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind BIO 110 - 4004 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud Where did I come from? What am I7 Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more fundamental quertions which intrigue and torment members of our specips. While at one l w e i weseek phtlosophlcat and religious answers, h i o l n ~ yIS invokecl at another level. I t l s t h ~ intent of this course to addresrrhesc questions and others through thesrudy of ~ v o t u t l o nand heredfry {genetlrs). The concept of organic evolution continues to have i t s critics, a matter which we shall consider. Yet to lhrt va5l majority of hlologists the evolution of life is not only accep~edbut ir rcaasded as the single most significant confrihurion which biology has made to human knowledgr. We will study I ~ Pevidence in support of evolution. rht? proposed mechanisms of ttip ~volutionaryprocess, and, a5 time permits, the course or evolution from primiltvr! forms to humans. Some principles ol genetics will be studied for the primary purpose of making 11 possible rn undcrstand evolurionary mechanisms. Ways in which people e s he discussed. influence rhrir own evoluiion and that olol her ~ p e r ~ wlll Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites: A high school general biology course Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I . . ...... Room: S 212 Wetland Ecology BIO 311 - 4005 Instructor: Roberta Lammers I n Wetland Ecology we will study the complexity, variety and importance of freshwater wetlands (i.e. bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). The physical aspects of these wetlands as well as the interrelationships of some of their major organisms like sedges, insects, and sphagnum will be considered. Students will be re uired to pursue4nclependent reading on wetland organisms of particular Interest to them. T e course work will also include required reading, discussion and leeura, lab observation d wetland organisms, and local field trips depending on the weather. We shall examine critically the potential ofMinnesota's wetlands as an energy source. Grading will be based on one test and the presentation (written or oral) of the independent reading. Prerequisites: Biology 111,112 Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I........ Room: S 213 1 Personal Investment and the Stock Market - BUS 257 4006 Instructor: Thomas Morgan The course i s designed t o familiarize the novice with the basic components of the personal investment decision. Course content will include examination and discussion of alternative investment instruments and the markets in which they are transacted. I n addition to assigned readings, students will be expected to complete several small projects. Evaluation of course performance will be based upon successful completion of projects and a final exam. This course is not recommended for upper class business majors. Time: I........ Room: O M 13 Management Simulation Games BUS 378 - 4074 Instructor: Amin Kader In this course the students will be grouped into teams. Each team controls a company which manufactures and sells a line of multiple products. The company competes against other companies; each manufactures and sells similar products. Each team attempts to outperform other teams by selecting what could be perceived by the team as the optimum operating strategy. This strategy includes setting selling prices, production volumes, marketing expenditures, plant and securities investments, as well as stockholders' dividends. Grading will be P/N only with evaluation on the basis of the work done and its results. Prerequisites: BUS 135 and 261, ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11 8/l nterim Chemistry for Changing Times C H M 100 - 4009 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116 or 223. Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Time: I . . ...... Room: S 315 Principles of Economics (Micro) ECO 123 - 4007 Instructor: Satya Gupta An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120. Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: 11.. ...... Room: L 1 Welfare Economics ECO 454 - 4008 Instructor: Ed Sabella Basic concepts and propositions: Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures, social welfare functions, normative concepts of economic theory. Applications to various problems and disciplines. Course evaluation will be based on exams (take-home) and projects. Prerequisites: ECO 251 or permission of instructor Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16 Student Teaching EDS 481 - 4010 EDE 481 - 4014 EDS 482 - 4011 EDE 482 - 4015 EDS 483 - 4012 EDE 483 - 4016 EDS 484 - 4013 EDE 484 - 4017 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading: P/N only Time: I.. . . . . . . Room: L 4 Emily Dickinson: The Poems and the Person ENG 140 - 4018, 340 - 4019 Instructor: Ronald Palosaari Unknown in her lifetime, Emily Dickinson now is regarded as one of America's finest poets. Her poetry was so unknown that the sister who shared with her the family home did not know of it until, following Emily's deathbed instructions, she began to burn Emily's papers. What was spared the fire is now ours to devour. Emily Dickinson spent most of her life within the family home confining her relationships to a very few, being regarded as mysterious or eccentric by very many. Some biographers have suggested she retreated from the world to give herself to poetry since her time and place made no provision for a female professional poet. Others trace her seclusion to various family relationships or personal problems or frustrated dreams of love. Whatever the cause, out of the mystery of her life comes the glory of her poetry. During the interim we will study both her poetry and some of the major studies of her life. Each student will read one of her biographies as well as her poetry. Students who desire may pursue independent research in her biography or her poetry or in general historical topics that mav illumine either the Doems or the Derson. Studenk opting for upper d i i s i o n credit will be graded on a more rigorous level than those opting for lower division credit. Prerequisites: A course in literature or permission of instructor Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: I.. Room: O M 16 . . . . .. 10/l nterim People Under Pressure ENG 211 - 4020 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social, religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and even wit. We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name is Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright, Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea; Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: I.. . . . . . Room: O M 10 . Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparative Studyof American Western and Japanesesamurai Films ENG 233 - 4021 SOC 233 - 4058 Instructors: Jerry Gerasimo and John Mitchell The purpose of the course is to clarify the thematic form of the Western and the Samurai film by comparing their respective myths, their social premises, and their conventions: for example, the ritualized duel and the use of proxemic patterns (treatments of space) i n ways that are implicitly cultural. Although both genres are highly popular, they are vividly useful for esthetic, cultural, and anthropological comparison. Students will be required to attend all film presentations (approximately 10 feature films), to read selected texts, and to make a final written report. Laboratory Fee: $35 Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 24 French Civilization Today FRE 332 - 4022 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov The study of 20th Century French civilization will extend and deepen our understanding of the French and the role of their country in the world today. We will investigate the concerns and the situation of the people vis-a-vis their family, friends, institutions, economy, government. The study of "documents authentiques" as well as articles, essays, Guide France, slides, music, art, and technology will help ascertain the major French contributions to our civilization since 1900. We will participate i n a variety of group and individualized activities: common readings with discussion, illustrated presentations, projects and reports, field trips and media experiences - all in order to broaden and deepen our French experience. Evaluation will include the completion of assigned tasks and reports, participation and contribution to the group, several brief quizzes, and individual progress in the ability to initiate, develop, and present a topic or study within the course. Materials will be largely i n French to assure an authentic French experience. Prerequisites: FRE 311 or consent of instructor Time: I........ Room: O M 25 German Civilization and Culture I1 CER 332 - 4024 Instructor: Don Steinmetz Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in intellectual, geo-political, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. The course will be taught in German. Prerequisites: GER 311 or permission of instructor Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 27 Beginning Norwegian NOR 111 - 4025 Instructor: Leif Hansen The course provides an introductlo,n to the basic skills of 115tening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed texf. Later class sessions provide a thorough lntroducrion to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition NOR 311 - 4026 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field experience required. Prerequisites: NOR 211 or equivalent Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29 Spanish of the Business and the Professional World SPA 215 - 4023 Instructor: Cunta Rozentals Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients i n various fields. Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of Spanish business letters. Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations. Prerequisites: SPA 212 Time: I.. . . . . . . Room: OM 21 Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE232-4027 Instructor: Bethany Shifflett Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 3-13.. . . . . . . Room: Melby Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE410-4075 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I . . . . . . Room: Melby 13 . . January 7-26,1984 Sailing in the Virgin Islands HPE 455 - 4029 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam will be given. Cost: $1995.00 Distribution: Lifetime Sports Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE475-4028 Instructor: Doug Nelson Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 16 - 27.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 12 The Japanese-AmericanExperience: Relocation & Redress HIS 240 - 4030,340 - 4031 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen This course is a study of the Japanese-American experience, primarily in the United States, but will include mini units of their relocation experience in Canada and some Latin American countries. Special focus will be given to the forced evacuation of several hundred JapaneseAmericans during World War II, how and why they were uprooted from homes and businesses at short notice. How did this ethnic group adjust to detention in camps, survive the trauma of their wartime experience, e.g. psychological impact on young and old? The redress issue, the report of the recent judicial commission appointed by Congress to investigate the relocation, will be an important component of the course, e.g. constitutional issues related to the rights of scores of American citizens. Perspectives of immigrant restrictions, and the contribution of the Japanese to American economy and society will be examined. Japanese-Americans from the Twin Cities, films, slides, recordings and readings will be used as resources. Ethnic meals. Some evening meetings will replace day sessions. Grades will be based on discussion, a journal, an exam, and for upper division there will be a project. Fees - $15.00. Prerequisites: Lower division none. Upper division - one college history course or consent of instructor. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I... . . . . Room: L 1 . Paris in the Nineteenth Century - HIS 114 4032 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature i n that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city which i n the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any other, one could make a good case for Paris. I n this course we will study the history of that city in one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents i n the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted i n part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns Time: 11.. . . . . . Room: O M 23 . The Minnesota Political Tradition HIS 356 - 4033 Instructor: Carl Chrislock An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present. Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture. Procedures wttl be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assjgned and optional readings, a term paper or hook reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual aids (transparencies of polirical cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations with Mtnnesolta gouernors,slides~will bc used; and an effort to recruit oursidespeakers with political experience will be made. Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor. Time: 11.. Room: M 23 ...... Classics of Western Thought H U M 275 - 4034 Instructors: Richard Nelson, Bruce Reichenbach The period between the exhaustion of ancient civilization and the emergence of early modern Europe (ca. 500-1700) was an age of discovery and creativity in Western culture. The BBC series Civilization will provide the visual center from which we will develop the various perspectives on literature, philosophy, religion, politics, art and science which can be found during this period. The course will emphasize the mutual impact of ideas and events. Presentations by guest speakers and readings from major works representing different disciplines will supplement the film series. There will be a mid-term, a final exam and a short paper required of all registrants. Time: I.. Room: S 112 ...... An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models MAT 136 - 4035,136 - 4036 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploratlon of math-related Ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates present "scientific dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Space age alternatives are also presented to integrate the flood of new data with past knowledge. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required i n one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present extensive oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Room: O M 23 Time: I.. ...... Numerical Pattern Processing Through Programming - MAT 144 4037,211 - 4038 Instructor: Larry Copes I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written reports. For students registering for MAT 211, the patterns and reports will require the mathematical maturity of one who has completed a semester of college mathematics at the calculus level. All students should expect to spend four to five hours per day in the computer room. Prerequisites: for 144 - Croup I l l score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination for 211 - MAT 124 or 174 Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Room: S 205 Time: I.. ...... The Electronics of Music MUS 210 - 4041,410 - 4042 Instructor: Robert Karlkn An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some sounds of 20th Century music. Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in: 1. making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer. 2. individually creating and mixing sounds of traditional sound sources as well as analog and computer-controlled synthesizers. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. Though no prerequisites are necessary for participation i n the class, i t is expected that students will bring to it an interest in, and curiosity about, the many ways in which electronics technology is involved i n the field of music today. Music majors and students registering for upper division credit will be assigned special projects. Students will be able to concentrate on aspects of recording, creative electronic music, or a combination of the above. Distribution: Art-Music Time: 11.. Room: M 25 ...... Broadway Musical MUS 285 - 4043 Instructors: JamesJohnson and Steve Cabrielsen The preparation and performance of a Broadway musical including singing, acting, set design and building, choreography, dancing. A variety of talents and interests are used. Li'l Abner is the present musical under consideration. Costumes will be made by members i n the class. Fees for material will be paid by members wearing those costumes. Room: M Sateren Time: I.. ...... Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330 - 4044 Instructor: Pam Farnan This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I........ Room: O M 12 Introductory Meteorology: Weather and Climate PHY 106 - 4045 Instructor: Ken Erickson A study sf Ihe science and wonders of he atmosphere, The course Is deslgned t o provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understand in^ weather and climate. Attenlion will he given to the overall weather pattprns of the earth and to thc many varied aspects af weather, some of which Include: the relationship of sun, earth and atmosph~re, clouds and precipltatinn, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and lorecasting, rhe influence a l wealher on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and o i the sky. The course i s designed to he an elective or to satisfy the o p ~ i c a phenomena l distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. Grading will he basetl on exams, laboratory exercises and a paper. Prerequisites: Elementary Algebra (high school) Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I.. ...... Room: S 108 Politics and Policy Making in Public Education POL136-4046,336- 4047 Instructor: Jo Fraatz This course examines politics and policies in American public schools, and provides opportunities for students to analyze policy problems and propose their own solutions. Most of the allotted class time will be used for a combination of lectures and discussion; time outside of class will be spent reading, thinking, and writing. The objectives of the course include: 1. To learn something about the difficulties of working in public schools; 2. To learn something about the prospects for changing public schools; 3. To learn how to analyze policy problems and policy solutions; 4. To develop and improve writing skills. Written assignments will take the form of policy memos to which students will be asked to respond. Evaluations will be made on the following basis: 1 & 2 - 10 points each; 3 & 4 - 15 points each; 5 & 6 - 20 points each; Class participation - 10 points. Grades will be determined after all points earned on these requirements are added up at the end of the course. Students wishing credit for an upper division course must be at least sophomores and will be required to do a 10-page book critique in addition to meeting the above requirements. Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: M 22 Mass Media and Politics in Britain, France, Germany and Austria POL 344 - 4048 SPC 344 4064 Instructor: Milda Hedblom - This course provides a close-up study of four European mass media systems and the relations of those systems with political rulers and the broader public. Through seminar discussion, site visits, media observation, and briefings with public officials and media professionals and scholars, students learn about major issues in each country. We begin in London, after a week move to Paris - remaining for several days to compare British and French media and politics. Departing Paris by overnight train, we stop two days in Salzburg before proceeding to Vienna, the site of Austrian national media and the Parliament. From Vienna we continue to Prague for the weekend, then conclude the program in Berlin with briefings on German media and U.S. international radio operations. Distribution: Economics-Political Science Grading: P/N only Theologies of Politics POL 386 - 4049 Instructor: Myles Stenshoel An inquiry into political perceptions, attitudes and preferences associated with various theological premises from early Christian times to the present. Students will encounter views of Paul, Augustine and Aquinas; a comparative approach to Reformation theology in the political expressions of Luther and Calvin; and, in a 20th century sampling, perspectives of Reinhold Niebuhr, the Moral Majority and Liberation theology. Goal: An enhanced understanding of ways in which theological and political thought are mutually dependent and of the political expression of particular theological values and assumptions. Methods: Lecture, reading, thinking, discussing and writing -a paper on a relevant subject chosen by the student: Evaluation: Quizzes, paper, participation. Prerequisites: REL 111 and a political science course or permission of instructor. Time: I.. . . . . . Room: O M 11 . The Male Jail PSY 286 - 4077,386 - 4078 Instructor: Lyla Anderegg A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was a real man." A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the American Male, circa 1982. Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of materials, added involvement in the community. Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information gathering and written test. Prerequisites: General Psychology for upper division status. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2 Nature and Uses of Consciousness PSY 335 - 4050 Instructor: Richard Marken Consciousness was what psychology was about until Watson discovered behavior. This course will investigate various approaches to understanding consciousness (and, of course, the unconscious). The goal is to become conscious of the functional significance of consciousness and related phenomena (volition, awareness). Evaluation will be based on class participation and a final paper. Prerequisites: General Psychology Time: I........ Room: P 2 Issues in Science and Religion REL 374 - 4051 Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life. For others, including some Christians, science and its associated technologies constitute a grave threat. This course will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy; and the reevaluation of science and nature in the 20th century. The following are some of the questions to be dealt with: Has science made the Bible obsolete?Are scientists really that smart? Has modern physics made it easier to be a Christian? Can computers save us?Why do science and religion always seem to be fighting one another? Grades will be based on class discussion of assigned readings, two short tests and a written project. Prerequisites: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Distribution: Religious studies Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 18 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345 - 4052 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church i s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the Lutheran Church as it is today, its origins in the 16th century, and its development and cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel i n art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology and theology. Requirements will include two exams and one short paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion Distribution: Religious studies (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 22 .. Israel and Egypt: Archaeology and Religion REL 375 - 4053 Instructor: Philip Quanbeck 1- ' Israel is a<mall country - a young country, but a focal point for international politics and the study of world religions. Egypt, larger and older, boasts a 5,000-year-old civilization as well as contemporary importance in the Arab world. I n this interim we visit archaeological and religious sites i n both nations. During our week i n Jerusalem, the ancient story comes alive as we live in the O l d City, visit the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, the Dome of the Rock, and the Aska Mosque, and see the Western Wall - a place of special religious importance to the Jews. O n bus tours out of Jerusalem we visit Bethlehem, Nazareth, Hebron, Caesarea, Qumran, Masada, Beer-sheba, and the Sea of Galilee. During four days in Egypt we tour Cairo, Memphis, Sakkara, and the Giza Pyramids. Distribution: Religious studies (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Grading: P/N only Practicum in Human Services - SWK 257 4054 Instructor: Rosalie Clark Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency is combined with readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services is for you. Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will be asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall semester to discuss selection of agency and structure of the course. Objectives: 1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help. 2. To increase knowledge of the services given by the agency in which student is serving. 3. To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills, competencies, education, and training. 4. To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human services agencies. 5. To increase understanding of self in relation to the human service field. Time: I.. . . . . . Room: M 22 . Field Work Ill SWK 466 - 4055, (1 course), 466 - 4076 (M course) Instructor: Maria Brown The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement i n a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made i n writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status Time: Arrange with instructor The Housing Pyramid Came: Public Policy and Your Future SOC 143 - 4056,343 - 4057 Instructor: Carry Hesser Course objectives include 1) To introduce students to the study of public policy and how it impacts their lives and futures; 2) Through reading, discussion and simulations the students will learn the critical issues that are operative in the processes and decision-making that goes into the choices and execution of public policy; 3) Using housing and neighborhoods as the focus of attention, students will work in groups to research and understand viable public policies currently in place to meet housing and neighborhood needs, as well as alternatives to the present policies; and 4) Experience policy-making and project planning through simulation and contact with practicing policy makers and planners. Requirements: Active participation in simulations; reflection and analysis of simulations in journals; group/individual research project with class report (students desiring upper division credit will do a more extensive analysis, with greater quantity and quality) and a final exam. Each requirement is worth 25% of the final grade. Prerequisites: One introductory social science course or permission of instructor Distribution: Urban Concerns Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: M 25 Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study of American Western and Japanese Samurai Films SOC 233 - 4058 ENC 233 - 4021 Instructors: Jerry Cerasimo and John Mitchell (See description on p. 10) 22/l nterjm Sociology of Law SOC 220 - 4059 Instructor: Diane Pike This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it. From a sociological perspective, we will explore cross-cultural notions of law, deterrence, the criminal j u s t i ~ esystem, the legal profession, and corporate crime. The basic course format will be lecture and discussion, much of the latter based on the reading assignments. Evaluation i s based on participation and two examinations. Students desiring upper division credit will be asked to write a short paper on an assigned question in addition to the exams. Prerequisites: Principles of Sociology or introductory Political Science course or permission of instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 10 The Sociology of Gambling SOC 313 - 4060 Instructor: Gordon Nelson Recent research has examlned the phenomenon of gambling from a saclological perspective. What rypeof person i s llkely to gamble? What Is the nature of the wmk-force i n the gambling industry?Is gambling a social problem or a social beneflh These are some of the questions raised in published sociological studies. The'course will focus o n these studla. Students will be expected to read and discuss this materlal and t o pass a final examination. I n addition, i n order to oixerve n gambling society within a legalized setting, the course will Include a field trip to Las Vegas. Cost of the field trip {travel and lodging) wlll be approximately $300. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: I........ Room: O M 22 Imagination and Humor in Communication - SPC 165 4061,365 - 4062 Instructor: Ray Anderson Imagination, creative rhinking, and humor are important dimensions of communication competence. The major purposes of this course are 10 better understand the functions of imagination, the creative process, and the nature of humor; to improve creative thinking; and to increase the ability to protluce effective humor. There will be lectures and readings on these topics, a study of models, and a variety of assignments, i n writing and speaking. There will be a number of experimental projects involving humor; the amount of attention given to this topic will depend in part upon the interests of the class. Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper division students, one or more additional papers will be required. Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112 Story Theater (Children's Theater) - SPC 285 4063 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m.. . . . . . Stage 2 .. Mass Media and Politics in Britain, France, Germany and Austria SPC 344 - 4064 POL344-4048 Instructor: Milda Hedblom (See description on p. 18) Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the lnterim Office. ART 163 - 4065 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174. GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center) A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost: $400. HPE 106 - 4066 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah) Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of approximately $995 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food (condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 7 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff (Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration materials. HPE 484 - 4069 Teaching Tennis the Professional Way A course for students who want to learn how to teach tennis - taught by professionals. Cost: $175. Time 9:00 - 12:OO M, T, Th at the Minneapolis Tennis Center POL 398 - 4067 Washington Interim: The Making of a President POL 398 - 4068 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits, and seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington, D.C. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Jo Fraatz in Memorial 113. 24/l nterim Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate i n any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pa any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Racquetball HPE 002 - 4071 Instructor: Dave Boots Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Lifetime Sports. Time: 9:20.. ...... Melby Badminton HPE 002 - 4072 Instructor: Dave Boots Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent in singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outsid assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation. Distribution: Lifetime Sports. Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby American Karate HPE002-4073 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of approximately $20.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports. Time: 12:OO - 1:00 M, W, F . . ...... Melby Weightlifting HPE 002-4079 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 9:20.. ...... Melby Running HPE 002 - 4080 Instructor: Paul Grauer Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 12:OO noon.. ...... Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1983
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M ...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE Minneapolis, Minnesota 1983 Interim Catalog 2/1 nterim POSTMASTER Volume 113, Number 4 Winter I982 612/300-1001 AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan t o spend the same amount of time i n class and preparing for class as they w o u l d for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar for Full Credit Courses ............................................. .................................................. November 8-11 Interim Registration December 6 ............................................Late Interim Registration January 3.. First Day of Interim Class 19:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. Last day for cancel/add January 4 . . January 17.. Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 21.. ............................ Last day for withdrawing from full courses January 28.. ....................................................... Interim ends .............................................. ................. Calendar for Half Credit Courses January 3.. ............................... First group of half credit courses begins January 4 . . ............................. .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 10.. Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses January 12.. Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses First group of half credit courses ends January 14.. January 17.. Second group of half credit courses begins January 18.. ............................ .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses January 24. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses January 26.. January 28.. Interim ends ......... ...................... ................................ ........................... ...................... ....................................................... The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 4/l nterim Essential Information One course i s considered a full time load during interim and no student i s permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed on the last page. Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Options June Interim - At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1983 session of summer school (see listings under Biology and Education) in lieu of January term, with no additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect a June interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the January one will be required to pay the regular summer course tuition. International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the six overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1983. These interims are under the following departments: Art - Europe: Art in London and Paris Foreign Language - Mexico: Basic Conversational Spanish - Europe: The Rhine Frontier History - Hawaii: Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction Music - Europe: Music in London and Paris Political Science - Mexico: Theories of Social Change and Revolution Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St. Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the Interim Office and from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after that date. Internships - Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 16. Contract forms are available in the same office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $670 for the interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192. 6/l nterim Courses - 16mm Film-Making I Film-Making I1 ART 242 - 4002,342 - 4005 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students in teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students who have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within the same class schedule and timeframe as Film-Making I. Fees: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 17 Life Drawing ART 247 - 4001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted i n various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half. You will be introduced to the 2B and 48 pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels. Fees: $20.00 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I........ Room: O M 17 Europe January 3 - 28 Art in London and Paris ART 378 - 4006 Instructor: Mary Swanson This course will study art in the collections of museums in London and Paris. Stylistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be emphasized in viewing artwork in museums, galleries and architectural landmarks. Lectures will be given before visiting each museum so that students will become acquainted with major works i n each collection. Students will keep a journal on designated major works in each museum or gallery collection noting style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish to emphasize a certain period in the history of art. Fees: $1995 Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Human Anatomy and Physiology BIO 103 - 4009 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg This is a one-term course used by nursing students, physical education students and others who would like to be more knowledgeable about the human body and how it works. Although the course is as thorough as is possible in one term, there are no science prerequisites. I n addition to a systematic study, various questions stimulate discussion and individual study. Questions relating to product advertising and good nutritional principles, "fad diets," muscle development and exercise, and many others will arise throughout the course. The area of Anatomy is dealt with primarily i n the laboratory portion and Physiology in the lecture portion. About 40 hours are used in each, the laboratory and the lecture room. Time: Summer Interim.. . . . . . . Room: 5213 lecture, S214 lab Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud W e are Iivlng in a period of biological revolurlon whfrh scemr llkely to contlnuc. Many of the d ~ v ~ l a p m e n twill r , increasingly result in drarnaric changes in cthiral thinking and the forrnularion of puhtic policy. Questions such as these musr be eflectivefy addre~ced:What are the rights o( r h unhorn? ~ Shfiulrl hiwlogists he allowed to work on any typc of research no matter where i t leads? Does the irlea of a moral responslhility toward the environment make sense? What ethical and social problems would arise as a resull of cloning people? IS recombinant DNA research likely to rrcate more p r o h l ~ m than s II soTves?Is euthanasia ever justllledl Ir Is intended rhat ihrs courseshould provide a! leas! a small part of the hackground necessary to answer such questions and make responciblr: ethical choices. Each topic will he introduced by the instrucrar or a guest, but much of the class time will be spent discussing assigned readings and various viewpoints. Formulation of a brief position paper on one of thr! issues will be required. Grades will be based on the paper, class participation and examination results. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I... . . . Room: 5 205 .. 8/l nterim Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind BIO 110 - 4010 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud Where did I come from? What am I ?Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more fundamental questions which intrigue and torment members of our species. While at one level we seek philosophical and religious answers, biology is invoked at another level. It i s the intent of this course to address these questions and others through the study of evolution and heredity (genetics). The concept of organic evolution continues to have its critics, a matter which we shall consider. Yet to the vast majority of biologists the evolution of life i s not only accepted but is regarded as the single most significant contribution which biology has made to human knowledge. We will study the evidence in support of evolution, the proposed mechanisms of the evolutionary process, and, as time permits, the course of evolution from primitive forms to humans. Some principles of genetics will be studied for the primary purpose of making it possible to understand evolutionary mechanisms. Ways in which people influence their own evolution and that of other species will be discussed. Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and tests. Prerequisites: A high school general biology course Distribution: Chemistry-Biology Room: 205 Time: I . . ...... Immunology BIO 386 - 4011 Instructor: Neal Thorpe A study of the immune system, emphasizing antibody structure and function, cell-mediated immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. immunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated. Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations. Prerequisites: BIO 111,112 Time: 11.. ...... Room: S205 Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry CHM 113 - 4014 Instructor: Earl Alton way of learning Finding which chemicals are I n a solutlon (qualltatlve analysis) Is a challengrn~ some principles of chemisrrj. This course will use laharntory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemistry Involved to provid~a n introduction to chemistry. The laboratory work will center on solving chemical unknowns. There will be several lecture-discussion r~sslonseach weck and about three hours of laboratory ~ a c h day. Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: This class will meet January 3 at 12:30. Thereafter it will meet as follows: Lectures - 12:30 - 1:30 T,Th,F Lab - 8:30 -11:30 T,Th,F - 1:30 - 4:30 T,Th.. Room: S 318 ...... Physical Chemistry For The Life Sciences CHM 301 - 4015 Instructor: Richard D. Olmsted Objectives: The object of this course is to provide a working knowledge of basic physical chemistry to students whose primary academic interests lie in the life sciences. This course will provide a sound development of physical chemistry based on physical ideas and will use only the minimum mathematical treatment of the material that will enable students to use their new knowledge to solve relevant biochemical problems. Topics Covered: Properties of matter and molcculrs, energy changes in chemical reactions, entropy and the d i r e d o n of chemical change, f r ~ eenergy, chemical equilibrium and chemical driving forces, equilibria in chrmlcal and biological systems, physlcal ~ q ~ l i l i h rand ia membrane phenomena. rates of transport processes, rates of ch~mit.alreaction, rcaction mechanisms, rpraroscopy and quantum mechanics, molecules in crystals dnd molecular structures. Evaluation: Each student will be assigned a grade based on performance on in-class examinations. Prerequisites: 1 term Organic Chemistry, 1 term of Calculus Time: I. ....... Room: S 318 Microeconomics Applied To Managerial Problems ECO 451 - 4013 Instructor: Satya P. Gupta I n teaching microeconomics most of the emphasis i s on developing the theoretical tools with some scattered applications. This course, assuming the basic understanding of microeconomic tools, will concentrate on applying price theory to specific business decisions. Grades will be based on one report and an examination. Prerequisites: ECO 251 or Instructor's consent Room: L 1 Time: 1 1 . . ...... Discovery in the World of Kindergarten EDE 375 - 4018 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course i s a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is t o be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior t o the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor Time: Summer Interim.. ...... Room: to be announced l O / l nterim Theories of Learning Disabilities EDE 383 - 4016, EDS 383 - 4017 Instructor: Barry Franklin This course will examine the principal theories that have been advanced during the past 80 years t o explain the nature, causes, and treatments for learning disabilities. I n examining these theories we will look at the behavioral charactCristics, methods of diagnosis, relationship between behavior and brain involvement, and treatment approaches advocated by major theorists and practitioners in the field. The course requirements include two take-home essay examinations and a short paper in which the student will examine the work of a major theorist of the field. There will be a number of field trips to look at representative learning disabilities programs in the Twin Cities. This course can be used as an elective in the special education minor. I t is designed for students in education, psychology, social work, nursing, music therapy and corrective therapy who anticipate working with handicapped individuals who exhibit learning and/or behavioral disabilities. Prerequisites: A general psychology course or consent of the instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 11 Student Teaching EDS 481 - 4023 EDC 481 - 4019 EDS 482 - 4024 EDC 482 - 4020 EDS 483 - 4025 EDC 483 - 4021 EDS 484 - 4026 EDC 484 - 4022 Instructor: Marie McNeff Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Grading: P/N only Room: L 6 Time: I . . ...... People Under Pressure ENG 211 - 4027 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social, religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This is not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and even wit. We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name i s Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright, Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea; Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 10 The American Short Story ENG 241 - 4028 Instructor: Toni Clark This course will feature films from the PBS series, The American Short Story. We will read the seventeen stories comprising this series as well as numerous others from the American Renaissance t o the present. Short fiction by women and men will be read. There will be a fee of approximately $10 for films. Evaluation will be based on class discussion, quizzes, papers and exams. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time : I . . ...... Room: M 2 2 Literature Performed in the Twin Cities ENG 269 - 4029,369 - 4030 Instructor: Richard B. Sargent During January, we will attend a selection of the many plays and readings presented in the Twin Cities. The emphasis will be on theater, but we will also attend poetry readings and prose readings at places suc.h as the Loft and the Walker. We will be attending plays at theaters such as the Guthrie, Actors' Theatre of St. Paul, Playwrights' Lab, and the Rarig. Students will keep a journal of responses. Students will be responsible for paying for tickets, but we will take advantage of group rates whenever feasible. We will have group discussion of performances, and will be meeting with actors, directors, and writers for after-performance discussions. There will be a few assigned readings. Those taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to do an additional research paper. Fees: Approximately $30 for tickets for plays and readings. Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11 Five College Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction) ENG 362 - 4097 Instructor: Jonis Agee, The College of St. Catherine We will work to discover the necessary relationship between form and content, language and narration, and character and voice, and to develop the special discipline that writing fiction requires. We will attend some readings in the area by visiting writers. The format will be a workshop, in which we will share what we read, what we write, and what we dream. Participation i n this workshop will be limited to three Augsburg students who will be selected on the basis of short manuscripts of fiction to be submitted to Toni Clark by November 1. Contact Professor Clark (L 215, ext. 1053) for further details. Time: 11.. ...... Room: at College of St. Catherine, to be announced 12/l nterim Europe: January 3 - 28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France GER 333 - 4032 Instructor: Donald Steinmetz I Since Roman times, the lands along the Rhine have been one of the most significant frontier areas of Europe. Here German and Roman cultures clashed and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have their roots i n the empire of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and gothic architecture flourished in the Middle Ages. Here Germans and French fought in three recent wars. It is such events which have shaped life and left so many monuments between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the history of this area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Trier i s ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating from Roman times to the present, and important historical sites of five countries are less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to the student's entering level of competence. Cost: $1690 Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent Distribution: Foreign Language Beginning Norwegian Nor 111 - 4033 Instructor: Leif Hansen The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression i s emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4034 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice in spoken Norweg~anwith emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field experience required. Prerequisites: 211 or equivalent Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . Room: O M 29 . Mexico: January 3 - 27 Basic Conversational Spanish SPA 113 - 4031 Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley Basic Conversational Spanish Is designed for students who have already covered the structures of the present, preterite. and imperfect tenses and arc ready to put their knowledge to use on the scene in Mexico. There will he regular in-classsessions, small group conversations, as well as a great d ~ aol l opportunity to use Spanish aclively and passively in conducting Interviews, shopping, attending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based on class participation, quizzes, and a final exam which will be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Basic Conversational Spanish and Theories of Social Change and Revolution (see Political Science) will have the same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all the students will be encouraged to take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Prerequisites: Spanish Ill or 2 years of high school Spanish Distribution: Foreign Language for those needing 112 or 211. Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232 -4076 Instructor: Staff Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time:ll -Jan. 3-13... . . . . . Room: Melby Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 410 - 4036 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: Health 320 Time: I . .. . . . . . Room: Melby I3 14/l nterim Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE475 -4035 Instructor: Al Kloppen Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 3 13.. . . . Room: Melby 12 - .. . Coaching of Basketball HPE477-4078 Instructor: Dave Boots Theory, techniques and administration of coaching men's and women's basketball. Course will include off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I l -Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby I 3 Coaching of Hockey HPE478-4079 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 24 Paris in the Nineteenth Century HIS 114 - 4037 Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city which in the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any other, one could make a good case for Paris. In this course we will study the history of that city i n one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this century i n some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There will be a final exam. Distribution: History-Philosophy: Urban Time: 11.. . . . . Room: O M 23 .. 20th Century South Asia HIS 162 - 4038 Instructor: Don Gustafson This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be i n a wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and freauent breaks for slide ~resentations. Grades will be based on geAeral level of participation, on some written work and probably a test. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: L1 Hawaii January 3 - 27 Hawaii: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction HIS 240 - 439,340 - 440 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen Observation and study of Asian (Japanese, Chinese, Korean and Philippine), Polynesian (Hawaiian and Samoan) and Caucasian cultures interacting i n the 50th state. Focus on historical traditions, immigration patterns, religious heritage, educational experiences, commercial ventures, the media, cultural activities and current issues. Field trips include visits to the Polynesian Cultural Center, Pearl Harbor-Arizona Memorial, lolani Palace & Bishop Museum, Buddhist-Taoist Temple, East-West Center at the University of Hawaii, the Hawaiian City of Refuge in Kona area, and visits with community leaders of varying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures and discussion sessions (including pre-interim orientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will be required readings. Cost: $1895 Prerequisites: Upper division-sophomore standing and consent of instructor. Distribution: History-Philosophy Grading: P/N only 16/l nterim The Minnesota Political Tradition HIS 356 - 4041 Instructor: Carl Chrislock An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present. Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture. Procedures will be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assigned and optional readings, a term paper or book reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual aids (transparencies of political cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations with Minnesota governors, slides) will be used; and an effort to recruit outside speakers with political experience will be made. Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor. Room: M 22 Time: 11.. ...... Being and Becoming Well in American Culture INS 265 - 4043,365 - 4044 Instructor: Ronald Palosaari Within our culture are forces, patterns, and conditions that contribute to our degree of well being. During January we will examine American culture trying to understand better some of those factors that influence our wellness, to use the current popular term. We will also consider the current wellness movement, examining its impact on American culture and individually determine what it has to offer. To take this class, one does not have to eat granola, seaweed, and brown rice nor run five miles a day: One will be expected to walk or run regularly to class, to read several books and articles, and to write some short papers. Those taking the class for upper division credit will be expected to go up steps two at a time and write more extensive papers. We may take a few field trips in the Twin Cities and one trip to outstate Minnesota. I expect students to arrange any work schedule if necessary for such trips. Room: O M 25 Time: I.. ...... South Africa: Historical Mirrors, Economic Laagers and the color Spectrum INS 270 - 4045 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach The goal of the course is to provide a multi-faceted encounter with a complex, fragmented, yet culturally familiar society. Approximately one week will be devoted to each of the following topics. I n what ways does the South African experience mirror the American experience; how do the economic policies of South Africa shape its relations to its economic satellites and Africa as a whole; what roles do the church, education and athletics have in molding a multi-cultural society? The course will be conducted largely in seminar format. During the last three weeks students will conduct relevant research and make presentations to the class, both individually and in groups. Academic work will be assessed through tests and evaluation of class presentations. Room: M 23 Time: I . . ...... Perspectives on the Humanities: The City in American History, Literature and the Arts, 1865-1914 INS 275 - 4042 Instructor: Grier Nicholl Rapid industrialization and the growth of cities between the Civil War and World War I generated significant responses from American writers of fiction and poetry, painters, photographers and architects. How did the interpretations of major writers and artists compare to actual historical developments of the city and technology in the period? What similarities and differences can be discovered in the ideas, values, and attitudes reflected in literary and artistic responses to industrialization? The course will examine these and other interdisciplinary questions to lead the student toward an integrative perspective on the humanities. Activities in the course will include active participation by urban and art historians; small group discussions of selected poems of Walt Whitman, selected short stories of Stephen Crane, and two controversial novels-Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton Sinclair's The jungle; lecture and slide presentations on painting and architecture; and visits to the Minneapolis Institute of Arts to view prints and photographs of the city during this period. There will be three tests and individual oral presentations of projects. Distribution: Urban Time: I . . . . . . . Room: O M 21 . Brush Up MAT 103 - 4093 Instructor: Bev Durkee This course is designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills for students scoring I on the Mathematics Placement examination. The course will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or who will be taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests to determine study needs, homework assignments to gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Prerequisites: Mathematics Placement Examination score I. Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: S 108 18/l nterim An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models MAT 136 - 4047,336 - 4048 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-retated ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluat~s present "scientlflt dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic model5 of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Agr: dara, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and t h ~ i links r to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required in one of six major areas discussed. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present oral summaries of their papers. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 22 Pattern Processing Through Pascal Programming MAT 144 - 4049 Instructor: Larry Copes I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written reports. Prerequisites: Group I l l (formerly A) score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination. (See instructor if you have not taken this examination.) Distribution: Math-Physics Time: I . . ...... Room: S 112 Memorization for Musicians MUS 151 - 4053, 351 - 4054 Instructor: lames D. Johnson Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and formal analysis of the music under study. For instrumentalists and vocalists. Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from their instruments. Prerequisites: Basic music study Distribution: Music-Art Time: I.. ...... Room: M 4 Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy MUS 167 - 4051 367 - 4052 REL 364 - 4086 Instructors: Larry Fleming Philip A. Quanbeck The 500th anniversary of the blrth of Martin I-uther provides thc impetus for this FTOSSdidplinary offerlng focusing on thcrhape of the liturgy in t h r reformation and the historical. theolo~icaland musicological background out nf which the Mass In R minor by I. S. Bach emergps. Plenary sessions will be addrrsscd by Charles Anderson, Larry Flemlng, and Philip (Suanheck. Stuttents may elect e i t h ~ one r of the supplernenlary group sessions. 1. Musico!ngiral - Baroque p~rformancepracrice, contras~lngMass seftings, t e ~ t l ~foreal runners will be sti~diedtogether with detailed musical enrl theological analysis of the complete score with instrumental and choral realization. 2. Religion - The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and theological background of the reformation and the renaissance. This course may not be used toward a music major. Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require additional work. Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion Music - consent of instructor Time: 11.. . .. . .. Room: M 23 Europe January 3 - 28 Music in London and Paris MUS 378 - 4045 Instructor: Robert Karlen rt These two great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Franck, Berlioz, and Stravinsky. Performances ro be attended will include oprrctra, baller, chamber music, and symphonic concerts hy leading orchee~ralensernbl~s.There will be opportunities to attend worrhip services in the magnificent catherlralc of there rwo rap~lalcllfer. L@cturcsdesrxihing the special sljinillcancc of the music ro h c heard, and p r o v i d i n ~importani hackgrai~ndinformation, wil/ h~ supplemenred by visits lo museums and libraries to see r o l l e c t i o n ~of historical musical instriimrntr and view manuscript srorez or famous composers, Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination. Cost: $1995 Distribution: Art-Music Grading: P/N only 20/l nterim Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 330 - 4055,330 - 4091 Instructors: Nancy Malcolm, Helen Woelfel This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations. Prerequisites: Registered Nurse Time: I or 4-8 p.m.. ....... Room: O M 12 Philosophy of Love - PHI 145 4056 Instructor: M . L. Fuehrer This course presents an analysis of the four types of human love, seeking to locate their place in human experience. Certain key writings of philosophers and works of literature will be analyzed with this objective in mind. Evaluation will be based on written essay examination. There will be a very small fee to cover film expenses. Distribution: History-Philosophy Room: O M 22 Time: I.. ...... 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester PHY 322 1 4057 Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation detection and measurement with emphasis on applications in the sciences and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on nuclear radiation physics at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student will study nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, radioecology, environmental radiation, health physics, and radiation safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. Student's performance evaluation based on laboratory performance, laboratory record, and formal laboratory reports on selected experiments. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Training programs. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. The estimated cost for transportation and housing i s $275. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112 Special Functions and their Applications in the Physical Sciences PHY 327 - 4058 Instructor: Mark Engebretson Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering dlsdplinc~because of the high d e w ~ eof symmetry they can rppresent. This course will acquainf the studcnl wlth three cijtegories of functions and ihelr applications: Legendre polynomiats and spherical harmonics, Fourier serie~and rransforms, and functions of a cnmpl~wvahable. High resolut~ongraphics using the T e k t r o n i ~1051 Graphic Computer will hr u w d t o enhance underslanding of I h r syrnm~trtcsinvolvrd. Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project. Prerequisites: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent Time: I... . . . . . Room: O M 21 The Supreme Court and the Supreme Being POL 177-4060 Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel A n analytical case study approach to the Supreme Court's role as policy-maker, constitutional interpreter and political subsystem, using the Court's church-state decisions from 1940 to 1983 as substantive focus. Objectives of the class will be to help students (1) understand the political nature of the American judicial system; (2) achieve competency in the analysis and criticism of original SOUFCPS, I.e., judicial opinions and decisions; and (3) recognize the complexity of constitutional interprrtation and the interplay of values, precedents, personalities and interests in the development of constitutional law. Teaching methods will include lecture, library research, class presentations and discussions. Evaluations will be based on (1) brief research reports, (2) quizzes and (3) class participation. Prerequisites: None, other than freshman or sophomore status. Distribution: Political Science-Economics Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . Room: M 24 . 22/l nterim Mexico: January 3 - 27 Theories of Social Change and Revolution POL 383-4059 Instructor: M u l f o r d Q. Sibley This will be a course which surveys modern conceptions of social and political change and revolution. Beginning with the European background i n days immediately after the French Revolution, it will consider such theories as those of the utopian socialists, anarchists, liberals, Tolstoyans, and Marxists. Particular attention will be devoted t o the place of economic factors i n social change. Hobson's theory of imperialism, as well as Lenin's, will be considered. Malthusians and neo-Malthusians, with their population and resources conceptions, will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and East-West tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. I s violence compatible with democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of non-violent revolution? During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico in particular. Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal. Theories of Social Change and Revolution and Basic Conversational Spanish (see Foreign Languages) will have the same itinerary (Mexico City, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all students will be encouraged t o take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Cost: $1195 Distribution: Political Science-Economics Grading: P/N only U.S. Foreign Policy Today: Comparative Perspectives POL 495 - 4084 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten This course will analyze current U.S. foreign policy problems i n two strategic regions: the Middle East and the Caribbean. Course objectives include: A. Examining central aspects of U.S. policy in what i s called the North-South dimension of world politics. For this objective we will look at both (1) the dilemmas for U.S. policy makers who must relate American interests in Third World countries within U.S. global strategy and (2) the tensions created within Third World societies as their governments attempt modernization and simultaneously face the geopolitical concerns of the superpowers. B. Employing comparative case study methods to analyze how U.S. policy instruments are used i n two different regions of the world. The course content will highlight recent debates over U.S. grand strategy, briefly review the evolution of policies in selected Caribbean and Middle Eastern countries, analyze regional changes which pose new problems for American policy makers, and evaluate current policy recommendations. Students will work in a dual capacity as individual decision-makers and as members of foreign policy teams. Extensive reading will be required during the first 2/3 of the course. Students will prepare briefing books on one country in each of the two regions. They will also present an oral summary of their policy evaluations and will submit a final paper detailing how they would implement their recommendations. Prerequisites: One previous course i n international politics or comparative politics (e.g. POL 158 or 160); otherwise see instructor or department chair. Distribution: Political Science or Economics Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 24 . . The Psychology of Personal Adjustment PSY 101 - 4061 Instructors: Norm Ferguson, Linda Rodgers The objectives of this course are to explore some of the basic principles of psychology and to see how they may be used in coping with important life issues. The content of the course will include topics such as: dealing. with success & failure, experiencing loss & grief, and developing personal independence, intimacy, & values. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of issues such as these in small groups. Active participation by each student i s expected along with the sharing of relevant individual experiences. Evaluation will be based on class participation and one individual project or paper. This course may not besubstituted for Psychology 105 for students pursuing a major or minor in psychology. Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Grading: P/N only Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: P 1 24/l nterim The Male Jail PSY 286 - 4062,386 - 4096 Instructor: Lyla Anderegg A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was a real man." A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the American Male, circa 1982. Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of materials, added involvement in the community. Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information gathering and written test. Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology for upper division status. Distribution: Psychology-Sociology Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2 Learning PSY 357 - 4063 Instructor: Grace Dyrud Learning concepts, behavior change principles, skills and issues. Psychology of instruction. Projects involving applications (e.g. student skills) and tests evaluate student learning. Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology, or consent of instructor. Time: I . . ...... Room: P 2 Theology of Play, Games and Sport REL 328 - 4064 Instructor: John Benson There is nothing more familiar to us than play, games and sports. We are all involved with one or more of them almost daily. Yet, there is usually little understanding of the human significance of these commonplaces of experience. Philosophers of culture like Weiss and Huizinga, however, together with sociologists like Caillois and psychologists like Bern have helped us to see some of the deeper meanings of these things we usually take for granted. At the same time, theologians concerned with cultural questions such as this have added their contributions. Rahner, Miller, Pieper and Novak have helped us to see that religion itself has a "play" structure. I n the lectures, all of the above thinkers will be dealt with. And in the small groups two books, one by Caillois, and the other by Novak, will be read and carefully discussed. Several special preparations will be required as well, related to special discussions. An example of such a special discussion i s the problem of the relation between the game proper and the "intimidation game" that goes on within it at the same time. Such a problem can be shown to have far reaching implications into many other areas of life as well as games. Prerequisites: One course in Religion Distribution: Religion Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 10 Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy REL 364 - 4086 MUS 167 - 4051 367 - 4052 Instructors: Philip A. Quanbeck Larry Fleming The 500th anniversary of the birth of Martin Luther provides the impetus for this crossdisciplinary offering focusing on the shape of the liturgy in the reformation and the historical, theological and musicological background out of which the Mass in B minor by J. S. Bach emerges. Plenary sessions will be addressed by Charles Anderson, Larry Fleming, and Philip Quanbeck. Students may elect either one of the supplementary group sessions. 1. Musicological - Baroque performance practice, contrasting Mass settings, textual forerunners will be studied together with detailed musical and theological analysis of the complete score with instrumental and choral realization. 2. Religion -The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and theological background of the reformation and the renaissance. Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require additional work. Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion Music - consent of instructor Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 23 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366 - 4092 Instructor: Bradley Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper. Prerequisites: One course in religion. Distribution: Religion Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 18 Practicum in Human Services SWK 257 - 4065 Instructor: Doug Perry An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services i s for you. Thirty hours per week of volunteer work in a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly seminars. Evaluation based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester in order to discuss selection of agency and structure of this course. ~ of problems for which people seek Ohjectlvws arp ta d ~ v e l n pspecial awareness ol t h klnds hrlp: increase k n o w l r d g ~of theservice givcn hy the agency in which student is serving; gain knowledge of thr! profess~onalsin thc nrannizatinn, including their skills, competencies, ducati ion, and Lsainlng: gain h ~ g i n n i n gk n o w l ~ d g cabout the diversity of human service agencic<: and increase ~ ~ n d e r s t a n r lof i nsrlf ~ tn rrlation 10 he human service field. Time: II (for in~tialmeeting; group meetings will be arranged). . . . . . . Room: S 123 . Social Services with American lndian People SWK 400 - 4087,400 - 4066 Instructor: Rosalie V. Clark Readings will be combined with lectures by American lndian people, who are either consumers or providers of services, and with visits to agencies serving American lndian people. A research paper incorporating two special service theories and addressing a specific area of service provision for American lndian people will be the basis for evaluation. Actual class meeting times will be determined by class members on the first meeting day. This course carries only 1/2 course credit. Non-social work majors are welcome. Students wishing an additional 1/2 course credit in independent work should consult the instructor before the beginning of interim. prerequisites: Sociology 383 Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: M 25 Field Work 111 SWK 466 - 4088,466 - 4068 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg The objectives of the class are to use supervisory rrlation~hipto increaw Interpretive as well as social work performance competence; tn promote gradual enlry Into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the clicni contact phase of thr problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard ro prof~ssinnalpractice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation form. Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status . . . . Room: M 24 Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th.. .. I nterim/27 The Sociology of Law SOC 220 - 4068 Instructor: Diane Pike This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it. Specific topics include: cross-cultural notions of law, regulating morality, deterrence, social change, the legal profession, and corporate crime - all with respect to a sociological approach to understanding law. The basic format will be lecture/discussion. Evaluation is based on (in addition to participation) two (2) take-home examinations. Prerequisites: SOC 121 or an introductory political Science course, or permission of the instructor. Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16 The Human Potential Movement and Identity: A Sociological Analysis SOC 394 - 4089 Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo This will be a sociological and social-psychological analysis of that loosely connected grouping of persons and movements which lays emphasis on identity, self-expression, selfawareness and growth. "Alternate life-styles" and "expanding consciousness" have become increasingly central terms for the media and large parts of the American population. After a brief history of the movement and its major figures (Freud, Rogers, and Maslow) we will consider the Human Potential Movement's relation to other social movements and to the dominant culture. There is a possibility of field work. Evaluation will be based on an examination and a paper. There will be a fee of about $5.00 to cover additional instructional materials. Prerequisites: PSY 105 or SOC 121 or SOC 241 Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 13 Story Theater (Children's Theater) SPC 285 - 4072 Instructor: Ailene Cole This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week. Stage 2 Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m.. ....... Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. ART 163 - 4095 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174. 28/l nterim HPE 106 - 4070 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah) Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of approximately $975 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food (condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 8 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff (Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration materials. GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center) A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost: $400. POL 399 - 4073 Washington Interim A study-internship program i n Washington, D.C. in connection with the Washington Center of Learning Alternatives. Information on projects, housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom i n Memorial 117A. SWK 312 - 4074 Training School on Alcoliol and Drug Abuse Intensive experiential and didactic training at Johnson Institute combined with week-long experience in chemical dependency treatment agency. Students are evaluated according to participation in classes, experiential learning and in the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. Badminton HPE002-4081 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Basic techniques and theory of beginningbadminton - much of the class time will be spent in singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outside assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport. Melby Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Volleyball HPE002 -4082 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport. Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby Racquetball HPE 002 - 4083 Instructor: Ernie Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime,sport. Time: 9:20.. Melby ...... International Studv Augsburg College Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Interims Abroad January3-28,1983 Cermany Hawaii The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome and France A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction German 333 - Donald Steinmetz Since Roman time<,the lands along the Rhlne have b ~ e onn e ol the mu+[ jlgniilcai~t ironlrer areas 01 Europe. Here Ccrman and Roman culture clajhed and rnlsed: Here e TOC)~,~ntheernpure of Cha~lemagne.Heft modern Germany and France h a ~ their romlneique and go1h ~ architecrure r ilurished ir: Ihe kirddle A ~ e s t-lere . Germaris and French fought in rhree recent rvari. I r is such evcnts whuch h a w .;haper1 litc and left co manv munlrments between rhc Rhine ancl the blcuse. The rlurlenl ill studr and "relr~c" rhe history o i rhls area o n loratiori, firm the Roman munumen;, oi Trier and Cologne. Charlemagnp'~:lachen. ro the baltteiields of tUorld b\ar$ I and It and ~ h dynarntc c socier) of presenl-dai Germanv. The course will be c o n d u r ~ e dpr~marrlvIn Trrel.. Germany, r\lTh excursion5 10 nc-arb, zites. Trier Ir ideal f o r lhis plrrpose. Perhaps the oltlest r l t v In Germanv. Trier i s rich in monumenls. dat~netrom Roman times ro rhe prcsenl. and imporlanl ~ h a n700 miles away. Lecrures. d~scussions.and historical sites o i iise counfries J r e readings will be principally in German according tu the siudent.5 entering level of competence. . Counts toward: German major and foreign language distr ihufron requirement . . Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent.. . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollmenl: 15 ... Cost: $1690. London and Paris History 240,340 - Khin Khin Jensen Observalian and s t u d y of 4sian I J a p a n e r r . Chinese. Korean arld Ph~llppinej.Polyne5ian ItbwaiIan and Samoan,, and Caucasian cu[rures inkerac-tingIn the i i t t ~ e ~ stale. h Focus on hiaorrcal rraditions. immigrd~ionparrerns, religious heritage. erlucational eaperlences. ~nmrnercialvpnrurc5, the media. rulrural ~ r t j v i t j e .a~n .d current rssues. Field i r i p ~include vihits to I ~ PFo l > n e i i a n Cultural Center. Pear[ Harbor-4rtzona h3ernorial. tulani I'alace and Hishop h l u s e u m . tluddhr5:-Taoist Tcmple. East-\.\ei.i Center ar thc C!nlverrit) oi Han.aii, the Hawallan Cir! of Reiuse rn Kona area. 2 n d V I ~ I ~ w F i~h cornrnunlty leaders or barying ethnic backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu. Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips, lectures, and J i j c u ~ j i ~ n sessions ~inrludingpre-~nterimorientations). Students will keep a daily journal. There will b e requirt-d reading;. Counts toward hlsrnr, major, Fas! ?\51an Studies major, history distribution requirement. Prerequisites: l o n e r drv~s~un, noni.; U* division, sophomore standing and consent of Grading: P N orrh . Enrollment: 15-18 . . . Cost: $1795. instructor . Mexico Clo!h course2 r ~A~PYICO i WIIIha\ e rllc same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca): a l l qtudcnis will be encouraged t c t take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot of tlme outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions. Art in London and Paris Theories of Social Change and Revolution Art 378 - Mary Swanson Political Science 383 - Mulford Q. Sibley This course will study art in the collections of museums In Landon and Parls. S~vlistic, historical and sociological perspectives will be ernphds~rdIn s rewng arlrnork in museums. galleries and architectural landmarks. Lecture will be gnen briore v~siting~ n c h museum that students will become acquainted with malor work.; In each cultectron. 5iudr:nv wilt This wlll be a course which surveys rr~odefnconceprlons of social and political change and re\olut~on8t.einning with the European b,:ckground in days immediately after the French Ktyolut~on,II wtll ~ o n r ~ d 8uch c r theories as rhorcof the utopian socialists, anarchists, b r a l s , Tolmyallanrl .Maruitrs. Parilrular atltnuon will be devoted to the place of ,\LC" d ,""'.,"' V" U C - . ~ . . Y L C . . ....A,-, .."I,., I.. C " < . I _.-bYIICI, .-.. C L , , " , , .,-..,. style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish t o emphasize a certain period i n the history of art. I Counts toward art major or art history major, fine arts distribution requirement . . . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollment: 25 . . . Cost: $1995. be conslaereu. MalthuSlanS and neo-Maltnuslans, wlrn tnelr popularlon anu resource, conceptio~s,will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and EastWest tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. Is violence compatible wrth democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of nonviolent revolution? During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico i n particular. Music in London and Paris Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal Music 378 - Robert ~ a r l e ' n These t w o great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Berliozi Franck and Stravinsky. Performances t o be attended will include operetta, ballet, chamber music, and symphonic concerts by leading orchestral ensembles. There will be opportunities to attend worship services i n the magnificent c a ~ h p d r ~of l s these t w o capital cities. Lectures describing the special significance of the music ro be heard and providing important background information will be supplemented h! \,isits to museums and libraries to see collections of historic musical instruments and view manuscript scores of famous composers. Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination. Counts toward music major and fine arts distribution requirement .. . Prerequisites: none . . . Grading: P/N o n l y . .. Enrollment: 15 . .. Cost: $1995. Counts toward political science major (theory and comparative subfields) and the political science distribution requirement.. . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195. Basic Conversational Spanish Spanish 113 - Mary A. Kingsley Bal'ic C n n ~ e r w ~ i o n a I ~ S p a n15 i sderisnecl h tor sludents w h o have already covered the ~ and are ready t o put their strurtL~reEaflh? pr-ent, preteritr. dnd ~ r n p e r f e cIcnsc3 k n u u letlgr t o tire o n the scene in htexico. There %ill be regular in-class sessions, small group conuwsations. as well as a ?rear deal or opporrunity t o use Spanish actively and PASSIL.:~~ in runclucring interviews. siloppi1.1~. atrending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month. Grading will be based o n class participation, quizzes and a final exam w h ~ c hwill be written and oral. Original materials will be used as the text. Counts toward foreign language distribution requirement for 112 or 211 . . . Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or 2 years of high school Spanish . . . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195. Ser..zster and Summer Opportunities Program in Global Community February 3 - May 2- B q r m in-gbklmmmununrty is a 3% month study program based In C u e h l a r ~M , ex~co Primary fows is on the study of h u m @latiiAteglobal Iustlce and human IiQerarlon firought~velaperiencesandfourofsir~~~rseopt~ons The ~ & , ~ ~ , ~ ~ f S t ~ l t l ~ n , r o o m e d b d w d t r i ~ dbeweenTewarmd l Mexico A p p l ~ c a i m d e a & w : O c t o b e r 15, 1982 ACTC HECUA Programs udents may partlclpate In the Assoc~atedC o l l e g e o f thtTwin C I t h (ACTC) ermany and V ~ e n n aand the South Amerlcan Urban kmester and Urban Study Term through the Hlgher E d u c a t i o n C o n ~ o n i u mf m t l r b a n A) Many more opportunltles are ava~lable,and infarmation may be obta~ned at the O f f ~ c eof lnternat~onalPrograms The SPAN Program Semester or Year Abroad A n a ~ ~ l h Mbeen + ?@ t m d e r v r h ~ c hAugsburgmStil&nls may spend thelr ~ p h ~ ~or~jso an-h r reyear Ind y a# rfibmber of f o n ? @ d m t ~ o n a l lnstltutlons Among themam: theUhivWty af 0 h . N ~ Sch~ller ; CaUwin London and He~delberg,the University &Bath, &gb& the U n i u e M y of ~undee,Soetlan$; the U n ~ v e r s ~of t y Sev~lle, Spain; and thelmtitutefor American Univers~t~es in A v i p n , France International Business See under Business Administration in Augsburg College Catalog. Students will spend two months during the summer of 1983 i n any one of three countries: Mexico, Yugoslavia or Kenya. The summer will be preceded by a year-long orientation and a paper will be written after returning. Scholarship help is available. Applications should be made this spring for the program which begins i n the fall. Scholarships, Deadlines Scholarships apply to international study. Because enrollment in semester study abroad i s limited, students should apply early in the year. Deadline: March 1 of the preceding year. I f space is still available after that date, applications will be accepted until the last day of class. Mary A. Kingley, Director, Office of International Programs, Old Main 20 -612-330-1206
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1982
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during t...
Show more Augsburg College lnterim The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Calendar November 9-12 ............................................ Interim Registration December 7 ........................................... Late Interim Registration January4 . . ................................................. First Day of Interim Class 1 9:00 a.m. Class 11 1:00 p.m. January5 . . ............................................. Last day for cancel/add January7 . ................. .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar January 18. Beginning of certain half credit courses* January22. ....................................... Last day for cancelling courses January29.. ...................................................... Interim ends .............................. The interim day is divided into two blocks of time: I - 8:00 - 12:00 Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m. The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. 'Students enrolling in half-credit coursesshould consult the Registrar'sOfficefor datesforcancel/add and to determine the grading system. Essential Information One course is considered a full time load during interim and nostudent is permitted to register for more than one course credit during the period. There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course. Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student i s required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim for graduation.) POSTMASTER Volume 112, Number 3 Fall 1981 612/300-1001 AUCSBURCCOLLECE (USPS#490-310)is published fourtirnesa year in Spring,Summer, Fall,and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota. This Catalog This catalog lists courses by departments with drpartmrnrs l i r t ~ c li n alphabetical order. Augsburg Interims Abroad are identified by aspecial ~ r . i v e I ~ y m h oAt l . t h e e n d o f the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg bt11 recognizerl Ilv the College for interim credit, and a variety of Lifetime Sports. Further dcscriptlr>ns anrl i ~ ~ f o r m a t i oabout n these courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Options june lnterim - A t least one interim course will be offered in the June1982session of summer school (see listing under Education) in lieu of January term with n o additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect the june interim must register at the time of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing t o take the June interim i n addition t o the January one will be required t o pay the regular summer course tuition. lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the five overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1982. These interims are under these departments: English - Theatre i n London Religion - Israel, Ancient and M o d e r n - The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii Social Work - Social Service and Public Policies i n a Developing Country: Egypt, 1982 Health and Physical Education - Sailing i n the Virgin Islands Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St, Olaf College. Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available i n the lnterim Office and from Mary Kingsley i n the lnternational Center, Memorial 229. Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply i n the International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be made after October. Internships-Internshipsareopen tostudents whocontinue an internship from the fall term or who begin an internship which will continue into the spring term. Students electing an internship interim are to present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 17. Independent o r Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the lnterim Office. Interimsat Other Schools- Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students i n applying for registration at other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affectscourses offered for the Religion requirement. Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg Collegewelcomesstudentsfrom other4-1-4schoolsfor theJanuary interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not t o charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing o r board costs. Other students will be,charged $600 for the interim course. Students interested i n registering for an Augsburg Interim should w r i t e t o the lnterim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These students are welcome to stay o n campus but are not required t o d o so. Requests for interim housing should be made t o the lnterim Office. Augsburg Policy Augsburg College admits studentsof any race,color, nationalandethnicorigin toall the rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the school. It does not discriminateon the basisof race, color, creed, national and ethnicorigin i n employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs. Need More Help? Check with: The lnterim Office (Memorial 230), The Interim Secretary, Lorraine Stieper at 330-1025, or The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b). Courses Location Key L-Library Building M-Music Hall OM-Old Main P-Psychology Building S-Science Hall Jewelry Art 150 - 4003 Instructor: Norman Holen You are introduced to copper, brass, pewter, and silver and you learn how t o cut, shape, enamel and cast these metals. The supplies you need will vary according to the projects we choose. We try to provide the necessary equipment and re-usable items. There is n o text and there are no tests. You are graded o n your pieces. Distribution: Art - Music Time: II OM1 16mm Film-Making I - Film-Making I1 Art 242 - 4001,342 - 4002 Instructor: Paul Rusten The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication. Using professional 16mm equipment, students i n teams will produce short black and white synchronized sound motion pictures. Students w h o have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within thesameclass-schedule and time-frame as Film-Making I. Fee: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent Distribution: Art - Music Time: II Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences BIO 106 - 4113 lnstructor Ralph Sulerud W r .Ire living I n a prrtod of b i o l o g i r c ~rc~volutron l whlch seems l ~ k e l y10 conrlnur, Many of the r i ~ v ~ ~ t o p will r n ~ ~ncreasrngly n~~ rerull In tlramat~c changes In ethiral ~ h t n k i n gand the liormr~lation of p u b f ~pr o l ~y, r guestion\sur h h ~ these c must be effect~ut+ly atlrIressetl: w h a t are l h r ~ g l ~oft r thp unborn7 Should h ~ u l o ~ i she t s allowed to work o n a n y type nt r r w d r r h n o nlairrl wlipre ~t le;lrI<?Doer ~ h ~r r l r aof 4 rnaral r e s p o n s ~ b ~ ltoward ~ty the rrivrronmrnr make sense? What e t h ~ c a land soc~alproblems would arlse as a result of c l o n ~ n gpeople? Is recomb~nantDNA research l ~ k e l yto create more problems than ~tsolves? I s euthanas~aever just~f~ed It ?I S Intended that th~scourseshould p r o v ~ d eat least a small part of the background necessary to answer such questions and make respons~bleeth~calcho~ces Each t o p ~ cw ~ l be l ~ n t r o d ~ c eby t l I ~ F ,Instructor or a guest, but much of the class tlme w ~ lbe l spent d~scuss~ng ass~gnrtlr~arl!rrgsnrrrl varlous vlewpolnts Formulat~onof a b r ~ e fposltlon paper on one o f the i ~ s i 1 c 5w ~ l lhe r e q u ~ r e d Grades w ~ l lbe based o n the paper, class partlclpatlon and exarnlnatlun rerrtltr. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I Wetland Ecology Bio 311 - 4114 Instructor: Roberta Lammers I n wetland ecology w~ will study the complexity, variery and impurtalrce 01 Ird shwater wetlands (i.e., bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). We will :turfy the physical asperrs of these wetlandsas well as the interrelationshipsof some of their rn,ijor organisrnslikc~~d~~s,insects, and sphagnum. Students will be required to pursue intlept.nrlcnr rr.dclirig on wetland org.fnitms of particular i n t r r ~to ~ l hen^. The raurse w w cons is^ ul re,,ding and discussion as well as lab ivork identilying nrganismsrollecled In n n r t h ~ r n M i n n ~ s o t aduring the summer by a l Minncsota's wetlands as an energy the instructiw. Wc shall examine cririrally ~ hpro ~ e n ~ iof source. There will hr local l i ~ l tripsrf~~~enrilnf:un d rhewea~ her. Cradingwill be o n the basis of one test and the presentalion (writren or or;~l)of ~ h indrpendent r rcadin~. Prerequisites: 510 111, 112 Time: I The Biology of Aging Bio 385 - 4115 Instructor. Robert Herforth At snmc lime ax another I r l our lives masr 01 u5 w ~ l rl i t h e r d ~ r c c r l yaxpcrlence aging or be ~ n f l u e n r c d pcople ~ ~ n c l e r g n t nagc-rrlared g changrq. Thic roiIrsP WIIIroncenlrfite on t h ~ t)iolog~ralasprcts uT such chang~s.W h a ~ir t h ndtlrrc ~ oI t h c s ~age-related rhangr?~? What lartorr tnIl~lr*ncrthe l a t v of aging? Do rellr ~ s a l ~ ~ from t r c l the body <how aging? 1s aging the o focne r t a ~ n c r l l r o r tissuesol the body?What are the current t h ~ o r l e s a st o rerulr of d c ~ r r ~ o r a t ~ IIIP h i o l ~ g ~ kca~c ~l rol a g ~ n g ?Ir aglng ronrrnllerl by a I ~ r a l o g ~ c clock? al Thew and other qursrions will tw arldressrd In l h h course hy rnpans nf rlassroom ~ P C I U ~ P Fand d~scusslnnsol ass~gnedread~ngs.Evaluat~onw ~ l be l based on several qulzzes and exams glven d u r ~ n gthe course Prerequ~s~tes: BIO 111 Time: I S 212 Introduction to Chemistry C h m 104 - 4116 Instructor: John Carlson of chemistry for ~hosr? who have never studled chemistry hefore. h course in basic Inclu(E~d are conccpls nt measurcrncnt, alorntr anrl ~ n o l e r u l a strucrurr, r types of rcactinns, solurionr, n c ~ r l sr ~ bases, ~ d at111 $n ~ n r m t l u c - t ~ to p no r ~ a n ichrmistry. r Many applications to Iifc ~ T O C C S S ~and S cnvironmental concerns are ma&. I.~cturesand demonslratians; rlo lab; no : ~hrcrlonger examinations Icrm paperr. Two hnrlrs iprturp ppr (Jay, five days a w ~ e kquizzes, plus a final. Not oprn lo a n y w i t h priorstudy ofchernisrry. Does notcount roward 3 rriajor o r a minor i n chemistry. Crctlit for both 104 anrl either 105,109, n r 115 no1 allowrrl. Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry Chm 113 - 4117 Instructor: Earl Alton rindin%whlch chemicals are i n a solution (qualitdtlve analysis) ir a rhallengine, way of learning rumc principles of chemistry. This course will use I,lkoratory experiments coupled with an essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemisrry involverl to provicjr an introducrion to chemistry. Thp laboratory work will center on ~ o l v i n grhcrnical urtknowns. There will b e s~verr71~ ~ d l 1 r ~ - ~ ~ i 5sessions ~ ~ s s each i o n week and ,~bnut~ h r haurr c ~ of lal~oratory~ a c day. h Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes. Prerequisites: High School Chemistry Distribution: Chemistry - Biology Time: I (Lectures 11:OO-12:OO N) Time: II (Lab 1:OO-4:00 p.m.) Introduction to Clinical Chemistry Chm 205 - 4118 Instructor: Arlin Gyberg A few years ago rllagnnctlc rnedicln~ was ptinc~pdllya rnaltpr of r t > l l r c l i n information ~ about Fymptnmc to d ~ a ~ n o san e ~ l l n r w .O c c a ~ ~ o n a l lat>r)ralc)ry ly IPS15 w t r e mad^ lo support 1 1 1 ~ d~agnnsrs.A l t h o ~ i g hr o l l r c l l i ~ n ~lormat~u n ahrlu~ synip1nrns ~ s s t ~anl l inl~agralpar[,~ i l ~ g n o < t r ( medicine l i d s progrr~seOto rhe pant whcrc laburatory teslr are r c j u ~ l n ~l ~ l yc r f o r m c dalrd may result In d t i l d g n ~ ~ ~ ~ d ~[porn f f e rt ~hnone ~l inclicntrtl l?y Ihe symptomr.Thlscourre intrrrtl~lcpr sornc o l the lypes ol c l i r ~ n i c a problems l s r g n ~ l ~ r aInn ~m e d ~ c r n eand mrlhods nl chtarnic.~! analysrs urrtl i n the tlcnical r h ~ m i ~ t rlat>oralory. y Lecturer, lilme, orcasitmal laboratory l wlIl he u~crrlIrl t h c , ctrursp, exprrlrnul-, anrl at ledst one f i ~ l dr i rp tn a r l ~ n i r a lal~r>r.-~~ork evaluation will be by frequent quizzes and a f ~ n aexam. l Prerequisites: C H M 106,116, or 223 T ~ m eI S 315 Economics of Urban Issues Eco 120 - 4119 Instructor: Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Basic microeconomic tools employed. Distribution: Urban Studies Time: II O M 13 Learning Styles, Teaching Styles Ede 227 - 4125 Eds 227 - 4126 Instructor: M a r ~ eMcNeff differences among students, varlatlons In learnlng styles are numerous Some L ~ k e~ndlvldual students learn better by dlscuss~on,others by l~sten~ng and others by work~ngo n thelr own Students d ~ f f e rIn learnlng style w h ~ c hmeans that certaln educational approaches are more effect~vethan others for part~cularstudents H a v ~yo11 had profe5sr~r~ that held you spellbot~nrlin thrlr r.lassrsl Have you had their counterpart whcrr y ~ ~ u s ~ r u ~tg o Irt,ry e d awdke? T ~ ~lrnlrnrsor P mdy have L I ~ Pa ~t r . ~ r h t nstyle ~ ihai was or wa5 nnt c<hmpa~ihlt.w i ~ hyour learn~ngsrvlc. Thrs course will explorr r e ~ e a r r hhe~n'gcJon~rn t h r area.; of teaching and learning styles, 51utlpnrsw ~ lpartlcrpa~e l In a I~arninarty!r\ rnvrnrory lo help Identify how they barn h ~ r t . f hiscoi~rsersoflcrrtl through theIrft~ratlonDcpar~mrnl.hutir t l r f i n l t ~ l y{)pentoallstudentr. tl Time: ll Discovery in the Wsrld of Kindergarten Ede 375 - 4124 Instructor: Lauretta Pelton This course is a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials and a review of teaching approaches. Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is to be arranged by the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have taken place prior to the course itself. The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor L4 Time: Summer Interim Student Teaching Eds 481 - 4120 Eds 482 - 4121 Eds 483 - 4122 Eds 484 - 4123 Instructor: Sheldon Fardig Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. Time: I L6 People Under Pressure Eng 211 - 4130 Instructor: Barbara Andersen The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social. religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course i n depression,for pressure and stress often I i a v ~p c l s i t i v ~r e ~ t ~ And t t ~ .m a t i v ~ j e o j ~r l~r* s p n ~toi dprr:ssl.lrv w i ~ h c o \ r r a g ~ , ~ r . l c.inrl ~ ( ~evt3nwit. Wr. will r r,icl r c v r r a l grhrirtls. IIIOFTI~ (11 ( 1 1 201 ~ h rerllury, 1717~1work^ 1 1 7 ~ .irtv 1 r l ~ l tjl \ ~ i i l l I yI O ~ U P V P ( ! irr liroraturrl c.ourrPr. Among ~ h wnrkr, r being rrln5irl~retl,]rt, Wafvrs, T l l v L l a n \4'ht1 K i l l r ~ r i~ h r - 4 LJypr; I'rl~ok,A ~ l yNan~rbi, /\r/~rlr[rlu: I3r,ir1li~arl.Trr)r/l I , f s / ~ ~>!I r rAtrt~r,ic,~: ~ Wright. Narivr Srjn: I4v1n. f x ~ ~ ~ l\4tori1c>t1; / ~ n l I l C ~ \ \ l r ~ 5irilort r '+ ~ N i ~ h t,t i:t l t l h ~j;h, t (;;{I lror11 ~ I I P <(,,I: I ilrgpnkb\4. ~ t ~ t / ~ t v 501><: ~ , i r dA l h c ~ 1-/1o . A , n t ~ t i ~ - ,lJrvt~,n ?/~ ,~r1,1 Thv Zntl S r r ~ v :, h r l ~ j e t m nI,~Vra\,f>r5.111,qI t ~ f M y Father: Gordon, Final Paylncnt,. Students will have some choice of works to read. Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports (optional) and two examinations. Distribution: English - Speech, Co~nmunication& Theater Arts Time: I O M 10 . The Brontes Eng 248 - 4128 Eng 348 - 4129 Instructor: Catherine Nicholl I n a parsonage on the edge of the Yorkshire moors, four gifted children mused themselves hy redding Shakespeare and Byron and writing miniature books i n which they developed two elaborate and romantic kingdoms. Literally surrounded by death-the churchyard in which their mother and two sisters were buried-they consoled themselves with the lile of the imagination. All of them, too, were to die young. But the th~,eesisters. Charlotte, Emily, and Anne, gave to the world several groundbreaking novels dnd some memorable poetry. The course will focus primarily o n the writings of Charlotte ()a~leEyrc. Villerte) and Emily (Wurhering Heighfs, poems). All students will read these works and will sample some of the critical approaches t o Wufherir~gHeight\, one of the most original novels of the nineteenth century. In addition, we will read the biography of Charlotte by her friend and fellow writer. Elizabeth Gaskell. We will consider the influence on the sisters of the family situation and of attitudes toward women writers in the 1840's. Each student will read one additional novel or biography. Class activities will include lectures, discussions, and films In addition to short quizzes and an exam, each student will either write a short paper or d o a class presentation. Upper division students will d o both. Prerequisites: One literature course or consent of the instructor. Distribution: Urban Studies, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies Time: l l O M 16 Europe January 3-28 I nteri m/9 Theatre in London Eng 269 - 4131 Eng 369 - 4132 Instructor: Richard Sargent Cost: $1795 London is one of the leading centers of theatre in the world. We will attend plays at theatres such as the National Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare Company theatres where internationally renowned directors like Peter Hall present revivals of classics and the premieres of the work of playwrights like Tom Stoppard and Peter Shaffer. We will be reading some plays in order to be aware of the historical context in which contemporary dramatists are writing. In addition to going to plays and touring theatres, we will take advantage of the cultural richness London has to offer, visiting art galleries such as theTate, attending concerts, and touring spots in London that have been significant in literary history. We will also make trips to visit other theatres, notably to Stratford. Students will keep a journal: those taking the course for upper division will write a paper in addition. Counts toward English major Distribution: English - Speech, Communication &Theater Arts Grading: P/N Five-College Poetry Writing Workshop Eng 362 - 4127 Instructor: Roger Blakeley, Macalester College M~mbcrs of the workshop will experiment with poetry techniques, aiming at the completion rrl .I pns~lolirkof new work and the revising of existing manuscripts. The workshop will meet threp mornings a week at Macalester for lectures, discussions, and critiques. In addition, iridividual conlerences will be scheduled, and an optional public reading is planned for late in the month. Attendance at all class sessions is mandatory The course is open to students from the five Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities who have had experience in writing poetry. Normally only three students from a college will be accepted. Preferably students should have taken at least one college-level creative writing course. Students considering this course should contact Richard Sargent (English Department) and submit samples of their work no later than one'week before the first day of Fall Registration for Interim. Class meets 9:30 to 11:45 MWF, H 203 (Macalester), plus conferences TBA. French Literature in Translation Fre 243 - 4134 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representativeshorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivity, and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works themselves. M u c h class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study. . Prerequisites: Sophomore standing Distribution: Jr. & Sr. only (old requirements). Time: I - Beginning Norwegian ~ d 111 r - 4133 Instructor: Liv Dahl Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress o n spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I O M 29 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Nor 311 - 4137 Instructor: Leif Hansen Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given t o regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and to differences between the t w o official languages of Norway. There will be laboratory work and field experience. If arrangements can be made, part of the course will be conducted at a location in Northern Minnesota. Fees: $100 if the off-campus part of the course can be arranged. Prerequisites: 75211 or equivalent Time: II O M 29 lntensive Beginning Spanish Spa 112 - 4135 Instructor: To b e named The goal of thiscourse isto complete thesequence of Beginning Spanish with greater emphasis o n spoken Spanish than is usually the case. Students will be expected to complete and correct written assignments outside of class so that time in class can b e used for small group conversations, impromptu skits and discussions in Spanish. Evaluation will be based on daily work, quizzes, four tests and a final exam. Prerequisites: Spanish 111 Distribution: Foreign Language O M 23 Time: I Spanish of the Business and the Professional World Spa 215 ;4136 Instructor: Gunta Rozentals Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients in various fields. Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of Spanish business letters. Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations. Prerequisites: Spanish 212 Distribution: Foreign Language Time: I Planning for Tomorrow: Personal & Social Transformation in the 1980's Gst 240 - 4177 Robert Clyde, Augsburg College Berenice Bleedorn, Director of Creative Studies, The Coll6ge of St. Thomas Course will define personal and social transformation, show how this transformation takes place, and introduce students to such concepts as general systems theory, paradigm shifts, entropy and syntropy, holism, and the uncertainty principle. Using this knowledge, students will develop a model for a futuristic democracy, i n which the citizens "think globally and act locally." Students will read Marilyn Ferguson's The Aquarian Conspiracy plus one or more additional books from the bibliography, keep a journal on the readings, class discussions and additional resources (meetings, lectures, interviews, films, etc.), and prepare a plan for personal, continuing involvement in the model for the futuristic democracy developed by the class. Evaluation will be based on assessment of "open journal" through oral examination, and assessment of quality of personal growth plan. S 108 Time: II Recreational Rhythms and Activities Hpe 232 - 4143 Instructor: Pam Paulson Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade i s based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I - Jan. 18-29 Melby Modern Dance Hpe 373 - 4141 Instructor: Pam Paulson An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and problem solving. The majority of the course grade i s based upon daily performance in class, performance of a group composition, and a written test. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Melby Time: I - Jan. 4 - 15 12/l nteri m Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Hpe 410 - 4142 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Prerequisites: Health 320 (School Health Curriculum) Time: I Melby 13 Virgin Islands January 4-28 Sailing in the Virgin Islands ** Hpe 455 - 4139 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Cost: $1995 Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, docking, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39'fixed keel sailboat with 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will besupplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting,and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islandsand cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on competencies demonstrated by each individual in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ship's log will be kept by all participants. Counts toward lifetime sport distribution requirement Grading: P/N only Coaching of Football Hpe 476 - 4140 Instructor: Al Kloppen Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. This offering equals only 1/2 course credit. Time: I -Jan. 4 - 15 Melby 12 Coaching of Basketball Hpe 477 - 4138 Instructor: Rees Johnson Theory, techniquesand administration of coaching basketball. Course will includeoff-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation. There will be some out of class night work. Prerequisites: Instructor's approval. This course equals only 1/2 course credit. Melby 13 Time: I l -Jan. 18 - 29 20th Century South Asia His 162 - 4147 His 462 - 4148 Instructor: Don Gustafson Thts geographtc area has pratlilrrd the l a r g r ~workrng ~ rlernocr~ryin thc world today; from this people havr come on(' a( our cenlury's greaimt "saints" and a l s o one or the most r ~ n o w n e tstalesmen; l 11 isa forernoqt cxample of 20th-Ccntnryr olonralismarid natlonallrm: ir Iiarexpr.r~~ntetl oneaf thisrentury'sgreatr~rupheavalfof people: i t rsa ~tdndnrdexarnplcfor populat~ontrtsrs and world h u n ~ e rillt~stratlons.5oi11hAsia is all thrs-ant1 much more. Thts course I$ d~slgnerlfor the ctndent *ha has Inrercs! but lirtls or no background In nnn-western ~ubj~=ct5-1hough nth~rsare a l ~ owelcorn~.The h ~ a rot l the coursr will he in a w ~ t l ~ a ~ s o r t m e nreadings r (somt oI them really cxcellcnt) t r u ~~IIF-IP will a l ~ o h e lertures, trrne for drscussron and frequent breaks for slrde presentations. Grades w ~ lbe l based on general level of partlclpatlon, on some wrltten work and probably a test Students reglster~ngfor upper dlvls~oncred~tw ~ l have l addlt~onalassignments and be graded by upper dlvrslon standards. Prerequisites: Students registering for upper division credit must have had at least one college history class. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: I S112 Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality His 220 - 4145 His 320 - 4146 Instructor: Khrn Khrn Jensen An invesriaatlon c l r tlw rationale fcr I ~ immigration P pattern, economir opporlunities, and social. politlcnl and economic- problems encour~rer~rl tjy thp folIowing Irnrn1grant5:Chlnew, l Forus on these thrre rrhnic groups will involve jap~ncseanrl Korean5 tn the W n i l ~ rStares. tjrlth t h "nld" ~ rmmigrants nntl ~tir"ncw" immigrants. Coursc will u 1 1 l i r~~~l ~ nspeak~r5 ic (Chinesr. Japancse and Koreilns) in a home rnvirnnment-dt~cus5Ion format. There will l~ etltnir meals, ~ t h n i craaking dcrnonsrra~ians,films, slides ~ n df i r * l t l rrips-,111 f h c ~arp important rornponent5 of thv rorlrsp as IS rlie academic component ol readings. erc. Focus Ir on ~ h cxperienrrs r or tlicsc ethnic aroups in Hawaii. Calllorr~i;~ ant1 M t n n ~ f o t a . and a Iourn,jI, loww rlivirron will cloa jnirrn;tl. Thrrr will 1 1 1 ~ ~ ~ r d i v i s i o n ~ t u dwill e n dnapaprr t5 t)r an exam un the t ~ x and t readlng~. Fees: $15 for meals and films etc. Prerequ~sites:Lower Divis~on,None Upper Divis~on,sophomore standing and consent of instructor D~stribution:Ii~storyand Philosophy Time: I Studies in Ancient and Medieval History Through the Reformation His 366 - 4190 Instructor: Richard Nelson This course is intended for those students who, having completed a course i n either ancient, medieval, renaissance, or reformation history, have a desire t o extend their work in one of those areas. Students will meet with me on a regular arranged basis for consultation and identification of the topic they intend to study. These topics can be of varied nature: e.g., biographical, social, military,art, literature, etc. The final result of thestudy will becompletion of a paper or project. Prerequisite: One history course and consent of instructor Time: II Brush Up Mat 103 - 4150 Instructor: Bev Durkee Thiscourse is designed asa brush u p in arithmetic and elementary algebraskills.Thecourse will be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or w h o will b e taking statistics as part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests t o determine study needs, homework assignments t o gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized. Time: I S 108 Mathematical Aspects of Music Mat 130 - 4149 Instructor: Ben Cooper This course has t w o purposes. The first is to convey some mathematics that musicians should know (or know about), mostly concerning such pre-musical topics as acoustics, scales, tuning, and the premises of twelve-tone composition, but also concerning the question of the meaning of compositional style and quality.Thesecond purpose is t o try tocounterthecultural invrntine or discovering isolation of motlcrn malhematics by mcans o l parallel e r t p ~ r i c n c r % math~maticr; and writing music,anrl thro~ghc-antactwith one or two rna~hr*rnaticalto~ics not t a tangential bearing o n music, usually found in the curriculum t h a t a r c r i a n i l i ~ a n t ~ t r a v e aleas1 and con bc enjoycd with minimdl prereq~lisites.When pos~ihle,we will Iry trl hear those things we discuss mathematically through recordings or performant:e. Grades will be based o n homework exercises, mostly mathematical, but including the composition of at least one canon. Therefore some experience i n part writing is essential. The necessary mathematics will be developed i n class. Prerequisites: Music 101 o r equivalent and some high school algebra. Distribution: Mathematics - Physics Time: I Mathematical Themes in History and Philosophy M a t 134 - 4188 M a t 334 - 4189 Instructor: Larry Copes This course is designed for students who enjoy challenging reading and writing, but may be uncomfortable with mathematics. Objectivesare to examine waysin which mathematical ideas have affected and have been affected by philosophical ideas and historical movements. We shall examine h o w number systems, algebra, cardinality, and axiom systems have related to various epistemologies. There will be t w o exams and two short papers. Students must be qualified for College Algebra, as demonstrated (for example) by being i n Croup A on the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. Upper division: Students should have taken at least one mathematics course beyond Calculus II. Grading will be based o n three papers. Prerequisites: Yes Distribution: Mathematics - Physics Time: II O M 25 Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview Mus 110 - 4151 Instructor: Roberta Metzler Visitation of clinical f a c i l i ~ i ~i rsl t l ~ cMetropolitan area to observe music therapy in practice. Objectives of the coursr will Ile lo llccorn~familiar with a variety of clientele (Including mentally retarded, emotionally tlis~url)ed,nntl p11ysic.illy hilndicapped), and t u observ~how music therapy function< wilt1 diricrcnt populations. I n addition to the field trips, c-lasircmm discussions will include an o v e r v i ~ wol nlusir fherapy prac-tires and theory in thir country and abroad. Evaluation will be based o n tests,field trip reports, and class participation. A special fee of $15.00 will be required, t o cover the cost of transportation. A special class project will be required for upper division credit. Student times must beflexible, toallow for field tripsduring either the morning or afternoon. Fees: $15.00 Distribution: Art - Music M24 Time: II Sign and Song Mus 161 - 4152 Mus 361 - 4153 Instructor: Larry Fleming This course of study will investigate the relationship between visual symbols utilized in "signing" for the hearing impaired, and the basicelementsof music: melodiccontour, rhythm, and text topics. The process will include: I. Theory-Readings and discussion i n the areas of symbol, image, ritual, and gesture by authors S. Langer, B. Shahn, C. lung, T. Stafford, and others. II. ~ a r t i c i ~ a t i o n - ~ a s i"signing" c will b e taught by an area expert, so that fundamental concepts, vocabulary, and gestures are experienced and understood. Ill. Observation-Visits at local congregations and schools where signing is used with song. Although of special benefit for Music, Drama, and Education students, this study might prove useful for any interested student. N o previousexperienceor music training is necessary. Upper division credit requires the writing of a position paper. Distribution: Art - Music M 22 Time: II Trends and Issues in Nursing Nur 330 - 4154 Instructors: Susan Knust - Nancy Malcolm Nursing is viewed from an historical, current and futurist perspective to develop theories and concepts of leadership, change, and role development. The nurse as leader is discussed i n terms of ethics and accountability to the profession and t o society. The changing health care needs and demands of society are examined i n light of theability of the health caresystemand health care providers to meet those needs. The role of the nurse in meeting current and projected societal health care needs is discussed with emphasis on changing and emerging roles in nursing. The student increases his/her awareness of the complexities of societal and health issues by examining the political and legislative processes related to such issues. Emphasis is placed o n the impact of these processeson the nursing profession and health care delivery. The role of the nurse as an active participant i n these processes i s examined as well. Teaching methods include lecture, discussion and a variety of expert guest speakers. Evaluation methods include annotated bibliography, student debates and paper and pencil test. O M 11 Time: II The Nature of Contemplation Phi 210 - 4157 Instructor: Mark Fuehrer Thiscourse will examine the nature of contemplation by meansof philosophicalanalysis of the works of several contemplative writers. The following concepts will be analyzed and discussed: the object of contemplation, the effects of contemplation on the human subject, the modes of contemplation, and the language of contemplation. The course will consist of introductory lectures o n topics t o be discussed followed by selected readings and discussions i n class. Each student will prepare one paper of moderate length on a topic of his/her choosing with respect t o the course. Students will be given a grade based on the term paper and the individual discussions. Distribution: History - Philosophy Time: II O M 23 Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look at Some Contemporary lssues Phi 250 -4158 Instructor: Kenneth Bailey A popular song says: "This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius." Is it? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, the eleventh sign of the zodiac, symbolizes simplicity, peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun is a question. Some astrologers say it began as early as 1930; others that it is just dawning. However that may be, i n this course we will discusssome of the concerns (e.g., freedom, morality, hunger) that face whatever age we may be in, from a philosophical standpoint. Basically a discussion course. Grades will be based o n written tests and class participation. Distribution: History - Philosophy OM 10 Time: II Islamic Philosophy: Past and Present Phi 410 - 4156 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach A study of the preservers of the Classic Greek tradition, analyzing h o w they reshaped the materials they inherited and i n what way they helped influencc the rise of Medieval Christian thought. To what extent current Islamic thought preserves their heritage or is conditioned by Christian western culture will be explored. Seminar format, with presentation and discussion of research papers. Prerequisites: No, though some previous philosophy recommended. Distribution: History - Philosophy M 23 Time: I 1982 Oak Ridge ~ssociatedUniversities Science Minimester Phy 322 - 4159 Inctructor: Kermit E. Paulson A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1982 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects i n nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation, coal technology, health physics,and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg. This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional Tra~ningprogram. Two weeks of the coursewill bespent i n Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilitiesof ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students. Fecs: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $250. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Time: I S 24 Democratic Theory and Practice Pol 381 - 4160 Instructor: Milda Hedblom A study of democraric theory and public policy practice with focu, on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. An extensive research project will b e required in one of the major themes of the course involving considerable independent work. Prerequisites: Two courses political science,economics, philosophy or instructor's permission. M 25 Time: II The Politics of American Defense POI 461 - 4161 Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten Contending explanations of American foreign policy-making will be examined with special concern for nuclear strategy and military intervention. Issues arising out of the Carter and Reagan defense policies will be discussed i n the light of previous American foreign policy behavior since World War II. . Grades will be based on t w o 5-page essays i n which students will reflect and comment on course readings, class discussions, and their experiences i n a policy-making simulation to be held during one all-day class in mid-January. Prerequisites: One introductory course in political science or permission of the instructor. M 25 Time: I Use of the Personal Computer in Psychology Psy 241 - 4163 lnitructor: Richard Marken See how a personal computer (the Psychology Department's Apple Il)can be used as a tool t o explore the mind. Learn t o write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure response time, d o statistical analyses and mndel thought processes. See the fruits of your efforts i n glorious color on the Apple II TV scleen. Evaluation based o n programming projects and two tests. P3 Time: II Designing an Introductory Psychology Course Psy 305 - 4164 Instructor: Norm Ferguson The course will involve students i n all phases of developing an introductory psychology course. This will include assessing the background and interests of the potential students, developing a course outline, choosing the classroom teaching methods, selecting the textbooks, preparing the exams and other forms of evaluation, and determining the grading procedures. There are two main objectives: (1) t o give students exposure to principles of curriculum development and theories of intellectual growth and development and (2) t o give students an opportunity to experience thesubject matter of introductory psychology from the perspective of an instructor. Evaluation will be based o n daily class participation and written assignments. Prerequisites: Two courses in psychology. Time: II P1 Reading in the Works of Robert Coles Psy 372 - 4162 Instructor: Duane Johnson Thiscourse will providean opportunity to read i n the works of Robert Coles with major focus o n conditions under which children develop. Reading will also include some attention t o authors closely related to Coles' perspective. Robert Coles isone of America's most widely published writers; much of his writing is based on a participant-observer style ol rrsaarrh. I-lp<prnclsfuhstantial time with particular persons i n various settings (southrrnri-5, rrligrants, sliarc~cropllers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged, pcoplc of Iflsler 2nd South Africa) and reports their lives with sensitivity and with particirlar ~ l r p n l i o1 ~ 0 ltheir ~ r r c * ~ ~ k He ll~ i s ra.perceptive criticof our society and a spokesperson for the "less advantaged" and minority persons. Some initial study and planning will be required prior t o the beginning of the interim; each student must contact Dr. Johnson n o later than December 1 for further details regarding these assignments and t o confirm her/his registration i n the course. Course expectations will include extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal, and ashort summary paper. Course will be offered only on a P-N grading basis. Prerequisites: 86105 - General Psychology P5 Time: I Hawa~iJanuary 4-30 The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions in Hawaii rC Rel 321 - 4166 Instructor: P h ~ l ~ Quanbeck p Cost: $1795 It A study of Buddhism, Protestant Christianity, Mormonism,and Polynesian religion with special attention t o their interrelation i n Hawaii. Special attention given t o t h e following: the meeting of New England Calvinism and Hawaiian traditional culture and religion and its results today; the meeting of Christianity and both Chinese and Japanese Buddhism i n Hawaii today; and the approach of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints (Mormons) to the Polynesians. Efforts will also be made to study aspects of Chinese and Japanese cultures and religions i n their own right. Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal. Distribution: Religion Prerequisites: one religion course Grading: P/N only Christianity in Modern Africa Re1 366 - 4165 Instructor: Bradley Holt This cour.;c. is i n t ~ n c l r t10 l inform l~artiriparitsabout thr. c'ontrmporary r r l i g i c > ~situatir~n ~s In s r l e c ~ r trrgions l ~f Africa and ~ o s t i r n u l a ~rcllccrion.on c llrc univrrsat r taimsol Christianiry anrl form< il takrbs. A l f r n l i o r i will h r #ivcn lo Iht? lllarrting of Ctiristii~nityit1 the v d l i ~ Ot (~CUIIU~JI klric-a,to I t s d ~ v e l o ~ ~rlntler t n ~ nr ~n l n n ~ arrgimt:s,arlrl l irs rrr.rnt growth in ~nrlcpendentstates. T l i r " l r ~ r l o p m d r n r " African churches will bc stuclirvl. as well as aliprnpt5 lu l u r n ~ l ~ l .an rt~ "Africa11 Christian Tlienlngy." Tlrrb c o u r w wlIT ~ n i l ~ l uler.lur~s. y v t s i ~ i nresourrv ~ I)ersr)n, a i~rllo-visual~ i r l s. i,~ i r frlisr-i15sionnfr ~ a r l i n gmaterials. Stirrlrnts will beevaluated ona research j,lppr and an examination. P! "equisites: One cohrse i n religion. Uis~r1,-ution: Religion Time: II O M 18 - Christianity in Crisis: The New Evangelicals Confront the Twentieth Century Re1 368 - 4187 Instructor: Bruce Stuart Protestant Christians respond to science, social change, and critical views of their faith. "Bible-believing" and "evangelical" Americans attempt to shape their culture and call America t o a "Christian" and a "moral" pattern. Emphasis will be placed on the history and thought of "Born-Again" Christians since the 1920's. Key issues: Fundamentalism vs. Modernism, The Scopes Trial, Revivalism, Faith-healing, inerrancy of scripture, the Christian i n politics, the "electronic church" and prayer in the public school Key figures: W.B. Riley, Carl Mclntire, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, Jerry Falwell, several American Presidents, Mark Hatfield Classroom lectures and discussion, one Sunday morning of television, texts and reserved reading. There will be two tests and a short paper. Prerequisites: One course i n religion Distribution: Religion Time: I *+* Israel January 3-28 Israel, Ancient and Modern Re1 375 - 4167 Instructor: John Benson Cost: $2195 This course encounter will focus o n archaeology and geography with special attention t o methods and results of archaeology as they relate to biblical sites in Israel. The group will live primarily in Jerusalem where there will be lectures, walking tours in the O l d City, and visits to museums and places of religious and historical interest. Twoside trips are planned: one to the north, including places such as the Sea of Galilee, Tiberias, Capernaum, Hazor Megiddo and Nazareth; and another t o the south, which will include such places as Ashdod, Beer-sheba, Masada and Qumran. Some time will be spent in London at the beginning of the interim. There will be required reading, and students will keep a journal. Prerequisites: one course i n religion Distribution: Religion Grading: P/N only Practicum in Human Services Swk 257 - 4169 Instructor: Doug Perry Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career i n human services is for you. Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final examination. Students will b e asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester i n order to discuss selection of agency and structure of the course. Objectives: 1) To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help. 2) To increase knowledge of the service given by the agency i n which student is serving. 3) To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills, competencies, education, and training. 4) To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human service agencies. 5) To increase understanding of self i n relation t o the human service field. Time: I Field Work Ill Swk 466 - 4170 Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg Continuation o f educationally focused field placement in a social service agency (Field Work 11). Student will spend 15 hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Student will b e evaluated in writing by Field Work Instructor using previously developed field learning agenda and social work evaluation form. Objectives: 1) To use supervisory relationship t o increase interpretive as well as performance competence. 2 ) To promote gradual entry into direct practice. 3) To increase competence i n client contact phase of the problem solving process. 4) To increase student self awareness in regard to professional practice interest, areas of strength and areas for personal/professionaI development. 5) To promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis o n analysis and resolution stages. 6) To apply human behavior and social environment theories content to analytic processes and t o develop interpretive ability. 7) To continue to promote gradual entry into action-intervention phase of the problemsolving process. 8 ) To further examine minority issues in relation t o practice. (Note: this will be offered for 1/2or full credit. For full credit, student will spend 30 hours per week i n placement, the additional 15 hours to be i n non-client contactactivities whichaddress specific projects i n the agency, as written into the field learning agenda and agreed upon among student, field instructor, and faculty supervisor) Prerequisites: Field Work II O M 11 Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th Pol 399 - 4184 Washington Interim A study-internship program i n Washington, D. C. i n connection with the Washington Center of Learning Alternatives, Information o n projects, housing and financial assistance i s available from Dr. Barbara Richards-Haugen i n Memorial 113. Swk 312 - 4185 Training School o n Alcohol and Drug Abuse Intensiveexperiential and didactictraining at Johnson Institute combined with week-long experience i n chemical dependency treatment agency. Students are evaluated according to participation i n classes, experiential learning and i n the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100. Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activities are a v a l l a l ~~nrrudents l~ during interim and may be taken in addition t o a regular course. They d o riot carry nlfir,inl credit, but they d o meet the life-time sports requirement for graduation. S~uderrksmay parlicipate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be e x p ~ r ~ rtor lpay any fees whether or not credit i s received. Badminton Hpe 002 - 4178 Instructor: Marilyn Pearson Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent i n singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will b e n o written tests or outside assignments. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport Time:'12:00 Noon Melby Volleyball Hpe 002 - 4179 Instructor: E. W. Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport. Time: 12:OO Noon - 1:00 p.m. daily Melby Racquetball Hpe 002 - 4180 Instructor: E.W. Anderson Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball. Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport. Time: 8:00 a.m. - 9:00 a.m. daily Melby American Karate: Fun, Fitness, Sport, Self Defense Hpe 002 - 4191 Instructor: M i k e Teitelbaum An introduction t o "American" Karate. Form, basic techniques and practical usage will b e taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt Instructor. Fees: approximately $20. Time: 12:OO Noon Monday, Wednesday, Friday Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1981
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College Interim The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r...
Show more Augsburg College Interim The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g and t o i n v e s t i g a t e questions and t o p i c s i n places and ways n o t p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term. Calendar I I November 10-13 December 8 January 5 ... .. . ... Interim Registration Late I n t e r i m Registration F i r s t Day o f I n t e r i m r Class January 6 . January 8 . I 9:Ooa.m. Class I 1 .. .. 1:00 p.m. I L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g g r a d i n g system . January 19 . . January 23 ... January 30 . . . Beginning o f c e r t a i n h a l f c r e d i t courses * L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g courses I n t e r i m ends I The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two b l o c k s o f t i m e : 0 > .. 0 I - 8:00 I1 - 1 :00 - IF00 - 5:00 d L. ;h o f c l a s s meetings as w e l l as t h e b e g i n n i n g t i m e The number a w l l l be arranged t i e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . * Students e n r o l l i n g i n h a l f - c r e d i t courses should c o n s u l t t h e R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e f o r dates f o r cancel/add and t o determine t h e g r a d i n g system. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l The N i t t y G r i t t y One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l t i m e l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d . There i s no t u i t i o n r e f u n d f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses n o t t o e n r o l l i n an i n t e r i m course. Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e o f 4.0 t o 0. S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s . A few i n t e r i m courses a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s i s i n d i cated i n t h e course d e s c r i p t i o n . Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r l o w e r d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g . Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t . S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g s h o u l d a n t i c i p a t e a d d i t i o n a l assignments and a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d . A c o u r s e l i s t e d as f u l f i l l i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t meets b o t h t h e n e w l y i n t r o d u c e d r e q u i r e m e n t s ( t h e Spectrum approach) and t h e o l d d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements. To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s o f w h i c h a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s t h a n t h e number o f y e a r s o f f u l l t i m e e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r e n r o l l e d f u l l t i m e f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e one i n t e r i m f o r graduation). This C a t a l o g T h i s c a t a l o g 1 i s t s courses by departments w l t h departments 1 jsted i n a1 p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . Augsburq I n t e r i m s Abroad a r e i d e n t i f i e d by a special1 t r a v e l symbol. A t t h e end O F t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s o f o t h e r c o u r s e s n o t ~ ~ f f e r cby d Augsburg b u t recognirfad by t i l e College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t , a n d a v a r i e t y o f l j f e t i m e S p o r t s . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and i n f o r m a t i o n about t h e s e c o u r s e s are a v a i l a b l e i n t.he I n t e r i m O f f i c e . Options June Interim A t l e a s t one i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1981 s e s s i o n o f summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g under P h i l o s o p h y ) i n l i e u o f January t e r m w i t h no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e . S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e t i m e o f i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t l o n i n t h e f a l l . S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay t h e r e g u l a r summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n . 2lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM International Interims Students a r e i n v i t e d t o c o n s i d e r b e i n g p a r t o f one o f t h e f i v e overseas These i n t e r i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by Augsburg C o l l e g e d u r i n g January 1981 ims a r e under these departments: . Education EDUCATION I N AN URBAN COMMUNITY: LONDON, page 10. - LANGUAGE, CULT'JRE AND Foreign Languaqes T ~ E A T E RI N PARIS, page 13. THE RHINE FRONTIER: GERMANY MEETS ROME AND FRANCE, page 14. THE CULTURES OF MEXICO AND GUATEMALA, page 1 6 . - HAWAII: H i s t o r y and .Pol.iticlal Science A LABORATORY OF MULTI-ETHNIC INTERACTION, page 20. Other i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h Upper Midwest Associa t i o n f o r I n t e r n a t i o n a l Education (Uh1AIE) and S t . O l a f College. F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e and from Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l . Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one o f t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s s h o u l d a p p l y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center b e f o r e November 1 . Add i t i o n s t o t h e overseas groups u s u a l l y cannot be made a f t e r October. Internships I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l t e r m o r who b e g i n an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o t h e s p r i n g term. Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Memorial 230) no l a t e r t h a n Tuesday, November 18. Independent or D l r e c t e d Study Students may e l e i t a program o f independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n 499) o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y ( l o w e r d i v i s i o n 299) f o r i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p a n s i b i l it y f o r more t h a n one i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d study p e r i n t e r i m . Students choosjng t o pursue i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must: A. Meet departmental requirements, B. P r e s e n t t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r approval a copy o f t h e proposed s t u d y p l a n approved by t h e s u p e r v i s i n g f a c u l t y member. T h i s proposal must be s u b m i t t e d a t l e a s t one week b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and n o t l a t e r forms can be o b t a i n e d i n t h e t h a n November 3. A ,o.o r o.p r i a t e s t u d-v .proposal . Interim Office. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM13 Interims a t Other Schools Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n w h i c h o f f e r s a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. C a t a l o g s o f t h e s e I n t e r i m s can be c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y w i l l h e l p s t u dents i n applying f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n a t o t h e r schools. R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r i n t e r i m s a t t h e o t h e r Twin C i t i e s c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . Most courses t a u g h t d u r i n g t h e i n t e r i m a t o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s a r e a c c e p t e d f o r c r e d i t by Augsburg, b u t may n o t n e c e s s a r i l y be accepted as m e e t i n g Augsburg's d i s t r i b u t i o n r e quirements. This q u a l i f i c a t i o n p a r t i c u l a r l y a f f e c t s courses o f f e r e d f o r t h e Re1 ig i o n r e q u i r e m e n t . Non-Augsburg Students Augsburg C o l l e g e welcomes s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r 4-1 -4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges p r o v i d e d t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n agrees n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e January t e r m . The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s , h o u s i n g o r board c o s t s . O t h e r s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $150 f o r t h e i n t e r i m course. S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m s h o u l d w r i t e t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms o r use t h e forms p r o v i d e d by t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e a t t h e i r own s c h o o l . These s t u d e n t s a r e welcome t o s t a y on campus b u t a r e n o t r e q u i r e d t o do so. Requests f o r i n t e r i m h o u s i n g s h o u l d be made t o t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . Augsburg Policy Augsburg C o l l e g e a d m i t s s t u d e n t s o f any r a c e , c o l o r , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n t o a l l t h e r i g h t s , p r i v i l e g e s , programs, and a c t i v i t i e s g e n e r a l l y accorded o r made a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s a t t h e s c h o o l . I t does n o t d i s c r i m i n a t e on t h e b a s i s o f r a c e , c o l o r , c r e e d , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n i n employment p r a c t i c e s o r a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f i t s e d u c a t i o n a l p o l i c i e s , admissions p o l i c i e s , s c h o l a r s h i p and l o a n programs, and a t h l e t i c and o t h e r s c h o o l - a d m i n i s t e r e d programs. N e e d M o r e Help? Check w i t h : The I n t e r i m O f f i c e (Memorial 2 3 0 ) , o The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y , Ms. L o r r a i n e S t i e p e r a t 330-1025, o r e The I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Toni C l a r k a t 330-1092. 4/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Calligraphy ART 1010611 0306 Instructor: P h i l i p Thompson Study o f t h e a r t and c r a f t o f c a l l i g r a p h y . Development o f c a l l i g r a p h i c s k i l l s i n pen and b r u s h w i t h i n k and p a i n t . Three completed d e s i g n p r o j e c t s i n l e t t e r i n g o r l i n e a r e r e q u i r e d . For upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t a major p r o j e c t i s required. Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: O l d Main 4 ( D e s i g n S t u d i o ) - Film-Making I Film-Making ii ART 1024211 0342 Instructor: Paul Rusten T h i s c o u r s e teaches f i l m - m a k i n g t h r o u g h p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e . There w i l l be o b s e r v a t i o n and d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . S t u d e n t s w i l l make a 16mm sound f i l m . Fees: $70.00 l a b f e e None f o r Film-making I You must have t a k e n Film-making I t o r e g i s t e r f o r Film-making 11. Prerequisites : Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: O l d Main 1 7 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o ) L i f e Drawing ART 10247 Instructor: Norman Hol en A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and n o n - a r t s t u d e n t s . The f i g u r e w i l l be d e p i c t e d i n v a r i o u s s e t t i n g s w i t h a v a r i e t y o f media f o r v a r y i n g l e n g t h s o f t i m e . The poses w i l l e x t e n d f r o m one m i n u t e t o an hour and a h a l f . S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o t h e 28 and 4B p e n c i l s , t h e c h a r c o a l p e n c i l and p a s t e l s . A f e e o f $12.00 i s t o be p a i d on t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s . Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: O l d Main 17 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o ) AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIMIS rn N u t r i t i o n : You A r e W h a t Y o u E a t BIOLOGY 20104 Instructor: Erwin Mickel berg Designed t o d i s c ss t h e foods t h a t we e a t i n a popular fashion. A f t e r a review o t h e human d i g e s t i v e system, each o f t h e t h r e e basic food types wil.1 be discussed along w i t h t h e r o l e o f minerals, vitamins and water. 9 An attempt w i l l be made t o d i s p e l t h e mysteries and t h e manufactured i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e media, t o make a p p l i c a t i o n t o i n d i v i d u a l concerns, and t o address t h e controversy concerning food a d d i t i v e s . Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Science 212 T h e B i o l o g y of Aglng BIOLOGY 20185 Instructor: Robert H e r f o r t h A t some time o r another i n our l i v e s most of us w i l l e i t h e r d i r e c t l y experience aging o r be i n f l uenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course wi 11 concentrate on t h e b i o l o g i c a l aspects o f such changes. What i s t h e nature o f these age-related changes? What f a c t o r s i n f l u e n c e the r a t e o f aging? Do c e l l s i s o l a t e d from t h e body show aging? I s aging t h e r e s u l t of d e t e r i o r a t i o n o f c e r t a i n c e l l s o r t i s s u e s o f the body? What a r e t h e c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s as t o t h e b i o l o g i c a l basis o f aging? These and o t h e r questions w i l l be addressed i n t h i s course by means o f classroom l e c t u r e s , discussions o f assigned readings, and t a l k s by o u t s i d e experts. Evaluation w i l l be based on several quizzes and exams given d u r i n g t h e course. Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Science 205 M e t h o d s in Biological R e s e a r c h BIOLOGY 20301 Instructor: Neal Thorpe The development o f t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e present concepts i n b i o l o g y has been h e a v i l y dependent upon t h e use o f an a r r a y o f s o p h i s t i c a t e d research t o o l s . This course w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e student t o t h e t h e o r e t i c a l basis o f approximately two dozen important b i o l o g i c a l methods such as chromatography, electrophoresis, spectrophotometry, s c i n t i l l a t i o n counting and microscopy. It w i l l a l s o r e q u i r e an in-depth i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f one s e l e c t e d method w i t h t h e o b j e c t i v e 6/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM o f d e v e l o p i n g an a p p r o p r i a t e e x p e r i m e n t a l e x e r c i s e t h a t c l e a r l y demons t r a t e s a t h e o r e t i c a l p r i n c i p l e . The s t u d e n t w i l l t e s t and v a l i d a t e t h e method, w r i t e i t up, and p r e s e n t i t o r a l l y . Prerequisites: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112; C h e m i s t r y 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106) I1 Room: S c i e n c e 202 Wetland Ecology BIOLOGY 2031 1 Instructor: Roberta Lammers In w e t l a n d e c o l o g y we w l l l a t t e m p t t o g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e comp l e x j t y , v a r i e t y and fmportance o f f r e s h w a t e r w e t l a n d s such a s bogs, marshes, fens, and swamps. We w i l l s t u d y the p h y s f c a l aspects o f these w e t l a n d s as w e l l as the I n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f some o f t h e j r m a j o r o r g a n isms 1 i k e sedges, i n s e c t s , and sphagnum. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pursue some independent r e a d i n g on wet1 and organ1 sm5 o f p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t t o them. The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s t o n as we1 l as l a b work i d e n t i f y i n g organisms c o l l e c t e d i n n o r t h e r n Minnesota d u r i n g t h e summer by the f n s t r u c t o r . We w i l l examine c r i t i c a l l y t h e p o t e n t f a 1 o f M i n n e s o t a ' s w e t l a n d s a s an energy saurcp. There w i l l be l o c a l f i e l d t r l p s . Grading w i l l be on t h e hasis a f one t e s t and the p r e s e n t a t i o n ( w r j t t e n or o r a l ) o f t h e independent r e a d i n g . Prerequisite: Time: B i o l o g y 111, 112 I Room: S c i e n c e 213 - D i s c r e t e E v e n t Simulation BUSINESS 21495 Instructor: K e i s h i r o Matsumoto D i s c r e t e e v e n t s i m u l a t i o n i s an approach t o p r o b l e m s o l v i n g . The method r e p l i c a t e s t h e s e t t i n g o f a p a r t i c u l a r problem by w r i t i n g a com- m e n t a t i o n and s There w i l l be l e c t u r e s and a computer programming l a b o r a t o r y . Prerequisfte: Time: I A s t a t f s t i c s course o r t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Room: L2O1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 tNTERIM/7 CHEMISTRY 341 13 Instructor: E a r l A1 t o n Fflrding whlch chmlcals are, i n a solution ~(qualltatireanalysis)' T s a cfiaff enging way o+ learntng some prlnclples o f chemistry. Thls course dl 1 use laboratory, experiments coupled w i t h a non-mat h m t 9 e n l explana t i o n of the chemistry Tnvolved t o provide an introduetlon t o cemlstry. The laboratory wark wtll canter on solvfng chnmnclcsl unknoys. There wlll be several 1ecture-dl scussfon sessfons each week and about three hours o f l a b o r a t o r y each day. knowns and a few q u i z z e s . Lectures - Grading w i l l be based upon s o l v i n g unLaboratory 11 :00 a .m. Prerequisite: H i g h School C h e m i s t r y Distribution: Yes Time: 18111 Room: - 1 :00-4:00 p.m. Science 318 Introduction t o Chemirtry CHEMISTRY 341 04 Instructor: John Holum T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some fundamental p r i n c i p l e s o f chemistry: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Measurement, w i t h emphasis on dimensions, S I u n i t s and a few common u n i t s used i n c h e m i s t r y , b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences,.and how t o use t h e f a c t o r - l a b e l method i n c a l c u l a t i o n s . Elements o f a t o m i c and m o l e c u l a r c o m p o s i t i o n s and s t r u c t u r e and how p e r i o d i c r e l a t i o n s h i p s h e l p o r g a n i z e and e x p l a i n s e v e r a l p r o p e r t i e s . Comon p h y s i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t t e r . Comnon chemical p r o p e r t i e s o f a c i d s , bases and s a l t s w i t h emphasis o n t h e background needed f o r s t u d i e s i n e l e m e n t a r y b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences. A p p l i c a t i o n s t o h e a l t h aspects o f environmental p r o b l ems w i 11 <be made. A b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry. L e c t u r e s and d e m o n s t r a t i o n s a r e used. There i s no scheduled l a b o r a t o r y and no a s s i g n e d w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . E v a l u a t i o n i s based on q u i z z e s and t e s t s . R e g u l a r g r a d i n g o n l y ; no PIN. T h i s c o u r s e i s n o t open t o s t u d e n t s who had c h e m i s t r y I n h i g h s c h o o l ;+'i,tdoes n o t c o u n t t o w a r d a chemistry major. Distribution: Time: I , Yes Room: S c i e n c e 318 81AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM . , , 4 . An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l C h e m l s t r y CHEMISTRY 34205 Instructor: A r l i n Gyberg A few years ago dtagnosttc medlcine was principally a matter of collectjng Inf'orrhatfon about symptonlr t o diagnose an Illness. Occas~onally 1aboratory tests were made to support the dlagnasj s A1 though col I actTn$ infoymntfon about symptoms 1s still an Integral part, diagnosefc medicine has progressed t o t h e pot n t where 1aborat~rytests are rout1 nely performed and may result i n a diagnosis dlfferentr from the on,e fndicated by the symptoms, T h i s course introduces some of the types o f chemical problems s t g n l f i c a n t i n medic-lne ahd methods o f chehlfcal analysls used I n the clinlcal cheml'stry laboratory. Lectures, films, occasional laburptory experience, and at least one f i e f d t r I p t o a elInical teboratory w t l l be used t n the course; eva'luatf~nwill be by fvequent . q u i z z e s and a f i n a l exam. Prerequisites: Time: Chemistry 106 o r 116 o r 223 Room: I Science 320 E c o n o m i c s of U r b a n I s s u e s ECONOMICS 221 20 Instructor: Ed S a b e l l a A s t u d y o f economic i m p l i c a t i o n s o f many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban environment, Some o f t h e t o p i c s t o be d i s c u s s e d a r e : P o p u l a t i o n "Cris i s ," Crime P r e v e n t i o n , Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n , D i s t r i b u t i n g Free Bread, Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Fundamental micro-economic t o o l s i n t r o d u c e d t o f a c i l i t a t e d i s c u s s i o n . T h i s c o u r s e does n o t c o u n t towards an economics m a j o r o r m i n o r . Distribution: Time: Economics o r Urban I1 Room: 01 d Main 11 Decision Making with Finite M a r k o v Ch'ains ECONOMICS 22493 Instructor: Satya Gupta Taehnf ques o f H a r b v chains have long been used in solving problems i n Physical Sciences. This tool has fnvaded the realm of Business and Eco,nomics only recent1 + I t I s important for management practltloners t o wnderstand thl s sop I sticatac? tool Problems on bank management, cap* tal expenditures, accounts receivable, market share and others w-ill be sol ved usf ng Maykou shaf n model s Students comprehension will be evaluated by tests on probtm solving using Narkav chain models, Z . . Prerequisite: Time: I1 - H i g h School A1 gebra Room: L-1 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/9 EUROPE January 3-28 E d u c a t i o n i n a n U r b a n Community: L o n d o n EDS 44260 EDE 45260 Instructor: Cost: B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n $1395 An exarninatfon o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p o f t h e school t o t h e 4 # u r b a n community u s i n g London's East End a s an example. The focus o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be o n such u r b a n problerns as p o v e r t y , f a m i l y d i s i n t e g r a t i o n , and crime and how u r b a n s c h o o l s and t h e l r t e a c h e r s can r e s o l v e them. The c l a s s w i l l meet f o r r,eef n a r s and l i v e a t the Urban Studies Center ~f the C o l l e g e o f S t . Mark and S t . John i n the Eas,t End Area. S t u d e n t s w i l l be p l a c e d a s a i d / o h s e r v e r s i n a l o c a l school I n t h e s u b j e c t o r g r a d e o f t h e i r c h o i c e . S t i ~ d e n t sw l l l a l s o have the o p p a r t u n i t y t o work and o b s e r v e i n a number o f community a g e n c j e s i n t h e East End. E v a l u a t i o n w l l l be based on a paper t h a t i n t e g r a t e s assigned r e a d i n g w i t h a d d i t i o n a l i n d i v i d u a l r e s e a r c h and a l o g o f p r a c t i c a l experiences. Counts t o w a r d m a j o r : F u l f i l 1s t h e e l e m e n t a r y and secondary O r i e n t a t i o n t o E d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (EDS 265 and EDE 255) Meets an u r b a n concerns r e q u i r e m e n t Grading: PIN o r t r a d i t i o n a l E n r o l l m e n t : 15 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f O c t o b e r . Student Teaching EDUCATION: Instructor: 44480, 44481, 44482, 44483, 44484, 45480, 45481 , 45482, 45483, 45484 B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n Students w i l l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r f u l l days, O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s a t t h e preschool , k i n d e r g a r t e n , e l e m e n t a r y o r secondary s c h o o l l e v e l ( d e p e n d i n g on the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t ' s need) under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f I n t e r e s t e d students should consult w i t h c a l l ege and school p e r s o n n e l t h e i n s t r u c t o r b e f o r e December t o de-Lermi ne placements and a p p r o p r i a t e c o u r s e number f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n . . Prerequisites: Acceptance i n E d u c a t i o n Program and p e r m i s s i o n o f instructor. 1 OIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Heritage Reporter ENGLISH 54212 Instructor: Dave Wood "Heritage Reporter" explores s t r a t e g i e s f o r effectively wrltjng about one's family, one" comun.lty, or an institutqon t h a t figures o r has f jgured largely In the student-%porter1 s l i f e . Techniques of f i c t i o n and non-flctlnn a r e revealed t o the students by means o f a comprehensive reading 1jst. No exams. Students are expected t o submit a 20-30 page "Heritage Booklet'l on a subject of thefr choice a t course's end. Grade will be P/N only. Prerequisites: Time: English 111 I Room: Old Main 10 Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study of A m e r l c a n W e s t e r n a n d J a p a n e a e S a m u r a i F i l m s ENGLISH 54233 SOCIOLOGY 94233 Instructors: Jerry Gerasimo and John Mi tchell The pu~poseof the course i s t o clarify the thematic form of the Western and the Samuraf f lrn by comparing thedr respective myths, their societal premises, and t h e i r canventions: f o r example. the ritualized duel and t h e use of proxemlc patterns (treatments o f space) In ways t h a t are implicitly cultural . Although both genres a r e highly popular, they are vfvidly useful for e s t h e t i c , c u l t u r a l , and anthropological comparf son. Students wj 11 be requi red t o attend a1 I f i l m presentations (approxtmately 10 feature f i l m s ) , t o wad selected t e x t s , and t o take a final written examination. Laboratory Fee: Distribution: Time: I1 $35 Yes Room: Science Audi t o r i urn A S e v e n t i e s Sampler ENGLISH 54249 Instructor: Ron Palosaari We will study some novels, poems, plays, and films written o r filmed in the 1970's. Our reading will include the l a t e s t available works of Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger, some recent science f i c t i o n , detective s t o r i e s , and a best s e l l e r . Our viewing will depend on what plays and films a r e available i n January in the Twin C i t i e s . AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/11 I f possible, students w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e o f l i t e r a t u r e o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t . Those who take t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do t h e reading. Films w i l l be seen i n t h e afternoon t o t a k e advantage o f lower p r i c e s , b u t we w i l l see two o r t h r e e plays i n t h e evening. Distribution: Time: Yes Room: I1 Old Main 18 Five-College Fictlon Writing Workshop ENGLISH 54362 Instructor: Lon Otto, College of St. Thomas Members of t h e workshop w i l l experiment w i t h various aspects of prose f i c t i o n technique, aiming a t t h e completion of t h r e e o r four s h o r t s t o r i e s during t h e I n t e r i m period. The workshop w i l l meet t h r e e afternoons a week t o discuss f i c t i o n w r i t i n g and t o engage i n c o n s t r u c t i v e c r i t i c i s m of w r i t i n g being produced by members o f the class. F a i t h f u l attendance a t these afternoon sessions i s e s s e n t i a l . The course i s open t o students from t h e f i v e associated c o l l e g e s (normally t h r e e from each c o l l e g e ) who have had some experience w r i t i n g s h o r t f i c t i o n . Preferably, they should have a l r e a d y taken a c o l lege-level c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g class. I n t e r e s t e d students from Augsburg should submit samples o f t h e i r work t o Dr. Toni Clark before I n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n . Potpourri: S e l e c t e d Readings f o r Discussion ENGLISH 54445. Instructor: Barbara Anderson I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , students w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l reading l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be discussed i n small groups, e s t a b l i s h e d according t o common books, authors, o r themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined before the end o f f a l l term so t h a t a discussion schedule can be published p r i o r t o t h e i n t e r i m session. Prerequisite: J u n i o r o r Senior standing and consent o f i n s t r u c t o r . Distribution: Yes Time: I Room: Old Main 12 12/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM 'EUROPE January 3-28 L a n g u a g e , C u l t u r e a n d T h e a t e r in P a r l s French 70215/70315 Instructor: Cost: Mary Johnson $1595 Immersion i n French c u l t u r e f o r intermediate and advanced students. Focus on study o f language, c u l t u r e , t h e press, + and t h e a t e r . Readings, analysis, and discussion i n t e g r a t e d w i t h attendance a t lays and f i l m s . V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and c u l t u r a l exh i b i t s according t o ' s t i d e n t i n t e r e s t s . Full-day excursions t o Chartres and V e r s a i l l e s ; o p t i o n a l weekend f i e l d t r l p t o Mont S t . Michel and L o i r e chateaus. Conversations w i t h French students i n groups o f three. French 70315 counts toward major (French) French 70215, 70315 count toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement (Foreign Language) Prerequisites: Grading: 70215: 70315: French 70211 o r e q u i v a l e n t French 70311 o r e q u i v a l e n t P/N o n l y Enrollment: 15 I n t e r e s t e d students should contact Ms. Mary Kingsley i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r than t h e end o f October. F r e n c h L l t e r a t u r e in T r a n s l a t i o n FRENCH 70243 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Have French w r i t e r s produced a 1 i t e r a t u r e t h a t escapes from 1 i f e o r t h a t shows l i f e as i t i s ? By readlng and analyzing a v a r i e t y o f s h o r t e r French works i n English t r a n s l a t i o n w i t h t h i s questlon i n mind, we w i l l develop stronger communication and c r i t i c a l s k i l l s and c u l t u r a l s e n s i t i v i t y as w e l l as encounter those o f s i g n i f i c a n t French w r i t e r s . M i n i - l e c t u r e s and study guides w i l l h e l p focus t h e r e a d e r ' s a t t e n t i o n on t h e works themselves. Much c l a s s time d a i l y w l l l be devoted t o small group discussion and exchange o f ideas. AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/13 d e v e l o p i n g adequate language t o c o n t r i b u t e o r a l l y and i n w r i t t e n form t o t h e i n s i g h t s o f t h e c l a s s . Two o r t h r e e 30-minute q u i z z e s e a r l y i n t h e course w i l l be r e p l a c e d b y t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f a chosen l i t e r a r y work and s h o r t paper i n t h e t h i r d week, w i t h reading, c r i t i c i s m and d i s c u s s i o n b y t h e o t h e r s i n t h e f o u r t h week. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Sophomore s t a n d i n g o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r . Yes Room: I O l d Main 27 .EUROPE January 3-28 The Rhine Frontier: Germany M e e t s Rome and F r a n c e GER 72333 Instructor: Cost: Donald Steinmetz $1595 + Since Roman times t h e l a n d s a l o n g t h e Rhine have been 4one o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t f r o n t i e r areas o f Europe. Here German and Roman c u l t u r e c l a s h e d and mixed. Here modern Germany and France have t h e i r r o o t s i n t h e empire o f Charlemagne. Here Romanesque and Gothic a r c h i t e c t u r e f l o u r i s h e d i n t h e M i d d l e Aaes. Here Germans 'and French f o u g h t i n t h r e e r e c e n t wars. I t i s such e i e n t s which have shaped l i f e and l e f t so many monuments between t h e Rhine and t h e Meuse. The s t u d e n t w i l l s t u d y and " r e l i v e " t h e h i s t o r y o f t h i s area on l o c a t i o n , from t h e Roman monuments o f T r i e r and Cologne, Charlemagnels Aachen, t o t h e b a t t l e f i e l d s o f World Wars I and 11. L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and r e a d i n g s w i l l be p r i n c i p a l l y i n German. Counts toward German m a j o r - Counts toward d i s t r i h u t i o n requirement ( f o r e i g n language) Prerequisites: Grading: German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t P/N o r t r a d i t i o n a l , based on o r a l exams and d i a r y t o be k e p t i n German Enrol l m e n t : 20 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. 14/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Beglnnlng N o r w e g i a n FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75111 Instructor: Liv Dahl Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected. Distri butlon: Time: Yes I Room: Old Main 29 N o r w e g i a n C o n v e r s a t i o n and Composltlon FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75311 Instructor: Leif Hanson Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Oral and written tests. Some laboratory work and field experience required. No special fees. Prerequisite: 75211 - Intermediate level Distribution: Yes Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l5 MEXICO January 5-30 The Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala SPA 76381 GST 58181 Gunta Rosental s Instructor: Cost: $1395 + T h i s i n t e r i m w t l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h Pre-Columbian, c o l o n i a l and modern c u l t u r e s o f Mexico and Guatemala 4t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and v i s i t s t o t h e most imp o r t a n t s i t e s . The i m p r e s s i v e pyramids i n t h e h i g h l a n d s o f C e n t r a l Mexico, t h e i n c r e d i b l e Mayan j u n g l e c i t y o f T i k a l i n t h e Guatemalan r a i n f o r e s t , t h e charming c o l o n i a l c i t i e s o f Taxco and v o l c a n o surrounded A n t i g u a , as w e l l as t h e modern m e t r o p o l i s o f Mexico C i t y . Course p r i m a r i l y i n t e n d e d f o r Spanish m a j o r s ( O p t i o n A), b u t o t h e r i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s may t a k e t h e c o u r s e as an e l e c t i v e ( O p t i o n B ) . E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c o m p l e t i o n o f a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , a d a i l y j o u r n a l ( i n Spanish f o r O p t i o n A), and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n t o u r s and d i s c u s s i o n s . (The E n g l i s h e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e m a t e r i a l s w i l l be a v a i l a b l e . ) O p t i o n A: Cqunts t o w a r d Spanish M a j o r F u l f i l 1 s language r e q u i r e m e n t Prerequisite: Option B: General S t u d i e s Prerequisite: Grading: Spanish 212 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r - f u l f i l l s no d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t None (Spanish 11 1 recommended) PIN o n l y E n r o l l m e n t : '30 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. 16lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Safety Education HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55114 Instructor: Doug Nelson P r i n c i p l e s and p r a c t i c e s o f s a f e t y education i n school and community l i f e . Includes American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t . Time: I(Jan. 5-16) Room: Melby 12 Chemical Dependency Education HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55115 Instructor: Joyce P f a f f This course w i l l i n c l u d e a pharmacological a n a l y s i s of drugs o f abuse, a l o o k a t t h e disease process and treatment m o d a l i t i e s , as w e l l as immediate and temporary care given t o i n d i v i d u a l s i n a drug emergency. It w i l l pay special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e drug problems a f u t u r e teacher might have t o deal w i t h i n t h e classroom s e t t i n g . Grades w i l l be determined by 2 w r i t t e n t e s t s covering t h e l e c t u r e s and t e x t book. This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 4 course c r e d i t . Time: I (Jan. 19-31) Room: Melby 12 Recreational Activities & Rhythms HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55232 Instructor: Pam Paulson Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s , camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square dancing . This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t . Time: I (Jan. 19-31) Room: Melby AUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/17 Modern D a n c e HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373 Instructor: Pam Paulson An i n t r o d u c t o r y course i n modern dance technique and c r e a t i v e composition i n c l u d i n g e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, energy, form and design. No previou.s experience necessary. T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y Time: I (Jan. 5-16) i course Room: credit. Melby Coaching of B a s k e t b a l l HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55477 Instructor: Rees Johnson Theory, techniques and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f coaching b a s k e t b a l l . It wi 11 i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a.coaching notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and general p a r t i c i p a t i o n . There w i l l be some o u t o f c l a s s n i g h t work. T h i s course -- equals o n l y Prerequisite: Time: i course c r e d i t . I n s t r u c t o r approval I1 Room: Melby 13 Coaching of H o c k e y HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55478 Instructor: Ed Saugestad Theory, technique and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e aspects o f coaching hockey. It w i l l i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs on d r y land and on i c e . Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a coaching notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n . Students must be a b l e t o skate and must supply skates and s t i c k . This course -- equals o n l y % course c r e d i t . Prerequisite: Time: 1 I n s t r u c t o r approval Room: Me1by 13 18lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM H i s t o r y of P a r i s in M o d e r n Tlmes HISTORY 56111/56311 Instructor: Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t The French a r e sometimes accused o f t h i n k i n g of P a r i s as t h e "navel o f t h e world." There's a b i t o f "sour grapes" c a r i c a t u r e i n t h a t c l e v e r statement. For i f one would p i c k o u t a c i t y which i n t h e l a s t one thousand years has been more important t o Western C i v i l i z a t i o n than any other, one could make a good case f o r P a r i s . I n t h i s course we w i l l study t h e h i s t o r y o f t h a t g r e a t c i t y since t h e 16th century. We w i l l read e x t e n s i v e l y i n a v a r i e t y o f h i s t o r i c a l l i t e r a t u r e , hear l e c t u r e s , v i s i t w i t h some t r a v e l l e r s , and view some s l i d e s and movies. One of our main purposes w i l l be t o double (maybe quadruple! ) your enjoyment when you v i s i t Paris. Evaluation w i l l be on t h e basis o f two t e s t s and a s h o r t paper. For upper d i v i s i o n students t h e standards as t o expectations w i l l be a p p r o p r i a t e l y higher - f o r example, i n t h e i r a b i l i t y t o f i n d t h e i r way i n t o a more extensive b i b l i o g r a p h y f o r t h e term paper. Distribution: Time: I1 Yes - h i s t o r y o r urban Room: Old Main 12 D b e c t e d S t u d y in U.S. H i s t o t y HISTORY 56299 Instructor: Carl Chrislock During t h e I n t e r i m o f t h e 1980-81 school year, I w i l l be a v a i l a b l e t o supervise i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d i e s i n several areas of U.S. H i s t o r y . These i n c l u d e t h e h i s t o r y of American f o r e i g n p o l i c y , t h e 20th Century, Minnesota h i s t o r y and immigration. I p r e f e r n o t t o supervise a h o s t o f f a m i l y h i s t o r i e s , although I am w i l l i n g t o consider we1 1-conceived proposals f o r such studies submitted by students who demonstrate t h a t they have s u f f i c i e n t source m a t e r i a l . Note, too, t h a t a l l t h e s t u d i e s a r e of t h e directed, n o t t h e inde endent v a r i e t y . Any i n t h e l a t t e r category would have t o be t h e department i n advance o f t h e I n t e r i m . Prerequisite: One h i s t o r y course AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM119 H a w a i i : A L a b o r a t o r y of M u l t i - E t h n i c I n t e r a c t i o n ' HAWAII January 4-28 H i s t o r y 56240/56340 P o l i t i c a l Science 85255185355 Instructors: Cost: I.Khin Khin Jensen, Norma C. Noonan $1495 *+ Observation o f t h e Polynesian, Asian and Caucasian c u l t u r e s i n t e r a c t i n g i n p o l i t i c s and s o c i e t y i n t h e 50th s t a t e . Focus on h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s , p o l i t i c a l development, r e 1 i g i o u s h e r i t a g e , educational experiences, commercial ventures, t h e media, c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s and c u r r e n t p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s . Time w i l l be d i v i d e d between t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n Honolulu and H i l o on " t h e B i g I s l a n d . " Various f i e l d t r i p s w i l l be arranged on Oahu and t h e i s l a n d o f Hawaii. Readings w i l l be t a i l o r e d t o each s e c t i o n . Students w i l l submit a j o u r n a l o r a t e r m paper. Counts toward e i t h e r major ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science). Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science). Prerequisites: Grading: lower d i v i s i o n , none. upper d i v i s i o n , sophomore s t a n d i n g and consent o f instructor. PIN o n l y Enrollment: 30 I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n qoom 229 o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October. PO/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM T h e C i t y in A m e r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e , A r t & A r c h i t e c t u r e INTERDISCIPLINARY 60285 Instructor: Grier Nicholl the growth o f c i t l e s between the Cf v i l War I generated varied responses among k r i c a n Rapid IndustrTal-lzat-ion and WaF and World novelists, poets, painters, and architects of the period. Celebrations of t h e c i t y and the new technology can be found i n the poetry of Watt Whitman and i n the architec.ture of the Chicago Exposition o f 1893. Ambivalent a t t i t u d e s toward the c i t y appear i n the "realism" o f the Ash Can school of pafnters, the photographs of Alfred S t i e g l i t z and others, and i n William O. Howel 1s' novel A Hazard of New Fortunes. Naturalistic novels such a s Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton S i n c l a i r ' s muckraking The Jungle r e f l e ~ 1 ~ n i z i enf fge c t s of economic forces in the c i t y . Course format will vary; lectures on historical and l i t e r a r y background, small g r o ~ p ~ d i s c u s s i o nof s readings, and several visits t o local a r t museums. There will be three t e s t s and an individual o r group oral presentation. Distribution: Time: Urban I1 Room: Music 23 B r u s h Up MATHEMATICS 61103 Instructor: Beverly Durkee This course i s designed as a brush up in arithmetic and as an introduction t o algebra. The course will be particularly helpful f o r students in elementary education o r who will be taking s t a t i s t i c s a s part of a major. Computer programs will be available f o r students who wish t o work with t h i s medium. There will be lectures t o present material, homework assignments t o gain s k i l l s , and written problem solving t e s t s f o r grades. Time: I Room: Science 108 Mathematical A s p e c t s of Music MATHEMATICS 61 130 Instructor: Ben Cooper In t h i s course we will examine some of the evidence for the often-expressed feeling t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow related. Actually there are three kinds of contact: (1) a t the sub-musical l e v e l , where both elementary and sophisticated AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM121 mathematics have a lot to say about such foundational topics as acoustics, scales, and tuning, as well as the premises of twelvetone composition; (2) at the level of composition, where mathematics no longer applies directly (except for certain composers) but where there are strong analogies between the ways composers and mathematicians create and evaluate their work and between features of certain highly structured pieces, such as canons, and mathematical constructs; (3) at the level of aesthetic theory, where probabilistic ideas help to clarifjt what constitutes style. The emphasis on these topics will depend on class interests, provided only that everyone does some significant mathematics. When possible, we will try to hear those things we discuss mathematically, through recordings or performance. Grades will be based on homework exercises, mostly mathematical but including the composition of at least one canon. The necessary the ma tics will be developed in class. Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent and some high school algebra Distribution: Time: Yes Music 5 Room: I An E x p o s u r e of C h a o s In M o d e r n Cosmlc M o d e l s MATHEMATICS 61136161336 Instructor: Henry Follingstad An exploration of math-related ideas and Space-Age research which calls for a critical re-evaluation of present "scientific dogmas" on the nature and origin of the universal cosmos and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Age data, buried in the literature, will be unveiled to show inadequacies and contradictions in some aspects of modern astro-cosmology and its links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which transforn'unsupported scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is required. Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present an oral sumnary of their paper. Distribution: Time: I Yes Room: Old Main 23 ZZIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM ~ e m o r i z i t ! o n f o r Musicians MUSIC 82151/82351 Instructor: James D. Johnson M u l t i p l e approaches t o memorizing music v i a f o o l p r o o f system. These systems a r e derived from t h e harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and formal a n a l y s i s of t h e music under study. For i n s t r u m e n t a l i s t s and v o c a l i s t s . Upper d i v i s i o n students w i l l be expected t o memorize more, perform more f o r t h e c l a s s and do more memory work away from t h e i r instruments. Time: I Room: Music 9 M a k e Y o u r Own M u s i c MUSIC 82212/82312 Instructor: Robert ~ a r l i n An o p p o r t u n i t y f o r the i n t e r e s t e d student t o l e a r n about t r a d i t i o n a l and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems used i n t h e c r e a t i o n o f o r i g i n a l works o f music. Tonal, a t o n a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c techniques w i l l be employed by the p a r t i c i p a n t s t o c r e a t e t h e i r own compositions. Open t o music majors as an upper d i v i s i o n course; and t o students w i t h l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music as a lower d i v i s i o n course. Music majors w i l l c r e a t e t h r e e short, o r i g i n a l works; others, a t l e a s t one. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: Majors: Theory 4; others: No: Majors: e l e c t i v e Yes: Others: Fine A r t s Room: I1 Music 26 Music The,rapy: T e x a s S t y l e M U S I C 82233182433 Instructor: Roberta Metzl e r none &: Course w i l l i n c l u d e an overview o f c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e and research i n music therapy, through readings i n textbook and v i s i t a t i o n t o treatment f a c i l i t i e s and graduate music therapy programs i n Kansas and Texas. V i s i t s i n Kansas w i l l i n c l u d e t h e headquarters o f t h e AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM123 . Y f% I t s fn Unsas d l 1 i h ~ f u d k\theJAdtIqth*em @+' the. Maklonal Assocl akhn For ,MW 1c Therqpy, Ihc., Topeka S b t e Posplbl , Mnhinger Foundptiow,Uhdversf ty o f Kansas bditml Schopl . $n8 f q a s , the Pokb wlll k on @search .In mysic: ther&py a t Boutham btbdist U d v e r s l ~ ,under tha dQr4ctfon df k 6b@rleB, T. Eitglq, wZtl be ara lnble to ex ta3n' reseawh RMT. Graduate sJudents from r&pa(ot, and 40 swahm twri OF@us$$ t&ra~$ fitcFFhp6 .ln %@ Dill 1a~#Folrt8Wor$b,area. A11 travel' %TI 1 be ,@ co1T ege,pa& : gw'fiir92ion w"ll1 be b S rM bn tests wer the'trdmk, wrl.ttqn rep$& of a11 intenship sites vfstted, and', for~uppd~~dfvfs~on c~edlt,a rtnf~ e s e a ~~, ~ obg o s a l Optlonal . d d p trlps 18 Texas wsuld, be $0. Qa t veston,#San Antomias sfld ksgfn. and Tekaa -r e I Fee: Maximum o f $450 ( i n c l u d i n g o p t i o n a l t r i p s i n Texas). would cover a1 1 t r a v e l , room and board. Time: I Room: T h i s fee Music 26 The Opera of Puccini MUSIC 82253 Instructor: Stephen Gabriel sen A s t u d y o f a l l o f t h e operas o f Puccini through l i s t e n i n g and reading assignments. T e s t i n g w i l l i n c l u d e 1 i s t e n i n g questions as w e l l as t r a d i t i o n a l o b j e c t i v e exams. T h i s course i s designed f o r t h e opera l o v e r as w e l l as music majors. Distribution: Time: Yes I1 Room: I Music 4 History of Jazz MUSIC 82377 Instructor: L a r r y Tallman This course w i l l pursue t h e chronological e v a l u a t i o n of j a z z as we know i t today. Beginning w i t h e a r l y ragtime, t h e j a z z movement exemplifies t h e t r u e meaning o f what i s known as America's own t r u e music. Augsburg has many t e x t s , recordings, and papers t o b e n e f i t t h e student as a f u t u r e jazz scholar. There w i l l be t h r e e t e s t s and a f i n a l . Time: I Room: Music 2 24IAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM a T r e n d s & I s s u e s in N u r s i n g NURSING 81 320 I n s t r u c t o r s : Carol Hoffhan and Susan Knust T h i s course i s i n t e n d e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s a broad p e r s p e c t i v e by i n t r o d u c i n g c u r r e n t t r e n d s and i s s u e s t n h e a l t h c a r e and t h e p r o f e s s i o n o f n u r s i n g , Many o f t h e i s s u e s a r e c o n t r o v e r s i a l , a r e r e l e v a n t t o c u r r e n t p r a c t i c e and have p o t e n t i a l f o r f a r - r e a c h i n g e f f e c t s i n h e a l t h c a r e . Students w i l l be graded on group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and w r i t t e n examinations. Prerequisites: instructor. Time: Admisslon t o Augsburg N u r s i n g Program o r p e r m i s s i o n o f Room: I O l d Main 13 T h e P h l l o s o p h y o f C. S. L e w i s PHILOSOPHY 83132 Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach Though C. S. Lewis i s w e l l known as a r e l i g i o u s w r i t e r , what he says develops f r o m s p e c i f i c views about God, man and v a l u e s . Our purpose w i l l be t o r e a d Lewis w i t h a p h i l o s o p h i c a l eye f o r h i s arguments and presupp o s i t i o n s . Grades w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n , t e s t s and proba b l y some w r i t t e n work. Distribution: Time: Yes June 1981 Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look a t Some Contemporary Issues PHILOSOPHY 83250 Instructor: Kenneth B a i l e y A popular song says I " T h i s i s t h e dawnTng o f t h e Age o f Aquarfus. " Is i t ? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, t h e e l e v e n t h s i g n o f t h e Zodjac, symbol i z e s s i m p l i c i t y , peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun i s a q u e s t i o n . Some a s t r o l o g e r s say i t began as e a r l y as 1930; o t h e r s t h a t i t i s j u s t dawning, However t h a t may be, i n t h I s course we w i l l discuss some o f t h e concerns ( e . g . , freedom, m o r a l f t y , hunger) t h a t face whatever age we may be in, from a p h i l o s o p h i c n l s t a n d p o i n t . Grades wfT1 be based on w r i t t e n t e s t s and c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n . D i s t r i b u t i o n : Yes Time: I1 Room! 01 d Main 1 0 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM125 The Starship Accords PHYSICS 84180 POLITICAL SCIENCE 85180 Instructors: Mark Engebretson, Myles Stenshoel You have been selected to participate i n the establishment of the f i r s t permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As one of the colonists, i t will be your duty during f l i g h t to: A. FBmil iarize yourself with the environment expected on any of the several planetary systems thought to be suitable for colonization. . B. Help design a system of governance for the entire comuni ty C. Distribute the necessary tasks and choose the size of the colony sent to each location. . Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and pol i t i c a l theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Distribution: Time: Yes I Room: Music 22 I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Solid S t a t e Physics PHYSICS 84341 Instructor: Kenneth Erickson Thls course 1s designed t o provide students o f physics, chemistry, materials science, electronics and engineerlng with a knowledge of the basic physfcal concepts important for the understanding of s o l i d state phenomena. Solfd S t a t e Science i s presently one of the leading areas of basic and applied research actjvity. By means of lectures, 1aboratary work and problem s o l v l n g and discussion sessions i t I s hoped that the student wlll gain a fundamntal working knowledge o f the subject and a hands-on familiarity w f t h some solid s t a t e devices and experimental methods. Topics t o be discussed will include: symoetry and classification o f crystal1 i n e structures; interatomic bonding, l a t t i c e dynamics, electrons i n metals, superconductivity s semi conductors and t h e die1eeeri c and magnetic properties of sol ids. Prerequisites: Time: I Physics 121,122, Math 124, 125 Room: Science 24 26/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Hawali: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction +,, POLITICAL SCIENCE 85255185355 Instructors: I. Khin Khin Jenson, Norman C. Noonan (See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 20.) * N e w s p a p e r s and Presidents: A R e s e a r c h P r o j e c t Analyzing 1980 P r e s i d e n t i a l E l e c t l o n C o v e r , a g e POLITICAL SCIENCE 85345 Instructor: M i l d a Hedblom The New York Times, blashington Post and tos Angeles Times exert a powerful inftuence over other newspapers and the general publTc In thalr coverage o f American p r e s l d e n t l a l elections. The purpose of t h i s course I s t o b e t t e r understand the nature of thefr political coverage through 5ystemat.lc research. Spec-Ifically, students wfll cmpl ete a comparative content analysis of the three papers' 1980 general election news columns. Durlng the f i r s t week of the course we will study the three newspapers' development, focusing on their unlque r o l e i n Am~ricanpol itjeal journal ism, and praetf ce use o f the coding system for analyzing thelr new cotumns. Ourlng the second and t h l r d weeks stuaent will work independently in three teams, i n consult.at.lon with the instructor, wadfng and analyzing election coverage i n the three papers. The tern wlll be working where the newspapers are, for example the Augsburg library, the Unfversity of Minnesota eriodical POW, or other Twin CltIes 11brarles, The last wee o f the course the whole group will agajn work t o g e t h e r evaluating the results o f the content analysis. Students' grades M i l 1 depend upm satisfying indi vldual w p o n slbilities within the group project. Preferred method o f grading Ss P / h Pass, except by s,peciel arrangement. P o s s i b l e copying Pee, twenty do11ars maximum, I n 1leu o f textbook charges. R P r e r e q u i s i t e : Very strong i n t e r e s t i n a problem o f p o l i t i c a l j o u r n a l i s m and consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r . Time: I1 Room: Music 25 T a l k i n g About P s y c h o l o g y and E v e r y d a y L i f e PSYCHOLOGY 86210 Instructor: Norman Ferguson This course w i l l i n v o l v e discussions i n two major areas: 1) How the p r i n c i p l e s and methods of psychology can be used i n everyday 1 i f e ( f o r example, l e a r n i n g t o r e l a x , breaking bad h a b i t s , improving personal r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and d e a l i n g w i t h anger). AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/27 2) Controversial issues i n psychology ( f o r example, does TV violence have any adverse e f f e c t s on s o c i e t y ? ; do r e l i g i o u s c u l t s use brainwashing t o convert people?) Each student w i l l be expected t o choose one t o p i c f r o ~ neach o f these major areas and lead yroup d i s c u s s i o n s on t h d , t t o p i c , A l l students w i l l be expected t o do assigned readings un the s p e c i f i c t o p i c s i n advance o f each class so t h a t we1 l -informed discussions can t a k e place. A l i s t o f 12-15 p o s s j b l e topics Fur each area w i l l be a v a i l a b l e f r o m the i n s t r t r c t o r p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n . The main o b j e c t i v e s o f t h e course a r e t o become b e t t e r informed on psychological issues which have relevance t o d a i l y l i v i n q and t o develop t h e a b i l i t y t o speak e f f e c t i v e l y ori such issues i n a sn,a11 group s e t t i n g . Evaluation w i l I be based on the q u a l i t y o f c l a s s presentations, d a i l y c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e discussions, and one short paper on e i t h e r o f t h e t o p i c s chosen. Prerequisite: Time: Psychology 105 I1 Room: Psychology 2 ' P o p Psych': What's i t all About? PSYCHOLOGY 86235 Instructor: L y l a Anderegg Erroneous zones, body 1anguage, games-pl aying people , T-groups , happenings, feelings, l o v i n g a r t s , c r e a t i v e insomnia, c u l t s , speed reading a r e a l l p a r t o f a surge o f i n t e r e s t i n human behavior. Are these movements and w r i t i n g s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f psychology today? Has "pop psych" become such a " h o t - s e l l e r " t h a t s c i e n t i f i c psychology has disappeared? What e v a l u a t i o n o f t h i s m a t e r i a l i s being made by professional psycho1 o g i s t s ? I s t h i s t h e f i r s t mass a p p l i c a t i o n o f psychological p r i n c i p l e s ? These a r e some o f t h e questions t o be i n v e s t i g a t e d i n t h e course t h a t w i l l use t h e seminar format. Each student w i l l be responsible f o r s e l e c t i n g several contemporary books t o review and analyze w i t h respect t o the question s t a t e d i n t h e course t i t l e . Evaluation by two t e s t s and q u a l i t y o f review and a n a l y s i s o f chosen references. Prerequisites: Time: I1 Psychology 105 o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r Room: Psychology 3 28/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM U s e s o f t h e P e r s o n a l compute^ I n P s y c h o l o g y PSYCHOLOGY 86241 Instructor: Richard Marken See how a personal computer ( t h e Psychology Department's Apple 1I ) can be used as a tool to explore the mind. Learn to write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure response time, do s t a t i s t i c a l analyses and model tl~oughtprocesses, See the f r u i t s of your e f f o r t s i n glorious color on the Apple I I TV scrr(:rt. Evaluat,ion based on pru(lriran,ing projects and two t e s t s . Distribution: Time: Yes Room: I Psychology 3 Readings in t h e Works of R o b e r t C o l r s PSYCHOLOGY 86372 Instructor: Duane Johnson Robert Coles i s one of America's most widely published writers on childhood development. Much o f his writing i s based on a participantobserver s t y l e of research. He spends substantial time with particular persons in various s e t t i n g s (southerners, migrants, sharecroppers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged) and reports t h e i r l i v e s with s e n s i t i v i t y and with particular attention to, t h e i r strengths. This course will provide an opportunity t o read in the works of Coles with a major focus on conditions under which children develop. Each student must propose an individual reading l i s t and have i t approved p r i o r t o the beginning of the interim. Amendments t o the reading l i s t may be proposed f o r approval during the f i r s t week of the interim. Each student must contact Dr. Johnson no l a t e r than December 1 s t f o r a handout providing suggestions and guidelines f o r reading l i s t development. Expectations will include extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal and a short summary paper. Prerequisites: Registration: Time: I 86105 General Psychology P/N only Room: Music 24 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM129 Study of Religion in t h e Public Schools 3f.Q RELIGION 87355 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe We wjll look b r i e f l y a t the h f s t o r l c a l j n t e r a c t i o n between r e l i g i o n and government i n p u b l i c education i n the United States. Laws w i l l be read and analyzed. The problems, resources and teaching m a t e r i a l s associated w f t h "teaching about re1 i g i o n " i n pub1 i c schools w i l l be analyzcd and discussed. The t h e o l o g i c a l imp1 i c a t i o n s In t h i s e n t i r e phenoa~enonw i l l be o f special concern. Lecture, small group a n a l y s i s and discussion, viewing and c r i t i q u i n g o f m a t e r i a l s . Two exams, several w r i t t e n / o r a l reports, assigned reading. Prerequisite: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Distribution: Yes Time: Room: I Music 23 T h e o l o g y of W o r s h i p & L i t u r g y RELIGION 87369 Instructor: David Fagerberg This i s an invest4gation of the theology o f Chrfstlan warship as i t fs expressed i n the 1 jturgy. By looking a t the 1iturglcal ractlees of the church i n both baptfsm'and the mass fespecfally In t e f i r s t three centuries) we will seek t o shed l i g h t on the character of worship, prayer, the baptismal covenant, sacri Pica, etc. The aim 3s n o t only to provide an fntroductfon t o I f turglcal studies, but also t o encourage a Leper personal apprec'lation o f worshtp. R E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n as drawn o u t o f t h e s t u d e n t ' s reading o f core m a t e r i a l , and t h e .student's p r o j e c t - i n t h e form o f e i t h e r a c l a s s p r e s e n t a t i o n o r a paper. Prerequisite: R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221 Distribution: Yes Time: I Room: Old Main 11 I I- C d \I 3MAUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM T r a i n i n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l a n d D r u g A b u s e SOCIAL WORK 95312 Contact: Eddie Hertzberg An i n t e n s i v e e x p e r i e n t i a l and d i d a c t i c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e i s combined w i t h a week-long experience i n a chemical dependency treatment agency. Students a r e evaluated according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n classes, e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and i n t h e chemical dependency agency. Enrollment i s very l i m i t e d . Fees: $100 Prerequisites: Time: Social Work 95257, s o c i a l work major and permission o f c o n t a c t person I& I 1 Room: Johnson I n s t i t u t e , 10700 Olson Memorial Highway, Minneapolis, MN. Domestic Violence: Old Phenomena, N e w Attention SOCIAL WORK 95410 Instructor: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Rosa1i e C l a r k To understand t h e incidence and prevalence o f domestic v i o l e n c e i n t h e present. To understand t h e h i s t o r y o f domestic violence c r o s s - c u l t u r a l l y . To understand t h e at terns o f domestic violence i n American s o c i e t y . To understand the consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y system and f o r t h e broader s o c i e t y : present and f u t u r e . To g a i n a beginning knowledge o f p o l i c i e s and programs which address domestic violence. Content: An overview o f the phenomena o f domestic violence i n c l u d i n g c o n t r i b u t i n g f a c t o r s , consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y and the broader s o c i e t y , and p o l i c i e s and programs i n America today which address t h e issue. Readings, classroom discussions and guest speakers w i l l provide course content. Course w i l l be p a r t i c u l a r l y h e l p f u l f o r students i n t h e human s e r v i c e f i e l d . Procedures and method o f e v a l u a t i o n : 4 course c r e d i t : paper and f i n a l exam 1 course c r e d i t : a d d i t i o n a l major, in-depth paper. P r e r e q u i s i t e : One course i n psychology, sociology o f f a m i l y o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r . Time: I1 Room: Music 24 AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIHl31 F i e l d Work i l l SOCIAL WORK 95466 Instructor: Doug Perry T h i s course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of e d u c a t i o n a l l y focused f i e l d placement i n a s o c i a l s e r v i c e agency [ F i e l d Work 11). Students w i l l spend 15 hours per week i n f i e l d placement, p l u s one hour per week i n f a c u l t y f a c i l i t a t e d supportive seminar held on campus. W r i t t e n evaluations w i l l be made by the F i e l d Work I n s t r u c t o r using p r e v i o u s l y developed c o n t r a c t and s o c i a l work e v a l u a t i o n forms. This course carries Prerequisites: Time: 4:OO-5:00 o n l y % course c r e d i t . F i e l d Work I 1 Room: Old Main 22 Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparatlve Study of Amerlcan Western and J a p a n e r e Samurai Films SOCIOLOGY 94233 I n s t r u c t o r s : J e r r y Gerasimo and John M i t c h e l l (See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 11 .) T h e S o c i o l o g y sf G a m b l i n g SOCIOLOGY 94313 Instructor: Gordon Nelson Recent s o c i o l o g i c a l research has looked a t gambling and i t s r e l a t i o n t o s o c i e t y . What type o f person i s l i k e l y t o gamble? What i s t h e nature o f t h e work-force i n t h e gambling i n d u s t r y ? I s gambling a s o c i a l problem o r a s o c i a l b e n e f i t ? These are some o f t h e questions asked i n published s o c i o l o g i c a l studies. The course w i l l focus on these studies. Students w i l l be expected t o read and discuss t h i s m a t e r i a l and t o pass a f i n a l examination. I n a d d i t i o n , i n order t o observe a gambling s o c i e t y w i t h i n a l e g a l i z e d s e t t i n g , t h e course w i l l i n c l u d e a f i e l d t r i p t o Las Vegas. Cost o f t h e f i e l d t r i p ( t r a v e l and lodging) w i l l be approximately $200. Prerequisites: Time: I Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r Room: Old Main 22 32/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Discussion and D e b a t e SPEECH 98112/98312 Instructor: Ray Anderson Discussion and debate w i l l be studied as phases of the cooperative problem-solving process embracing i n q u i r y and advocacy. The i n q u i r y phase w i l l i n c l u d e consideration o f both c r e a t i v e t h i n k i n g and c r i t i c a l t h i n k i n g w i t h emphasis on ways o f working w i t h groups t o achieve e f f e c t i v e use o f both c r e a t i v e and c r i t i c a l methods o f problem-sol ving. Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be varied. There w i l l be brainstorming sessions i n v o l v i n g various techniques; t h e r e w i l l be round-table discussions using t h e Dewey thought process; t h e r e w i l l be debates using various formats, and o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s . Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e a c t i v e l y every day. Evaluation wi 11 p e r t a i n t o d a i l y p a r t i c i p a t i o n , examinations on readings and l e c t u r e s , b u t c h i e f l y on t h e q u a l i t y o f student performance i n discussions and debates. Students t a k i n g t h e course f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l have a d d i t i o n a l reading and w r i t i n g assignments. Prerequisites: Distribution: Time: A beginning speech course i s h i g h l y desirable. Yes I1 Room: Old Main 13 Story T h e a t e r (Children's T h e a t e r ) SPEECH 98285 Instructor: Ailene Cole This c l a s s w i l l improvise, produce, and perform a c h i l d r e n ' s play. Whatever i s needed - s c r i p t , costumes, props, 1i g h t s , scenery, music, dance - w i l l be created and executed by the class. Performances a r e scheduled f o r t h e f i n a l week. Time: 9:30 1:00 - 12:OO 3:OO Room: Stage 11, Old Music AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM133 I n t e r c u l t u r a l Communication SPEECH 98331 Instructor: Joel Mugge This course will explore both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. We will examine several factors which contribute t o comunication barriers between cultures such a s ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols. The format of the course will include simulations, group exercises, one-to-one and small group interaction, and other intercultural experiences a s well as readings, lectures, and written assignments. I t i s hoped t h a t there will be students from several cultural groups in the c l a s s , so t h a t the class i t s e l f will be a laboratory for practicing comunication between cultures. The course i s particularly recommended f o r students planning t o study o r travel abroad. - Evaluation will be based on exams, papers, and an individual project. Freshmen may register only w i t h permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Old Main 18 34lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Other Courses These c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t t t u t i o n s o r groups n o t connected w i t h Augsburg b u t have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e C o l l e g e . Most c a r r y a t u i t i o n c o s t p l u s o t h e r expenses w h i c h a r e t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e s t u d e n t . F u l l e r d e , s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g l s t e r i n g a r e a v a i l a b l e i n t h e Interim Office. 10163 B a s i c Spinning, W e a v i n g , a n d D y e i n g O f f e r e d by t h e Weavers G u i l d o f M i n n e s o t a . - Tuition $159. 551 06 S k i l n t e r l m (Park C i t y , U t a h ) Comprehensive program w i t h l e s s o n s and seminars f o r a l l f r o m n o v i c e s t o e x p e r t s . Package f e e o f approximate1 y $844 i n c l u d e s e v e r y t h i n g e x c e p t meals and t r a n s p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. C o n t a c t Joyce P f a f f (330-1248) f o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and r e g i s t r a t i o n . 58120 W i l d e r n e s s (A branch o f Plymouth C h r i s t i a n Youth C e n t e r ) Three c o u r s e s a t t h e PCYC base on t h e edge o f t h e Boundary Waters Canoe Area i n N o r t h e r n Minnesota, n e a r Grand M a r a i s . 85399 Washington Interim A s t u d y i n t e r n s h i p p r o g r a n i n Washington, D.C. i n c o n n e c t i o n w i t h t h e Washington Center f o r L e a r n i n g A l t e r n a t i v e s . I n f o r m a t i o n on p r o j e c t s , h o u s i n g and f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e i s a v a i l a b l e f r o m Dr. Norma Noonan i n Memorial 113. 95312 T r a l n l n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l and D r u g A b u s e - I n t e n s i v e e x p e r l e n t ? a1 and d i d a c t j c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e combined w i t h week-1 ong e x p e r i e n c e i n chemical dependency t r e a t m e n t agency, S t u d e n t s a r e e v a l u a t e d according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n c l a s s e s , e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and I n t h e chemical dependency agency. E n r o l l m e n t i s v e r y l i m i t e d . - S o c i a l Work 95257, s o c i a l work m a j o r and p e r m i s s i o n o f c o n t a c t person, E d d i e H e r t z b e r g , a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Cost i s $100. 98251 PeacemakingIPIaymaking: A n Experience w i t h C o m m u n l t a maa t i c l i t e r a D r darm A s t u d y o f f o r m s o f revelation i n B i b l i c a and t u r e ( E u r i pedes , Shakespeare, Ibsen, inter) , supplemented by Y workshops i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , I m p r o v i s a t i o n , and a c t i n g . Communal l i v i n g p r o v i d e s a n i n f o r m a l s e t t i n g t o e x p l o r e t h e n a t u r e o f p l a y and i t s f u n c t i o n I n f o r m i n g j u s t and c r e a t i v e i d e n t i t i e s . The setting i s t h e ARC r e t r e a t cornmuni t y n e a r Cambridge, Minnesota. Mornings w i l l be s p e n t i n l e c t u r e and discussion, and a f t e r n o o n s In workshop s e s s i o n s focused on t h e i n v e n t i o n o f games. E v a l u a t i o n based on i n d i v i d u a l p r e s e n t a t i o n s and e x t e n s i v e j o u r n a l . I n s t r u c t e d by R i c h a r d H a r r i s o n and memb e r s o f t h e ARC community (Augsburg c o n t a c t p e r s o n J o e l Mugge). Course r u n s f r o m January 5-29 a t a c o s t o f $285. - AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM135 Lifetime Sports The f o l l o w i n g a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o students d u r i n g i n t e r i m . They do n o t c a r r y o f f i c i a l c r e d i t , b u t they do meet t h e l i f e - t i m e s p o r t s requirement f o r graduation. Students may p a r t i c i p a t e i n any one o f these w i t h o u t r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h e course, b u t w i l l be expected t o pay any fees whether-or n o t c r e d i t i s received. F o l k Dancing PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Time: E r n i e Anderson 12:OO-1: 00 Monday through Friday Running Room: Melby - A Positive Addiction PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Joyce P f a f f Students w i l l be developing and p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n a running program designed t o get and keep them i n shape. The c l a s s w i l l be i n d i v i d u a l i z e d t o t h e a b i l i t y and endurance l e v e l o f each p a r t i c i p a n t . There w i l l be no w r i t t e n t e s t s o r o u t s i d e assignments. D a i l y attendance i s required. Students must be w i l l i n g t o r u n outside. Time: 12:OO-1:00 (meets :an. 12-30) Room: Me1by Beginning K a r a t e and S e l f - D e f e n s e PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o "American" Karate. Form, Basic Techniques, and p r a c t i c a l usage w i l l be t a u g h t by c e r t i f i e d MKA Black B e l t I n s t r u c t o r . Fees: $20.00 f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n Time: 12:OO-1:00 Monday, Wednesday, F r i d a y 36/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM Room: Me1by
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1980
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result

Title: Augsburg College Graduate Catalog, 2016-2017
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: 2016-2017 GRADUATE CATALOG at Introduction Graduate Catalog 2016-2017 Official Publication of Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454 The Augsburg College Graduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and student policies an...
Show more 2016-2017 GRADUATE CATALOG at Introduction Graduate Catalog 2016-2017 Official Publication of Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454 The Augsburg College Graduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and student policies and procedures for Fall Semester 2016 - Summer Semester 2017. It is subject to change without notice. The catalog is intended to complement other College publications including the Student Guide and College website. It is important for students to be familiar with all College policies and procedures. Students are strongly encouraged to consult their advisor(s) at least once each semester to be certain they are properly completing degree requirements. Published 2016 Phone: 612-330-1000 www.augsburg.edu 1 A Greeting from the President I am pleased to know of your interest in Augsburg College’s exciting and innovative graduate programs. You are part of a select and discerning group of professionals who seek to find a graduate program that combines an excellent curriculum, a values-based approach to work, a talented and experienced faculty, and program formats that meet the needs of busy and successful people. Augsburg College’s graduate-level programs in Business Administration, Creative Writing, Education, Leadership, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, and Social Work are distinguished by the opportunities they provide students to expand decision-making and strategic skills. Augsburg College is characterized by a strong mission: Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged community that is committed to intentional diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran church, and shaped by its urban and global settings. For our graduate programs, this mission helps to shape an innovative educational experience that features an expansive perspective on social responsibility, economic realities, business initiative, and environmental sustainability. At Augsburg College we believe that our distinctive educational purpose is to help you find your calling, at work and in the world. Augsburg graduate programs are designed to offer you quality educational experiences, personal attention, and opportunities to expand your personal and professional talents and skills. We are confident that our graduates are prepared for leadership in our ever-changing global society, the hallmark of an Augsburg degree. Sincerely, Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D. President 2 Welcome from the Provost and Chief Academic Officer Welcome to graduate study at Augsburg College! Augsburg has a long history of preparing students for leadership in their communities and places of work. Across our array of graduate programs, our students acquire specialized knowledge in a discipline or field, engage in applied and collaborative learning, develop advanced intellectual skills; encounter diverse perspectives and ideas; test theory through real-world experiences, and equip themselves for the next stage in their vocational journeys. In joining the Augsburg community, you become part of the Augsburg story—a story of academic excellence, experiential education, intentional diversity, commitment to service in a spirit of mutuality, and dedication of faculty and staff to student learning. The College offers learning opportunities for traditional and adult students in state-of-theart physical and online classrooms. Our locations--in the Twin Cities, Rochester, and several international sites—offer opportunities to apply what you learn in the neighborhood, the local community, and in various urban and rural locations. Inspired by the faith of our Lutheran founders to be inclusive to the early immigrants who came to Augsburg’s doors, we welcome a diversity of cultures and faiths. Indeed, the diversity of our campus community helps ensure that our graduates are uniquely prepared to meet the challenges and opportunities ahead. We actively encourage interdisciplinary study and opportunities for students to collaborate with others across disciplines. We ground professional study in the best of the liberal arts tradition; we work to ensure that graduates from liberal arts disciplines are “career ready.” We embrace the best in both traditions as we equip our students for future success. While connected through these common commitments, each graduate program has its own distinctive identity and curriculum. Your program offers a disciplinary home where you will join a community of faculty, staff, and fellow students who will collectively extend your network of connections with prospective employers and expand your career opportunities. You will have access to Augsburg alumni mentors; you will have opportunities to develop new global connections through such public events as our annual Nobel Peace Prize Forum. We’re delighted that you’ll be joining us. Sincerely, Karen Kaivola Provost and Chief Academic Officer 3 About Augsburg At Augsburg College, we believe that graduate education should prepare gifted people for positions of leadership in their communities and places of work. Augsburg graduates will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a major field of study, but also the ability to apply critical thinking, problem solving, and advanced communication skills in a collaborative approach within that discipline, thereby engaging others with diverse perspectives in the work of advancing civic and global initiatives critical for a sustainable future. The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg mission, informed by the liberal and professional arts and sciences, to serve our neighbors in the heart of the city and out into the world with faith-based, ethical values. We welcome students from a diversity of backgrounds and experiences. Also, our programs look to the world through international courses and cultural exchanges. Mission Statement Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, “Education for Service,” and mission: Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged community that is committed to intentional diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran Church, and shaped by its urban and global settings. Augsburg Today Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota in 1872. A Rochester, Minnesota campus was added in 2002. A short history of Augsburg College can be found at www.augsburg.edu/about/history. Today, Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of its founders who believed:    Education should have a solid liberal arts core at the graduate level; this focus centers on the ability to think critically and broadly about the world and the work we do in it. An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and centers of faith. The city—with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity—is an unequaled learning environment. The vision of the College’s work today is lived out in the phrase, “We believe we are called to serve our neighbor.” Through common commitments to living faith, active citizenship, meaningful work, and global perspective, Augsburg prepares its students to become effective, ethical citizens in a complex global society. Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the following graduate degrees:          Master of Arts in Education* Master of Arts in Leadership Master of Arts in Nursing* Master of Business Administration* Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing Master of Music Therapy Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies Master of Social Work Doctor of Nursing Practice* (with tracks in Transcultural Nursing and Family Nurse Practitioner) 4 Augsburg offers the following dual degrees:    Bachelor of Arts in Accounting/Master of Arts in Leadership Master of Arts in Leadership/Master of Business Administration Master of Social Work/Master of Business Administration *Programs offered at both of Augsburg’s campuses (Minneapolis and Rochester, MN) A Community of Learners Essential to the goals of Augsburg’s graduate programs is participation in a community of adult learners. This community is enriched by the presence of men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages students to make use of all College facilities, whether a student in Minneapolis or Rochester, and to participate in College activities such as music and dramatic presentations and lecture/speaker events. Graduate Faculty The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider teaching and service to be the focus of their activity at the College. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but these support and are secondary to their teaching. Faculty are actively involved in a dynamic faculty development program that introduces them to best practices in teaching and learning techniques and theories. Augsburg’s small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisors and participate regularly in campus activities. 5 Locations Minneapolis Campus Augsburg College is located in the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul, Minnesota. The campus is bordered by Riverside Avenue and Interstate 94, near the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and the University of Minnesota Medical Center. Downtown Minneapolis is just minutes away, providing access to internships and careers with some of the country’s leading companies, as well as entertainment, arts, sports venues, shopping, dining, and transportation. The campus is blocks from the METRO Green and Blue light rail lines, which provide easy access to destinations in Minneapolis and St. Paul, as well as the Minneapolis International Airport. Rochester campus Augsburg’s branch campus in Rochester, Minnesota, was established in 1998 as a natural extension of the College’s mission and its expertise in teaching working adults. Graduate degrees and undergraduate majors including business, education, and nursing, are offered on the Rochester campus. Graduate programs in Rochester include the Master of Business Administration, Master of Arts in Nursing*, Master of Arts in Education*, and Doctor of Nursing Practice*. The Rochester campus classrooms and offices are located at Bethel Lutheran Church (ELCA), just a few blocks south of downtown Rochester. Home to approximately 110,000 residents, Rochester is a city that enjoys a rich ethnic diversity and superior technological resources. Augsburg classes in Rochester meet on a semester schedule with classes taking place on alternating weekday evenings and on occasional Saturdays, making them accessible to working adults. Students may also take courses within their program on the Minneapolis campus. Students at the Rochester campus are Augsburg College students. They are supported through an array of e-learning resources ranging from access to Lindell Library databases to the use of online course management software. Information about the Rochester campus is available at augsburg.edu/rochester or by calling the Rochester office at 507-288-2886. *Program includes some Minneapolis courses. Abroad Locations Augsburg is enhanced by its global centers in Namibia, Mexico, and Central America. Students can perform research, take courses, or consult with faculty in those locations to gain new perspectives on their disciplines. 6 Facilities Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the two tower residence halls, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Lindell Library, Oren Gateway Center, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication. Admissions Office—The Office of Admissions is located on the lower level of Christensen Center. Anderson Hall (1993)—Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, President of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, and this residence hall is located at 2016 8th Street. Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 students, as well as the Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies; Center for Global Education; and the Office of Marketing and Communication. Center for Wellness and Counseling—The Center for Wellness and Counseling offers programs and services that enhance student learning by promoting personal development and well-being. Christensen Center (1967)—The College center, with the Admissions Office, student lounge and recreational areas, the Strommen Center for Meaningful Work, the Commons dining facility and Einstein Bros. Bagels, two art galleries, copy center, and offices for student government and student publications. Edor Nelson Field—The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue, is the playing and practice field of many of the Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome covers the field during winter months, allowing year-round use. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication (1988)—The Foss Center is named in recognition of the Julian and June Foss family. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium are also housed in this complex, which provides space for campus ministry, the drama and communication offices. Ice Arena (1974)—Two skating areas provide practice space for hockey and figure skating, and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Kennedy Center (2007)—Completed in 2007 as a three-story addition to Melby Hall and named for Dean (’75) and Terry Kennedy, it features a state-of-the-art wrestling training center, fitness center, classrooms for health and physical education, and hospitality facilities. The James G. Lindell Family Library (1997)—This library and information technology center houses all library functions and brings together the computer technology resources of the College. It also houses the Gage Center for Student Success. The library is located on the corner of 22nd Avenue and 7th Street and the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS). Luther Hall (1999)—Named for theologian Martin Luther, Luther Hall is a three-story apartment complex along 20th Avenue, between 7th and 8th Streets that houses juniors and seniors in units from efficiencies to two-bedroom suites. Melby Hall (1961)—Named in honor of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity Department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center, and general auditorium purposes. The Ernie Anderson Center Court was dedicated in 2001. Mortensen Hall (1973)—Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, the Department of Public Safety and a lounge area. Charles S. Anderson Music Hall (1978)—Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios, and offices for the music faculty. Old Main (1900)—Home for the Department of Art and the Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. Oren Gateway Center (2007)—Named for lead donors and alumni Don and Beverly Oren, it is home for the StepUP program, Institutional Advancement offices, the Alumni and Parent and Family Relations Offices, Bernhard Christensen Center for Vocation, the Master of Business Administration Program, the Master of Arts in Leadership program, the 7 Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing program, and substance-free student housing. It also houses the Barnes & Noble Augsburg Bookstore, Nabo Café, Gage Family Art Gallery, and the Johnson Conference Center. Science Hall (1949)—Houses classrooms; laboratories for biology, chemistry, and physics; mathematics; a medium-sized auditorium; faculty offices, administrative offices, and various other program offices. Sverdrup Hall (1955)—Named in honor of Augsburg’s fourth president, it contains the Enrollment Center, as well as classrooms and faculty offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall (1938)—Built as a residence hall and named in honor of Augsburg’s second and third presidents, it contains the President’s Office, Human Resources, and other administrative and faculty offices. Urness Hall (1967)—Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, this tower provides living quarters for 324 firstyear students. Each floor is a “floor unit,” providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. 8 Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships Augsburg College is accredited by:       The Higher Learning Commission (HLC) National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) (Bachelor, and Master level degrees) Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA) Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) (Bachelor, Master and Doctoral level degrees) Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) (Bachelor, and Master level degrees) American Music Therapy Association (AMTA) (Bachelor, and Master level degrees) Augsburg’s programs are approved or monitored by:       American Chemical Society (ACS) American Music Therapy Association (AMTA) Minnesota Board of Teaching Minnesota Board of Nursing Minnesota Office of Higher Education (MOHE) National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) Augsburg College is an institutional member of:                     American Association of Colleges and Universities (AACU) American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education (AACTE) American Association of Higher Education (AAHE) American Music Therapy Association, Inc. (AMTA) Association of International Education Administrators (AIEA) Campus Compact Council of Independent Colleges (CIC) Council on International Educational Exchange (CIEE) Diversity Abroad Network The Forum on Education Abroad Institute of International Education (IIE) Lutheran Education Council in North America (LECNA) National Association of International Educators (NAFSA) National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) National Society for Experiential Education (NSEE) Physician Assistant Education Association Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) Minnesota Private College Council MPCC) Twin Cities Adult Education Alliance (TCAEA) Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education pursuant to sections 136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Credits earned at the institution may not transfer to all other institutions. Minnesota Office of Higher Education, 1450 Energy Park Dr., Suite 350, St. Paul, MN 55108, www.ohe.state.mn.us; 651-642-0533. 9 Policies Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, religious belief, national or ethnic origin, age, disability, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, marital status, familial status, genetic information, status with regard to public assistance, or citizenship in its educational policies, admissions policies, employment, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school-administered programs, except in those instances where there is a bona fide occupational qualification or to comply with state or federal law. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and students with disabilities. (Approved by Board of Regents on October, 2014) For further information, please contact the College’s Title IX Officer: Ann Garvey| Vice President of Student Affairs| Student Affairs Memorial Hall, Room 118G| 612-330-1168| garvey@augsburg.edu Additionally, the College has four Deputy Officers: Deputy Officer for Students: Sarah Griesse| Dean of Students Memorial Hall, Room 118F| 612-330-1489| griesse@augsburg.edu Deputy Officer for Employees: Lisa Stock| Director and Chief Human Resources Officer Memorial Hall, Room 19| 612-330-1783| stock@augsburg.edu Deputy Officer for Athletics: Kelly Anderson Diercks| Associate Athletic Director Si Melby Hall, Room 205E| 612-330-1245| diercks@augsburg.edu Deputy Officer: Leif Anderson| Vice President and Chief Information Officer Memorial Hall, Room 124D| 612-330-1497| andersol@augsburg.edu The Deputies work with the Title IX Coordinator to identify any patterns or systemic problems that arise and may assist as investigators of complaints. Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg College is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following: Right to inspect and review education records You have the right to review and inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg College. The student must request to review their education records in writing with their signature. The College will respond in a reasonable time, but no later than 45 days after receiving the request. 10 Right to request amendment of education records You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy. This includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education records according to your request. Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information You have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records, except to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. One such exception which permits disclosure without consent is for disclosure to school officials who have legitimate education interests. A school official is a person employed by the College in an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); person or company with whom the College has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a person serving on the board of regents, or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another school official performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility. Right to withhold disclosure of “directory information” FERPA uses the term “Directory Information” to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg College without notification of the request or disclosure to the student. Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the directory information listed below. Please consider very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to withhold directory information. Should you decide to inform Augsburg College not to release Directory Information, any future request for such information from persons or organizations outside of Augsburg College will be refused. “Directory information” includes the following:               The student’s name The student’s address The student’s telephone number The student’s e-mail address The student’s date and place of birth The student’s major and minor field of study The student’s academic class level The student’s enrollment status (FT/HT/LHT) The student’s participation in officially-recognized activities and sports The student’s degrees and awards received (including dates) The weight and height of members of athletic teams The student’s dates of attendance Previous educational agencies or institutions attended by the student The student’s photograph Augsburg College will honor your request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that such information be withheld. The Registrar’s Office must be notified in writing of your intent to withhold your Directory Information. Right to complain to FERPA Office You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Policy Compliance Office, US Department of Education, 400 Maryland Ave. SW, Washington, DC, 20202, concerning Augsburg’s failure to comply with FERPA. 11 Reporting Educational Information Letters of reference must be requested in writing and explicitly indicate what information may be reported in the letter. Annual Security Report The Annual Security Report (ASR) for Augsburg College contains statistics on reported crimes on and near Augsburg property and campus, as well as institutional policies concerning campus security and crime. The Department of Public Safety prepares this annual Crime Report to comply with the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Crime Statistics Act. The report is available online at www.augsburg.edu/dps/reports. For a printed copy, contact Augsburg’s Department of Public Safety at 612-330-1717. Copyright Policy Augsburg College Graduate Programs follows the norms of the US Copyright Law in granting exclusive rights under the Copyright Act to faculty and student authors to reproduce their original works, to use them as the basis for derivative. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matter of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal, as outlined in the Augsburg Student Guide, at inside.augsburg.edu/studentaffairs/studentguide. Official Notices A College-provided e-mail account shall be an official means of communication with students, faculty, and staff of Augsburg College. Students, faculty, and staff are responsible for all information sent to them via the College-provided email account. Students should regularly check their e-mail account. If a student, faculty or staff member chooses to forward their Augsburg e-mail, they are responsible for all information and attachments sent to the forwarded e-mail account. Students will also receive official notices via the A-Mail online publication and should routinely review the AMail. 12 Admission All graduate programs require students to have a bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution or an equivalent degree from outside the US. All graduate students must submit completed applications. Each graduate program also has additional program requirements, which may include coursework, professional experience, testing, etc. See the program sections for these additional requirements. Please refer to each individual program’s catalog section (below) for additional instructions and for detailed information on applying to graduate programs, refer to the Graduate Admissions website at www.augsburg.edu/grad. Readmission Graduate students who have not registered for courses at Augsburg College for two or more semesters, must apply for readmission through the Registrar’s Office to resume attendance. Students who have attended other institutions during their absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Registrar’s Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. The last day to receive approval for readmission to the College and register for classes is the Friday prior to the start of the term. Pending approval by the graduate program, students who left on probation or who were dismissed from the College must have their readmission application and file reviewed by the program director. (Please consult with individual programs for information regarding readmission process). Non-degree Students Individuals may take coursework at Augsburg College as a non-degree-seeking student. Non-degree students can enroll on a space-available basis. Registration dates are included in the College’s Academic Calendar. Admission requires program director approval, and the student must be in good standing at all previously attended institutions. To apply for admission as a non-degree seeking student, submit the completed application, academic intent, and unofficial transcript from the bachelor’s degree granting institution to the Admissions Office. Some programs may have additional application requirements. A bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited institution is the minimum requirement for admission. Students who have earned a bachelor’s degree outside of the United States must submit a copy of a foreign credential evaluation from World Education Services (WES) or the National Association of Credential Evaluators (NACES) to confirm it is equivalent to a United States bachelor’s degree or greater. Non-degree status is conferred for only one term of enrollment. Additional terms require reapplication as a non-degree seeking student. Students may count up to 6-8 semester credits earned as a non-degree seeking student toward an Augsburg College degree with approval from the program director. Non-degree seeking students who wish to pursue a degree must reapply for admission by submitting the completed application, academic intent, official transcript from the bachelor’s degree granting institution, and any additional materials required by the program. International Students Augsburg College graduate programs encourage qualified applicants from other countries to apply. An F-1 student is a nonimmigrant who is pursuing a “full course of study” to achieve a specific educational or professional objective at an academic institution in the United States that has been designated by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to offer courses of study to such students, and has been enrolled in SEVIS (Student and Exchange Visitor Information System). 13 A student acquires F-1 status using form I-20, issued by a DHS-approved school through SEVIS. Status is acquired in one of two ways:   If the student is abroad, by entering the United States with the I-20 and an F-1 visa obtained at a US consulate. If the student is already in the United States and not currently in F-1 status, by sending the I-20 to USCIS (United States Citizenship and Immigration Services) with an application for change of nonimmigrant status. A student who is maintaining valid F-1 status may transfer from another DHS-approved school to Augsburg by following the transfer procedures set forth in the F-1 regulations. In addition to fulfilling all general admission requirements for a particular graduate program, prospective F-1 students must also comply with the following: English Proficiency Requirements for International Graduate Applicants To meet Augsburg College admission requirements, you must provide evidence of a sufficient command of both written and spoken English to study college courses conducted entirely in English. Below is a list of the tests and programs Augsburg College accepts as evidence for English proficiency.           TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) www.toefl.org Score report of 80 on the Internet-based TOEFL (iBT) with a sub-score of 20 on the written and 20 on the speaking sections. (The Augsburg College TOEFL code is 6014.) IELTS (International English Language Testing System) www.ielts.org Score report of 6.5. MELAB (Michigan English Language Assessment Battery) www.cambridgemichigan.org/melab Score report of 80, and score report must be accompanied by an official letter from the testing coordinator. Successful completion of a previous undergraduate or graduate degree at an accredited college or university in the US, the United Kingdom, Ireland, English-speaking Canada, New Zealand, or Australia. Score reports must be sent to Augsburg directly from the testing center. Score reports must not be more than two years old. Foreign Credential Evaluation Augsburg requires foreign credential evaluation for any transcript(s) from an institution outside of the United States. This evaluation should include the following:       Analysis of credentials to determine if your degree is equivalent to an accredited US bachelor’s degree Verification the degree is equivalent, at a minimum, to a four-year US bachelor’s degree is required. Course-by-course evaluation to show your complete course listing with credit values and grades received for each course, may also be required for specific programs. Calculation of grade point average to demonstrate your cumulative grade point average using the standard US grading system, i.e., A=4.0, B=3.0, C=2.0, D=1.0, F=0.0. Translation to English (if applicable) The evaluation report must be sent directly to Augsburg’s Office of Admissions. Refer to World Education Services at www.wes.org or the National Association of Credential Evaluators (NACES) at www.naces.org for information on how to obtain a foreign credential evaluation. Proof of Financial Support International applicants must provide reliable documentation that they have financial resources adequate to meet expenses for the duration of their academic program, which include tuition and fees, books and supplies, room and board, health insurance, personal expenses, and living expenses for dependents (if applicable). 14 Funds may come from any dependable source, including scholarships, fellowships, sponsoring agencies, personal funds, or funds from the student’s family. Documentation of scholarships and fellowships may be in the form of an official award letter from the school or sponsoring agency; documentation of personal or family funds should be on bank letterhead stationery, or in the form of a legally binding affidavit. Government Form I-134, Affidavit of Support, or Augsburg’s Financial Sponsorship form can be used to document support being provided by a US citizen or US legal permanent resident. All financial documents such as bank statements must be dated within three months prior to the date of application. Health Insurance All F-1 international students and their dependents (if applicable) are required to have adequate health insurance coverage for the duration of their program. International students will be enrolled in the Augsburg international student plan unless they fill out a waiver verifying proof of coverage through an alternative provider for the same period. 15 Financing Your Education Costs The Board of Regents approves the costs for the academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. Augsburg reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Full-Time vs. Half-Time Graduate students will need to be enrolled in 3 credits to be considered half-time and 6 credits to be considered fulltime. Tuition and Fees           Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP) Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN) Master of Arts in Education (MAE) Master of Arts in Education Tribal (MAET) Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) Master of Fine Arts (MFA) Master of Social Work (MSW) Master of Business Administration (MBA) Master of Arts in Music Therapy (MMT) Master of Science in Physician Assistant (MPA) $921 per 1.0 credit $703 per 1.0 credit $485 per 1.0 credit UMD Rate $799 per 1.0 credit $642 per 1.0 credit $668 per 1.0 credit $799 per 1.0 credit $822 per 1.0 credit $761 per 1.0 credit* *2015 start cohort Tuition Students are charged per credit. All associated costs must be paid by the beginning of each semester to avoid accruing finance charges, unless you have enrolled in an official payment plan through Student Financial Services. Fees Specific courses or programs may have additional fees associated with them, such as lab or supply fees. DNP Fee MAN Fee $55 $55 Payments Semester Charges Prior to the start of each semester, a statement of estimated charges showing charges and financial aid credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student via e-mail. All statements are available online through AugNet’s Records and Registration site. Payments can be made online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/make-a-payment. Augsburg may charge late fees and interest on delinquent accounts. Review the full policy regarding past due balances online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/disclosure Payment Options Augsburg College offers payment plan options for all students. Information about payment plans is available online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/payment-plans-and-discounts. 16 Payment Policy Students at Augsburg College are obligated to pay Term Fees and additional charges when they register for each academic term. “Term Fees” include tuition, room and board charges and other fees initiated during your time as a student. Students are responsible to pay for all of these charges regardless of whether financial aid is received or employers or other third parties pay as agreed. “Term Fees” are subject to refund only to the extent allowed under the Augsburg College Tuition Refund Policy. Augsburg accepts the following forms of payment: Cash Students and guest payers may make cash payments in-person at the Enrollment Center. Cash should never be mailed. Students will receive a receipt of their cash payment. Check Students and guest payers may pay their term fees via check either in-person at the Enrollment Center, through mail, or online using e-check/ACH. A $30 NSF Fee will be added for any payment returned by the bank for Non-Sufficient Funds. A receipt will automatically be sent electronically for any online payments. Students who pay in-person or through mail may request a receipt of the check payment. Credit Card/Debit Card Students and guest payers may make student account payments online with a Visa, MasterCard, Discover, or American Express credit card. As of June 10th, 2016, Augsburg will no longer accept credit card or debit card payments in-person, over the phone, or through the mail. Credit cards will only be accepted online via Cashnet, a vendor contracted by Augsburg. Because Cashnet charges Augsburg for their services, a credit card service fee of 2.75 percent will be associated with any credit card payment made to the college. This is to offset the approximately $250,000 in costs that Augsburg accrues annually for providing credit card payment options to our students. Augsburg will not receive any part of the service fee and will not be profiting from it. Financial Aid All students who wish to be considered for financial assistance must reapply each year. In addition to reapplying for aid, students must make satisfactory academic progress toward the attainment of their degree or certificate as stipulated in the Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) section of this catalog. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg may be a combination of grants and loans. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependent family members, other educational expenses, retirement needs, and special considerations. Types of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). Institutional Grants/Discounts Augsburg offers grants/discounts for a variety of different students. Specific information about the different grants and scholarships, along with eligibility requirements, can be found online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/paymentplans-and-discounts. 17 Loan Assistance Graduate students must be enrolled at least half-time in order to receive federal loans. Three semester credits per term is considered half-time. Six semester credits per term is considered full-time.     Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Student Loan Interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to accrue and be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan). Federal Graduate Loan Program (PLUS) Graduate PLUS is a loan program to help graduate students meet college costs. Students may borrow up to the cost of attendance (minus all other student financial aid). Further information about loan programs can be found online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial. Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) Federal regulations require that all higher education institutions establish and implement a policy to measure whether students [1] receiving financial aid [2] are making satisfactory academic progress toward the completion of a degree. The purpose of this policy is to make sure that students who receive financial aid are using this money wisely. It is meant to curtail the use of financial aid by students who fail to successfully complete their course work. Failure to meet the following standards makes a student ineligible for all institutional, federal, and state financial aid. Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress  Minimum GPA requirements: Graduate Students must maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA based on the entire academic record.  Minimum Credits Completed: Graduate Students must earn a cumulative 66.67% of the credits attempted based on the entire academic record. A completed credit has a grade of 4.0 – 2.5 or P. Credits earned and completed will include accepted cumulative transfer credits as defined by the Registrar’s Office. Unsatisfactory grades “W (withdrawn),” “I (Incomplete),” “0.0/F/FN (Zero),” and “N (Not Passing)” are counted towards the cumulative attempted credits. Repeated and remedial courses are not counted towards the cumulative attempted credits.  Maximum Time Frame: To demonstrate academic progress, graduate students must complete their degree objective within 150% of the length of the program. Monitoring and Evaluating Progress In order to ensure SAP standards are being met, the Student Financial Services Office will evaluate students’ academic achievement at the end of each term. After the student’s record is evaluated and the Student Financial Services Office determines the student’s GPA or completion rate to be unsatisfactory, the student will be placed on Financial Aid Warning or Financial Aid Suspension. Students will be notified through their Augsburg email if they fail to meet SAP standards. Financial Aid Warning A student who fails to meet SAP standards will be placed on Financial Aid Warning for the following term of enrollment. Students placed on Financial Aid Warning will still be eligible to receive financial aid. Financial Aid Warning will last for one term. If at the end of the term, the student meets SAP standards the Financial Aid Warning will conclude. Students currently on Financial Aid Warning who do not meet SAP standards at the end of the term will be placed on Financial Aid Suspension. Financial Aid Suspension A student who fails to meet either the minimum GPA requirement and/or minimum credits attempted while on Financial Aid Warning will be placed on Financial Aid Suspension. A student on Financial Aid Suspension is ineligible to receive any form of financial aid. A student on Financial Aid Suspension may submit an appeal to reinstate their financial aid. Financial Aid Suspension will conclude when the student meets SAP standards, or successfully appeals. 18 Financial Aid will be suspended when a student placed on Financial Aid Suspension does not meet SAP standards. Because grades may not be available before the beginning of the next scheduled term, it is possible that financial aid may be disbursed to a student before the review can be conducted. In the event that a student is found to be ineligible for the financial aid that has been disbursed due to a failure to meet one of the Standards, the aid that was disbursed will be canceled, and returned to the appropriate program(s). Right to Appeal Students who have had their financial aid suspended may submit the SAP Appeal Form to the Student Financial Services Office. The SAP Appeal Form must be completely filled out, along with any additional documents required by the SAP Committee. The appeal should state reasons why the student failed to meet SAP standards, and what changed for the student that will allow the student to demonstrate progress towards meeting SAP standards. The appeal will be decided by the SAP Committee. All decisions made by the Committee are final. If a student’s appeal is approved they will be placed on Financial Aid Probation. If a student’s appeal is denied they will remain on Financial Aid Suspension and will remain ineligible for financial aid. Financial Aid Probation A student who has been placed on Financial Aid Suspension and successfully appeals SAP will be place on Financial Aid Probation. A student on Financial Aid Probation will be eligible to receive financial aid. Financial Aid Probation will last for one term. If at the end of the term, the students meets SAP standards, the Financial Aid Probation will conclude. Students currently on Financial Aid Probation who do not meet the standards at the end of the term will be placed on Financial Aid Suspension. [1] Financial Aid is defined as: Augsburg Institutional Aid, Federal Title IV funding, and Minnesota State Financial Aid programs. Student Account Financial Disclosure Students at Augsburg College are obligated to pay Term Fees and additional charges when they register for each academic term. “Term Fees” include tuition, room and board charges and other fees initiated during your time as a student. Students are responsible to pay for all of these charges regardless of whether financial aid is received or employers or other third parties pay as agreed. “Term Fees” are subject to refund only to the extent allowed under the Augsburg College Tuition Refund Policy. Statements and account history are available online through AugNet Records and Registration. Augsburg College may require someone to co-sign on the students’ obligations in special cases, such as when a student has a history of late or missed payments. When a co-signer’s signature is required, both students and co-signers are responsible for payment of all costs incurred (including collection costs and fees of any collection agency and/or attorney, if applicable) and all other conditions outlined on the Student Account Financial Disclosure. Results of Balances Not Paid in Full Augsburg may charge late fees and interest on delinquent accounts. Missed or late payments will be subject to a late payment charge and/or a finance charge on the overdue balance from the date the balance was due until payment in full is received. If your account is not paid in full on the first day of the term, finance charges at the rate of 8% per year (.67% per month) will be added onto your student account balance. For example, this means that for every $1,000 owed you will receive $6.70 a month in finance charges. A $30 NSF Fee will be added for any payment returned by the bank for Non-Sufficient Funds. Past Due Accounts If the student does not set up a formal payment plan with Augsburg’s Student Financial Services department, Augsburg reserves the right to demand payment of the entire balance owed by that student and to take steps to collect it. Augsburg may cancel the student’s registration, prevent the student from registering for future terms, withhold 19 transcripts or diplomas, remove the student from on-campus housing, turn the student’s account over to a collection agency or take legal action to collect any past due balance. Each student authorizes Augsburg to release financial information about her or his account and other pertinent information such as address and phone number to third parties who are dealing with the collection of the account balance. By providing us with a telephone number for a cellular phone or other wireless device, you are expressly consenting to receive communications – including but not limited to prerecorded or artificial voice message calls, text messages, and calls made by an automatic telephone dialing system – from us and our affiliates and agents at that number. This express consent applies to each such telephone number that you provide to us now or in the future and permits such calls regardless of their purpose. Calls and messages may incur access fees from your cellular provider. Each student also agrees to reimburse Augsburg College, or its agents, the fees of any collection agency, which may be based on a percentage at a maximum of 40% of the debt, and all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, we incur in such collection efforts. Please note that, due to the Bankruptcy Reform Act, educational benefits are generally exempt from discharge under bankruptcy. The terms of this agreement remain in effect until all Term Fees and other charges are paid in full. Financial Policy Registration is permitted only if the student’s account for a previous term is paid in full or if the student is making scheduled payments in accordance with an approved payment plan. Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts or graduation diplomas/certificates until all student account charges are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Federal Perkins Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. Tuition Refund Students are eligible for a 100% tuition refund for any courses they drop without notation through the date labeled “Last day to drop without a ‘W’ grade & 100% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar. After this date, students are no longer eligible for any refund of tuition unless they withdraw from all of their courses. This policy is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. Students withdrawing from all of a term’s courses may receive a 50% tuition refund when they withdraw by the date labeled “Last day to withdraw with 50% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar. Students are responsible for cancelling courses through the Registrar’s Office (or online) in order to be eligible for any refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do not complete the drop/add form are responsible for all charges. Financial aid may be adjusted based on the student’s last recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations are based on the date that the drop/add form is processed. Medical Refund If a student is forced to withdraw from one or more courses in a term due to illness or an accident, a request for a medical refund should be made through the Academic/Financial Petition. Petition forms are available through the Registrar’s Office website. An extra medical refund may be granted by the Committee upon submission of documentation from the attending doctor, on letterhead, verifying the medical circumstances. Unofficial Withdrawal Federal regulations require that records of financial aid recipients who earn failing grades in all their classes be reviewed. If courses are not completed (e.g., unofficial withdrawal, stopped attending), the College is required to refund financial aid to the appropriate sources according to federal or Augsburg refund policies based on the last recorded date of attendance. Students are responsible for the entire cost of the term including the portion previously covered by financial aid should they stop attending. Students are strongly urged to follow guidelines for complete withdrawal from college. If there are extenuating circumstances, a petition to have the cost of tuition refunded can be made. Petition forms are available online through the Registrar’s Office website. 20 A student who registers, does not attend any classes, and does not withdraw may petition to withdraw retroactively. The student must petition within six months of the end of term and provide proof of non-attendance. Proof can include, but is not limited to, statements from each instructor that the student never attended, or documentation of attendance for the term at another college or university. If approved, grades of W will be recorded and tuition charges for the term will be replaced with an administrative cancellation fee of $300. Financial Aid Policy Financial aid such as federal, state, and institutional grants and scholarships are awarded based upon the total number of registered credits on the “Last day to add with faculty signature – Full Semester class” as noted on the Academic Calendar. Students must register for internships, Time 2 classes, and ACTC classes before the “Last day to add with faculty signature-Full Semester class”. Financial aid will not be adjusted for classes added after this date. Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester by actively attending and participating in classes throughout the semester. Financial aid is recalculated when students do any of the following: drop classes without a “W” grade, fail to begin classes, cease to attend classes, fail all classes, or fully withdraw from all classes. Financial Aid - Return of Aid Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester. A student can earn their aid by attending classes, or in the event of hybrid/online courses, be an active participant in the course. Federal/State Aid Adjustments Augsburg is required to return unearned federal/state aid for students who fully withdraw from their courses. Student are eligible to keep more aid the longer they attend their courses. After 60% of the term has passed, students are eligible to keep all of their federal/state aid. If you are planning to completely withdraw from your courses, please see a Student Financial Services counselor to determine what aid may need to be returned. Institutional Aid Adjustments Augsburg will return institutional aid for students who partially withdraw or fully withdraw from courses. If students withdraw from their courses they will receive a 50% tuition refund and 50% of their institutional aid will be removed. If a student withdraws after the last day to receive a tuition refund, there will be no adjustment to their institutional aid. Credit Refund Augsburg students may be eligible to receive a credit refund if their financial aid exceeds tuition and fee charges for a term. Credit refunds are issued within two weeks after the last day to drop courses without recorded notation. Financial Aid needs to be finalized (You can verify your financial aid status online through Track Your Financial Aid) and applied to a student’s account (Check your Transaction History online to verify all of your financial aid has been applied to your account and nothing is left pending) before the credit refund can be issued. Changes in enrollment status, housing status, and program status may affect financial aid eligibility and credit refunds. Students who are enrolled less than half-time (less than 6.0 credits for undergraduates, less than 3.0 credit for graduates) may not be eligible for financial aid; however, students may apply for private alternative loans. Registration changes made from the first week of the term through midterm may require a return of financial aid funds. Students who drop courses may receive a tuition refund, but some forms of financial aid may have to be adjusted before a refund will be available. Financial aid return of funds may take up to 30-45 days to be processed. Bookstore Students who are registered for the upcoming term will be allowed to charge up to $700 to their student account. Students DO NOT need to request a bookstore account this year. Please plan ahead and purchase books and supplies before the scheduled cut off dates; plan ahead for courses that start midterm as you will be unable to charge anything to your student account after the cut-off date. 21 Students’ accounts will be billed for only what was spent on their bookstore accounts before credit refunds are issued. If your bookstore charges create a balance on your account, you need to make payments in accordance with your statement. Bookstore purchases charged to a student account are intended for students who have excess financial aid funds to cover their tuition, fees, AND their books or supplies. Please contact Student Financial Services before you purchase books if you need to discuss payment options. Due to the financial aid cycle, you can only charge expenses to your bookstore account during specific times. Third Party If you are expecting a third party to cover the cost of your books, you will need to turn in an itemized receipt of your purchases to the Student Financial Services Office, along with your invoice request. Additional Funds If the cost of your textbooks and supplies are above $700 in one term, you have enough financial aid to cover the additional costs, and you would like to charge the additional amount to your student account, please send the following information to Student Financial Services (studentfinances@augsburg.edu). All requests need to be in writing. Subject: Request for additional funds Full Name: Student ID number: Additional request: Students will receive an e-mail when the additional request has been processed. Accounts are opened as quickly as possible, but it could take up to two business days for activation. Consumer Information Loss of Financial Aid Due to Drug Offense A student, who is convicted of a state or federal offense involving the possession or sale of an illegal drug that occurred while the student was enrolled in school and receiving Title IV aid, is not eligible for Title IV funds. [An illegal drug is a controlled substance as defined by the Controlled Substance Act and does not include alcohol and tobacco. A borrower’s eligibility is based on the student’s self-certification on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Convictions that are reversed, set aside or removed from the student’s record, or a determination arising from a juvenile court proceeding do not affect eligibility and do not need to be reported by the student. A student who is convicted of a drug-related offense that occurred while the student was enrolled in school and receiving Title IV aid loses Title IV eligibility as follows: For the possession of illegal drugs: First offense: one year from the date of conviction. Second offense: two years from the date of the second conviction. Third offense: indefinitely from the date of the third conviction. For the sale of illegal drugs: First offense: two years from the date of conviction. Second offense: indefinitely from the date of the second conviction. A school must provide a student who loses Title IV eligibility due to a drug-related conviction with a timely, separate, clear, and conspicuous written notice. The notice must advise the student of his or her loss of Title IV eligibility and the ways in which the student may regain that eligibility. 22 Regaining Eligibility after a Drug Conviction A student may regain eligibility at any time by completing an approved drug rehabilitation program and by informing the school that he or she has done so. A student regains Title IV eligibility on the date he or she successfully completes the program. A drug rehabilitation program is considered approved for these purposes if it includes at least two unannounced drug tests and meets one of the following criteria:     The program received or is qualified to receive funds directly or indirectly under a federal, state, or local government program. The program is administered or recognized by a federal, state, or local government agency or court. The program received or is qualified to receive payment directly or indirectly from a federally or state licensed insurance company. The program administered or recognized by a federally or state-licensed hospital, health clinic, or medical doctor. Policies may change throughout an academic year if necessary to comply with federal, state, or institutional changes or regulations. 23 Student Resources/Academic and Support Services Lindell Library Resources Since 1997 the James G. Lindell Family Library has been home to a wide variety of print and digital collections, now numbering almost 200,000 books, 60,000 e-books, 60,000 e-journals, 4,000 movies on DVD or VHS, and more than 120 databases. Through its streaming video services, Lindell Library provides access to an additional 50,000+ educational videos. Lindell also houses significant collections of juvenile literature and K-12 curriculum materials, as well as the College’s archives and special collections. If that still isn’t enough, Lindell Library belongs to CLIC, Cooperating Libraries in Consortium, a network of seven private liberal arts colleges in the Twin Cities. Augsburg students can borrow books and videos from any of the other CLIC libraries and get those materials delivered directly to Lindell Library through CLIC’s daily courier service. Research Support Research Support Research help is always available, either online or in person, at Lindell Library’s Learning Commons. Our research guides, available on the library’s website, provide access to key research materials on topics as wide-ranging as health and physical education, film studies, computer science, or music therapy. Students can talk to an expert in person at Lindell’s Learning Commons desk, by phone at 612-330-1604, by email at refdesk@augsburg.edu, or chat with an expert 24/7 through our Ask-A-Librarian service at library.augsburg.edu. Other Cool Stuff Libraries are more than just books and databases, they are places to gather for collaborative research or quiet study and reflection. At Lindell Library, you can do both. Ten group study rooms are available on the top floor of Lindell Library, and can be reserved up to two weeks in advance. The lower level is a designated quiet study space for those who prefer to work alone. Whether working alone or in a large group, Augsburg students can check out a laptop from the Library’s Circulation Desk. Other equipment is also available for check out; just ask our friendly staff for assistance. The staff at Lindell Library are eager to help you with all your research needs. Stop by anytime that the library is open (hours are always posted on the library’s website), or contact us at: library.augsburg.edu refdesk@augsburg.edu 612-330-1604 Information Technology Services Augsburg College has built a reputation as a leader in its commitment to provide students with relevant and timely access to information technology and training. Visit the Student Technology website, inside.augsburg.edu/techdesk, for more on Information Technology at Augsburg. Computing Students have access to more than 250 on-campus computers. Both PC and Macintosh desktop computers are available in the Lindell Library Learning Commons and computer lab, and in the 24-hour Urness computer lab. The College has five computer classrooms, 41 technology-enhanced classrooms and one video conferencing-enabled classroom. The circulation desk in Lindell Library has 45 wireless laptops available for use in the library. Several computer clusters are available for more specific student use within academic departments. A high-speed fiber optic campus network provides access to AugNet online services, printing, and to the internet. Network-ready student machines can connect to the campus network from residence hall rooms or any building on campus using WiFi. All of the AugNet online services are available securely on- and off-campus. 24 Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS) The Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS) provides individualized accommodations and academic support for students with documented learning, attention, psychiatric, sensory, and physical disabilities, as well as those with temporary disabilities. CLASS has been recognized as a leader in its field, helping these students gain access to the college curriculum. Its mission is a reflection of Augsburg’s commitment to providing a rigorous and challenging, yet supportive, liberal arts education to students with diverse backgrounds, preparations, and experiences. Each term, Disability Specialists work directly with students to develop a plan for ensuring they have equal access to Augsburg courses, programs, activities, and facilities. Students are encouraged to meet regularly with their specialist, and discussions may include:      Accommodations for testing and coursework (e.g., extended time, note-taking) Referrals to other campus resources (e.g., tutoring, student technology assistance, academic advising, counseling, financial aid) Training and use of assistive technology through the Groves Accommodations Laboratory Coaching on academic, organizational, and time management skills Campus living accommodations The Disability Specialists may also consult with instructors, academic advisors, and other members of the college faculty, staff, or administration to support each student as they work toward success. Taking advantage of these accommodations and services, however, remains the student’s responsibility. Any Augsburg student who wants to establish eligibility for accommodations and services should schedule a meeting with a Specialist to discuss their needs, as well as appropriate documentation of their disability. CLASS also provides informal screenings for students who suspect they may have a learning-related disability. These screenings are meant only to help students determine whether they should seek a thorough evaluation by a qualified professional. Academic accommodations are intended to ensure access to educational opportunities for students with disabilities and may not fundamentally alter the basic nature or essential components of an institution’s courses or programs. The services and technology provided by CLASS are enhanced by the generous support of the Gage family and Groves Foundation. For further information, call 612-330-1053. International Student and Scholar Services (ISSS) ISSS is responsible for the enrollment planning, recruitment and advising of degree-seeking international students. Members of the ISSS team serve as Designated School Officials (DSO) for the College’s F-1 student visa program and as Responsible Officer (RO) and Alternate Responsible Officer (ARO) for the College’s J-1 student/scholar exchange program. A DSO ensures institutional and individual compliance with the law and government policies pertaining to F-1 students. The RO and ARO ensure institutional and individual compliance with the law and government policies pertaining to J-1 exchange students and scholars. ISSS advises students regarding the F and J regulations so that students maintain their F or J immigration status. 25 Academic Programs and Policies Academic Calendars All of our graduate programs meet on a semester calendar. Academic Calendars can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. All academic calendars are subject to change without notice. Academic Policies The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Academic Honesty A college is a community of learners whose relationship relies on trust. Honesty is necessary to preserve the integrity and credibility of scholarship by the Augsburg College community. Academic dishonesty, therefore, is not tolerated. As a College requirement, student course projects, papers, and examinations may include a statement by the student pledging to abide by the College’s academic honesty policies and to uphold the highest standards of academic integrity. (See Augsburg’s Academic Honesty Policy in the Student Guide). Evaluation and Grading Evaluation of academic performance in each program will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale, where 4.0 achieves highest standards of excellence. See each program for details of field study and special projects. Students must achieve a 3.0 cumulative GPA in order to graduate; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. Grading option cannot be changed from traditional (0.0 - 4.0) to Pass/No Credit. Explanation of grades for Graduate Studies: Grade 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0–0.0 FN P N V W I X Explanation Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above acceptable standards Meets acceptable standards Meets minimum standards Unacceptable performance Unacceptable performance, student stopped attending Represents work at 3.0 or higher (not counted in grade point average) No credit (not counted in grade point average) Audit Withdrawn Incomplete In progress, extended beyond term of registration Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V) on a space-available basis. Graduate students will be charged an audit fee of $1,000. The written permission of the instructor is required to register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance, and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript with a V grade. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W. Audited courses do not count towards graduation. 26 Withdrawal Grade A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a W grade and before the last day to withdraw. Incomplete (I) Grades Incomplete grades (I) are to be given only in the case of extreme emergency (i.e. illness, family emergency, death in the family, military commitment). If you have any questions regarding the qualifying emergency please contact the Registrar’s Office for verification. An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission after determining that a student emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who receive an incomplete grade should be capable of passing the course if they satisfactorily complete outstanding course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an Application for Incomplete Grade form with the Registrar’s Office that states the reasons for the request, outlines the work required to complete the course, and includes the course instructor’s signature. The instructor may stipulate the terms and conditions that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend the same course (or a portion of the same course) in a following term with an incomplete grade. The student must complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and the filing of a grade before the final day of the following academic term in the student’s program. If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the course becomes 0.0. Extension (X) Grades Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X (extension) is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor has the right to not grant an extension where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. If the course is not completed, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned. Repeated Courses A course in which a grade of FN, 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5 or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken each term and grades earned, including W and N, will be recorded on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses completed at Augsburg College must be repeated at Augsburg to be included in the repeat policy. Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: GPA = Total grade points divided by number of credits attempted, i.e., courses with 0.0 to 4.0 grade assigned. Attendance Attendance and participation are critical to the success of any course. Evaluation of the level and quality of participation may be incorporated into the course grade. We view attendance as a joint commitment of both instructors and students to our professional development. Each instructor has the authority to specify attendance and participation requirements to address the needs of particular courses, individual students, or various learning styles. 27 Lack of attendance may result in a failing grade and the requirement to repeat the course. Students must notify the professor in advance of any expected absence. In the case of emergency, when prior notification is not possible, students must notify the professor of an absence as soon as possible. Non-Attendance/Non-Participation Attendance/participation in class is important for academic success and financial aid. Therefore, students are dropped for non-attendance/non-participation after the 10th business day of the term if reported by the instructor. Students are ultimately responsible for dropping classes if they no longer plan to attend/participate. Students who have been dropped and wish to re-enroll must submit and Academic/Financial Petition. Graduate Continuation Policy Students registering for the final project course must complete the Final Project Registration/Graduate Continuation Contract by the last day to add with faculty signature for a Full Semester class as noted on the Academic Calendar. Upon receipt of the contract, the Registrar’s Office will enroll the student in the Continuation Program for 7 semesters. Entry into the Continuation Program maintains students’ active status in the graduate program, including library and AugNet Services. If a grade is not received by the grading deadline of the 7th semester, the grade will change from X to N. Students who wish to complete the final project after receiving a failing grade must meet with the program director to evaluate readmission to the College and program. Students who are readmitted may need to complete additional coursework and will need to pay tuition and fees for any additional courses. If/when the final project course is completed, the new grade would replace the previous N grade. Students may withdraw from the College, and thus from the Continuation Program and the final project course, at any point during the continuation period and receive a W notation on the transcript for the final project course. Following a withdrawal, students are welcome to meet with the program director to evaluate readmission to the College and program. Students who are readmitted may need to complete additional coursework and will need to pay full tuition and fees for any additional courses. If/when the final project course is completed, the new grade would replace the previous W grade. Credit and Contact Hours Augsburg’s credit hour policy follows the federal guidelines in defining a semester credit hour as one fifty-minute period of instruction and 100 minutes of out-of-class work per week for fifteen weeks, or the equivalent amount of student work completed over a different time frame or via a different delivery method. All Augsburg programs follow the semester calendar with semester lengths from 14-16 weeks. Augsburg offers a summer semester which follows the same format as both fall and spring semester. Students must take at least 3 credits to be considered half-time, and 6 or more credits to be considered full-time. Students may take up to 22 credits. Degree Requirements To be conferred the graduate degree, all graduate students must achieve the following:    Successful completion of all required courses A cumulative GPA of 3.0; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. Successful completion of all degree requirements within the stipulated period of matriculation or a signed continuation agreement with Augsburg College. Probation and Dismissal Graduate students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on academic probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be 28 restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. Graduate students in the Physician Assistant must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. A student whose GPA falls below the required GPA for his/her graduate program (3.0 in most programs) in two or more terms may be subject to probation or dismissal. A plan for the student to continue in the program may be worked out with the program director. Students may also be dismissed for violation of standards of behavior defined by their profession, their program, or the College. Dismissal Appeals Process A student may appeal a program’s dismissal decision using the College’s program dismissal appeals process. Appeals are limited to procedural errors that the student can demonstrate negatively affected the outcome. The student initiates the appeal process by submitting a hard copy of the statement of appeal to the Assistant Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate Studies (AVP-Graduate Studies); email is not acceptable. The statement must identify each procedural error and state how each error negatively affected the outcome. The statement of appeal will be the only basis of the student’s appeal. The AVP-Graduate Studies must receive the student’s statement of appeal within 14 calendar days of the date on the department’s written notification of dismissal. The AVP-Graduate Studies will send a copy of the statement of appeal to the program chair/director. The program must submit a response to the student’s statement of appeal within 15 business days of the date that the statement was received by the AVP-Graduate Studies’ office. A hard copy of the program’s response should be submitted to the AVPGraduate Studies. The AVP-Graduate Studies will send a copy of the program’s response to the student. The AVP-Graduate Studies will convene the Program Dismissal Appeals Committee, which will include the AVP-Graduate Studies as a non-voting chair and three program faculty members (one from programs not named in the appeal: Business, Creative Writing, Education, Leadership, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, Social Work). The Program Dismissal Appeals Committee will schedule its hearing within 15 business days of receipt of the program’s statement of response. The Committee will meet with the student and a program representative to review the procedures and ask questions of both the student and the program representative. The student and program representative may each bring a third party to the review meeting (limited to an Augsburg College faculty member, staff member, or student). The role of the third party representative is to provide support to the student or the program representative, not to serve as an advocate during the meeting. Dropping or Withdrawing Courses may be dropped or withdrawn online through AugNet Records and Registration or with a Registration Form. To see the drop and withdrawal deadlines, see the Academic Calendar at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. Independent Study Students may request to complete an independent study course as an addition to the required coursework. A faculty sponsor is required for an independent study project, and project proposals must be approved by the program director in order to receive credit. Normally, independent study may not be used as a replacement for a standard course offered in the curriculum, with the exception of the general elective (if approved). A special independent study registration form is required and is available on the Registrar’s Office website. Term Off Students may take a term off for up to two semesters and have continued access to Augsburg e-mail and AugNet Services. If a student is not registered after 10th day of the third semester, the student’s file will be deactivated and the student will need to submit an Application for Readmission to re-enroll. 29 For an absence of any length, students should coordinate with their program director prior to leaving. Due to a variety of program schedules and cohorts for some degrees, it is required that students meet with their advisor and obtain the advice of their director. Evaluation of Transfer Credit Students may petition the program director for transfer credit to apply to program requirements. The transfer of credit will be evaluated on an individual basis. Students will be asked to provide appropriate documentation regarding previous coursework, including but not limited to an official transcript, course description, and syllabus. In order to be considered for transfer, a course must be from a regionally-accredited college or university institution and graded 3.0/B or better. Courses must have been taken at the graduate level and course content must be comparable to program requirements at Augsburg. The maximum number of semester credits that can be transferred is:          Master of Arts in Education (6) Master of Arts in Leadership (6) Master of Arts in Nursing (9) Master of Business Administration (18) Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing (12) Master of Music Therapy (Contact program director) Master of Science, Physician Assistant Studies (Contact program coordinator) Master of Social Work (22) Doctor of Nursing Practice (Contact program director) Augsburg credits are calculated in semester hours. If you completed courses at other institutions that are quarter hours, they will be converted to semester hours. One quarter hour equates to two-thirds of a semester hour. Courses and credits that are accepted in transfer are recorded on the student’s transcript. Grades and grade points from other institutions are not transferred to Augsburg and are not included in the student’s cumulative grade point average. 30 Master of Arts in Education Augsburg has a long history in teacher education with alumni of our programs teaching throughout Minnesota and elsewhere. The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program combines our excellent undergraduate licensure coursework with a master’s level coursework focused on teacher leadership, preparing teachers to serve K-12 students effectively and to nurture healthy change within schools and school systems. Our Philosophy The Education Department program themes include relationships, reflection and inquiry, diversity and equity, and leadership. One of these themes - leadership - is lived out within the MAE program. As this program theme suggests, we expect our students to leave our programs as responsive, knowledgeable teachers prepared to exercise leadership in the classroom and, eventually, the school and community. Our urban setting provides yet another dimension to our programs through a combination of course content, field experiences, and classroom instructors. Our goal is that students will leave our programs as collaborative and capable teachers committed to educating all learners in a diverse and changing world. Our Faculty Augsburg faculty members who teach in the MAE program are a mix of full-time and adjunct instructors, all of whom have K-12 teaching experience. Many adjunct instructors are currently teaching in K-12 settings; all full-time faculty members are frequent visitors to K-12 settings through student teaching and field experience supervision, volunteer work, and/or in-service education. We understand the importance of what we do and what you hope to do. We value good teaching and, most especially, we value good teachers. Our Accessibility We realize that although teaching is your dream, your reality most likely includes work, family, and personal responsibilities. Because we understand the demands adult students face, we offer flexible scheduling. A majority of licensure and graduate-level courses are taught in the evenings to allow you to manage these responsibilities while pursuing your goals. You will need to be available during the weekday for the challenge and responsibility of field experiences, but education coursework is accessible through the evening schedules*. As a student in Augsburg’s Master of Arts in Education licensure and degree program, you will find yourself among interesting students and dedicated professors who believe that all children deserve a good, highly-qualified teacher— the teacher you can become. *By the end of Spring 2015 our licensure programs will have been fully transitioned from a weekend to an evening schedule. New students will be in the evening program. For the time being, end of program MAE degree completion options will remain on the weekend schedule. Education Department Mission The mission of the Augsburg Education Department is to develop responsive, knowledgeable teachers committed to educating all learners in a diverse and changing world. Program Themes Responsive, knowledgeable teachers understand the dynamic interaction among relationships, reflection and inquiry, diversity and equity, and leadership. These four interrelated program themes provide lenses through which we filter our practice. 31 Relationships Learning is relational and communal. Responsive teachers create significant relationships with their students, colleagues, and community partners by developing learning communities. These nurturing learning communities provide safe, trustworthy places where challenging and engaging questions can be considered. We model the kinds of learning communities that we expect our graduates to create. We share with our students a learning model that connects content, theory, and practice in an ongoing cycle. Students and their learning are the focus for responsive teachers. Therefore we embrace and foster a progressive and constructivist orientation. Reflection and Inquiry Responsive teachers are reflective practitioners who are students of teaching and learning. Providing numerous frameworks through which to filter our experience encourages intentional and thoughtful inquiry. Through field placements, service learning, generative questions, and classroom experiences, students and faculty develop their perspectives about teaching and learning. Critical reflection allows us to examine content, theory, and practice in ways that transform our practice. We think it is important to understand and learn how to manage the many polarities inherent in the teaching and learning process. Diversity and Equity Responsive teachers embrace diversity and intentionally work to ensure that all learners, especially those who for some reason have been marginalized, learn and develop in powerful ways. We continually reflect on what it means to be a “school in the city.” We recognize that each student is unique, shaped by culture and experience; therefore, differentiating instruction is essential. The perspective of multiple intelligences, learning style theory and teaching for understanding help us differentiate and enable us to provide choice, variety, and flexibility. Responsive teachers believe that all students can learn. They also have a sense of efficacy and believe that they can help all students learn. Leadership Responsive teachers recognize that becoming a learning leader is a developmental process, which begins in pre-service education and continues throughout one’s career. Teachers serve as leaders within the classroom, and with experience, increased confidence, and professional development become leaders within the school, the district, and the community. Teacher leaders view themselves as lifelong learners. They become role models committed to their profession as a vocation rather than a job. Emerging teacher leaders keep student learning at the center of their work while advocating for instructional innovation, constructivist curricular development, and systemic change. Master of Arts in Education Conceptual Framework Teacher leadership is the theme that threads through our graduate licensure and degree completion program. The Augsburg Education Department believes that teachers are leaders in their classrooms and should be leaders in their institutions and communities. The leadership focus plays out in three ways. First, the additional work required in the graduate versions of the combined undergraduate/graduate courses focuses on providing graduate students the chance to exercise leadership as well as extend their knowledge beyond the basic requirements. Second, in the degree completion component, students are required to include coursework focused on leadership and study aspects of leadership as part of their degree program. Third, the final project—be it an action research, a leadership application project, or performance assessment —gives students the opportunity to study an issue of concern and, supported by research, define a means for addressing it. Three Teacher Leadership Aspirations inform our program. They are as follows: Aspiration 1: Teacher leaders value learning for personal and professional growth. Teacher leaders share knowledge effectively with colleagues. We believe that teacher leaders are comfortable with their knowledge and expertise, neither flaunting it nor hiding it, but sharing it with others generously. They work to build bridges with a full range of colleagues, but they don’t let recalcitrant colleagues stop their own development. They see learning as a continuous endeavor and seek it throughout their careers. 32 Aspiration 2: Teachers leaders think big—beyond the classroom to the broader context of education and community. We believe that teacher leaders see systems and the “big picture” and are able to put their classrooms, schools, and communities into a broader context. They understand the link between policies, politics, and education and participate in change efforts at the macro and micro levels. They seek to work with administrators to establish school and district policy that improves life for everyone. If this involves political action, they are prepared to engage in it. Teacher leaders also understand that teaching and learning are dynamic and that change within school systems is an ever-present phenomenon. They are informed decision-makers predisposed to take on the challenge of change when they think it benefits students, teachers, and/or community. Aspiration 3: Teacher leaders possess courage and an orientation to action. We believe that teacher leaders help others not be afraid. They are able to help people to take warranted risks and step outside their comfort zones. They have the courage to bring people together to see the bigger picture and then help people get there. Teacher leaders accept both power and accountability. They understand that responsibility without power diminishes potential for effectiveness. They believe that accountability is a fair trade for the power to take effective action. They operate from a foundation of self-efficacy. Program Overview The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) is designed to provide a teaching license as part of a master’s degree program. K12 initial teaching licenses offered at Augsburg include:   Elementary education (K-6), with or without a middle school content area endorsement in math, communication arts, social studies, or science. Subject matter courses for these endorsements may need to be taken in the weekday schedule or at a community college when unavailable through evening course work. Secondary education (5-12 and K-12) in social studies, communication arts/literature, visual arts, health, mathematics, music, and physical education, 9-12 in biology, chemistry, and physics, and 5-8 general science . Subject matter courses for these licenses may need to be taken in the weekday schedule or at a community college when unavailable through evening course work. Augsburg requires that at least two content area courses are taken at Augsburg. Teachers who are already licensed can work towards the MAE degree through the following four licensure endorsement options:   K-12 English as a Second Language K-12 Special Education: Academic Behavior Strategist All teachers seeking licensure through Augsburg must take and pass all tests required by the state of Minnesota for licensure. These include tests in basic skills, pedagogy and content area knowledge. Accreditations and Approvals Augsburg College Teacher Education programs are accredited and approved by:   National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) Minnesota Board of Teaching. (MN BOT) Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section of this catalog. Program Structure The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program is made up of a core of education licensure courses at the graduate level coupled with a degree completion option. Courses in the degree completion phase are drawn from the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) and graduate courses in education. Most students in the MAE program pursue a teaching license as part of their program plan. 33 The MAE degree is also open to students who do not want a teaching license but do want a background in education and leadership. See the MAE program director for details. The MAE degree requires ten or eleven Augsburg graduate level courses, depending on the degree completion option. In addition, several courses at the undergraduate level are required for licensure. Only courses taken at the graduate level apply towards the MAE degree. Credit MAE graduate level courses are offered for 3 semester credits. Each course is comprised of 37.5 instructional hours with the expectation of about 75 hours of independent study outside of class. Schedule The majority of the education courses in the MAE licensure and degree programs are offered through the AU evening schedule. Courses in this schedule meet face to face every other week with online instruction during the alternate weeks. A few education courses and many undergraduate content area courses are offered in a face to face, classroom based format, meeting weekly in the evenings. The MAL and education degree completion courses are offered primarily in a weekend schedule through a mix of face-to-face and online instruction. Summer session courses are offered primarily weekday evenings. Summer courses are offered in a mix of formats from all online to all face-to-face. The following teaching licenses are available almost entirely through the evening and summer schedule: elementary education, 5-12 social studies, 5-12 communication arts, K-12 art, K-12 special education, and K-12 English as a second language. Additional licenses in the following areas are available through a combination of weekday, weekday evening, summer schedules, and, occasional off-campus courses: biology, chemistry, health, mathematics, music, physical education, and physics. For these licenses, the education and degree completion courses are taken weekday evenings and summer while some, if not all, of the content area courses are taken during the weekday and/or off-campus. The weekday evening schedule is comprised of two semesters spread from early September through late April. In general, classes are held every other week, face to face with online instruction in the intervening week. The weekday schedule is also comprised of two semesters spread from early September through late April. Classes offered during the weekday meet one to three times per week. Classes offered jointly between weekday and weekend meet on a weekly basis in the evening. The official academic calendars can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. Curriculum—Teaching Licenses K-6 Elementary Education This program is designed to prepare teachers for grades K-6. Optional endorsements in middle school specialty areas of math, science, social studies, and communication arts can be pursued along with or separately from the K-6 license. The teaching license and some endorsements are offered at both undergraduate and graduate levels through a mix of undergraduate courses and combined graduate and undergraduate courses. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and have been admitted to the MAE program. All of the following courses must be taken for K-6 elementary licensure. Up to seven courses may be taken at the graduate (500) level and applied toward the MAE degree. EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting* EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EDC 490/580 - School and Society EED 225/524 - Foundations of Literacy EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy* EED 350/550 - K-6 Methods: Math 34 EED 360/560 - K-6 Methods: Science To complete the license, the following undergraduate requirements must be completed: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education EDC 220 - Educational Technology EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience* (taken concurrently with EED 325/525) EED 311 - K-6 Methods: Health EED 312 - K-6 Methods: Physical Education EED 336 - Advanced Literacy Methods* EED 341 - K-6 Methods: Art EED 370 - K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematics EED 380 - Kindergarten Methods* EED 386 - K-6 Methods: Children’s Literature EED 481, 483, 485 - Student Teaching: Elementary K-6 EED 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar *Field experience hours are required in these courses. Students spend 20 or more hours per term in field experiences. These experiences occur in K-6 classrooms during the weekday. If more than one course with field experience is taken in a given term, field experience requirements expand accordingly (i.e., two courses with 20 hours of field experience each require a total of 40 hours). Undergraduate Liberal Arts Requirements The number of supporting content area courses required for licensure depends upon the courses completed as part of the bachelor’s degree and/or other coursework. Requirements are determined by Minnesota licensure standards for specific college-level coursework in math, biology, physics, and earth science for all students seeking elementary licensure. Specific requirements are on file in the Education Department. Minnesota licensure standards allow for optional subject area endorsements in communication arts/literature, social studies, math, and science. Subject matter courses for these endorsements will be available through a combination of weekday, evening and off-campus courses. Specific requirements for these endorsements are on file in the Education Department. Previous coursework can be accepted into the licensure program if it meets Minnesota standards and if a grade of C or better was achieved. The Education Department and the content area departments determine the courses that are accepted. Transcripts, course descriptions, and course syllabi are used to make these determinations. Courses that are older than five years are judged on a case-by-case basis. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE degree. The program has limits on the amount and type of courses that are accepted. Grades of B or better are required for transfer consideration. See the MAE program director for approval of graduate coursework accepted in transfer. K-12 and 5-12 Secondary Education K-12 and 5-12 licenses in several content areas are offered through a combination of graduate and undergraduate coursework. K-12 licenses prepare teachers to teach a content area across elementary, middle school, and high school. Licenses for grades 5- 12 prepare teachers to teach at the middle and high school levels. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and meet MAE admissions criteria. Subject matter courses in the following majors are offered on weekday evenings and summer: English, communications (for communication arts), art and selected social science courses. Students seeking 5–12 licensure in social studies must complete a broad-based core of courses in the social studies in addition to a social science major. Education courses for these licenses are also taken during weekday evenings and summer. The following content area majors are offered primarily or entirely through the weekday program: biology, chemistry, physics, health, physical education, music, and mathematics. Students seeking licensure in any of these areas typically will need to take additional content courses in the weekday schedule and off-campus. Students can obtain a 9-12 license 35 in physics, chemistry, or biology and have the option of adding the 5–8 general science to the 9-12 license. Students also can obtain the 5–8 general science license without the 9–12 license. Education courses for these licenses are taken during weekday evenings. Licensure Requirements The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for licensure; four to seven of them also may be taken at the graduate level and applied toward the master’s degree in education. EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting* EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EDC 490/580 - School and Society ESE 325/525 - Creating Learning Environments ESE 300/500 - Reading and Writing in Content Area* To complete the license, students also will need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education EDC 220 - Educational Technology ESE 3XX - K-12 or 5-12 Methods (in the content area)* ESE 481, 483, 485 - Student Teaching: Secondary ESE 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar *Field experience hours are required in these courses. A minimum of 100 hours in classrooms and education-related settings is required prior to student teaching. Students spend approximately 20 hours per term in field experiences. Undergraduate Content Area Requirements The equivalent of a major in the licensure content area is required for K-12 and 5-12 licenses. Students who have majored in a field in which we offer licensure must have their previous coursework evaluated by the major department at Augsburg. Two or more content area courses tied to Minnesota licensure standards are generally required, even with a completed academic major. Previous coursework is evaluated by the content area department and accepted if it meets Minnesota licensure standards and if a grade of C or better was achieved. Coursework older than five years is judged on a case-by-case basis. Specific course requirements for each content area are on file in the Education Department. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE degree program. See the MAE program director for approval to use graduate level transfer courses in the degree program. Special Education Augsburg College offers licensure in K–12 Special Education: Academic Behavioral Strategist (ABS). This program qualifies students to teach in special education programs and positions working with students with mild to moderate disabilities in the areas of emotional/behavioral disabilities, learning disabilities, autism spectrum disabilities, developmental and cognitive disabilities and other health disabilities. This program is built on an inclusive education model. Under this model, students learn how to work closely with both special and general educators to facilitate inclusion of special education students into the regular education classroom. Five years after being licensed, teachers must extend their license in one of the above categories through additional coursework. Also available is the Naadamaadiwin Tribal Special Education Cohort (temporarily suspended for 2016)—this graduate licensure program in Special Education: EBD/LD is designed and taught from an American Indian perspective. It is offered in collaboration with the University of Minnesota-Duluth as a hybrid (partly face-to-face and partly online) cohort program. The licensure courses can be applied towards the MAE degree. See the Education Department and for more information. The ABS licensure program is offered through weeknight and summer schedules. The Naadamaadiwin 36 Tribal Special Education Cohort program is offered primarily online with weekend sessions at the beginning and end of each semester. Licensure Requirements Licensure requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. Classes will include both undergraduate and graduate students, with graduate students having additional course responsibilities. Graduate courses are taken at the 500 level. All courses must be taken for licensure, and up to seven courses may also be applied toward the master’s degree in education. The following courses for the ABS license are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate levels: EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting* EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EED 225/524 - Foundations of Literacy EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy* EED 350/550 - K–6 Methods: Math* EED 360/560 - K–6 Methods: Science* SPE 410/510 - Implementing Assessment Strategies* SPE 411/511 - Etiology and Theory of Mild to Moderate Disabilities SPE 415/515 - Theory to Practice* SPE 425/525 - Transition and Community* SPE 430/530 - Instructional and Behavioral Practices* SPE 490/540 - Parent and Professional Planning To complete the ABS license students will also need to complete certain requirements at the undergraduate level: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education MAT 137 - Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I EDC 220 - Education Technology EDC 330 and 332 - Building the Public Good: Public Achievement and Organizing EDC 331 and 333 - Practicum in Public Achievement EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience* (taken concurrently with EED 325/525) SPE 481,483 - Student Teaching: Elementary Special Education SPE 485, 487 - Student Teaching: Secondary Special Education SPE 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar *Field experience required as part of this course. This program is based on an innovative internship model that allows students employed in special education classrooms to fulfill a portion of their special education field experience requirements while they work. Students not employed in these settings are expected to complete a significant number of volunteer hours in special education settings. All must complete field placements or student teaching in classrooms serving these populations. Hours must be completed across elementary, middle school, and high school and include experiences with the five areas of disability that are part of this license. Specific information on field experience requirements is available from the Education Department. Licensure Requirements—EBD/LD–Naadamaadiwin Special Education Tribal Cohort This program is available only at the graduate level. Courses are taught in a hybrid fashion, partially face-to-face and partially online. Courses are available only to those admitted to the special education tribal cohort program. (Temporarily suspended, 2015) SPE 501 - Historical and Contemporary Issues in American Indian Education SPE 503 - Assessment of American Indian Learners SPE 504 - Working with American Indian Families and Communities SPE 505 - The Manifestation of Multigenerational Trauma and Internalized Oppression 37 SPE 506 - Indigenous Learners SPE 507 - Indigenous Methods of Instruction: Practical Application SPE 508 - Professional Issues and Development SPE 509 - Literacy Instruction for American Indian Learners with Exceptionalities SPE 481, 483 - Student Teaching: Elementary Special Education SPE 485, 487 – Student Teaching: Secondary Special Education K-12 English as a Second Language (ESL) License The K-12 English as a Second Language license is available as an initial license as well as an endorsement to an existing license. This license qualifies teachers to work with K-12 students for whom English is a second language across a range of subject areas. The K-12 ESL licensure program is comprised of both undergraduate and graduate courses; up to seven of the graduate courses can apply to the completion of the MAE degree. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and have been admitted to the MAE program. A pre-requisite to program admissions is two years of high school level or one year of college level language instruction. The K-12 ESL program is offered in a hybrid format which means that courses are a mix of face to face and online instruction. Classes are offered during the academic year in the evening semester framework and during summer session to make them accessible to working adults. This license is also offered as an undergraduate major to Augsburg Undergraduate (AU) students seeking a baccalaureate degree. The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for licensure, and up to seven also may be taken at the graduate level and applied toward the master’s degree in education. EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/MN American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting* EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy* ESE 325/525 - Creating Learning Environments* ESL 330/510 - History and Structure of the English Language ESL 340/520 - ESL Literacy* ESL 490/530 - Language, Culture, and Schools ESL 420/540 - ESL Methods* To complete the license, students also will need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education EDC 220 - Educational Technology EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience (taken concurrently with EED 325/525) ESL 310 - Second Language Acquisition ESL 320 - Introduction to Linguistics ESL 410 - ESL Testing and Evaluation ESL 481, 483 - Student Teaching: Elementary ESL 485, 487 - Student Teaching: Secondary ESL 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar *This course has a 20 hour field experience attached to it. Student Teaching Students are required to complete student teaching for initial and additional licenses (unless otherwise indicated). In the MAE program, student teaching is generally completed before finishing the degree. Students can apply for licensure at this point and finish the degree later. Student teaching for elementary, secondary, and K-12 initial licenses lasts 12-14 weeks, depending on licensure scope. During that time, students work full-time as student teachers and are supervised by an Augsburg faculty member. Students register for eight to twelve semester credits of student teaching and a two 38 semester credit edTPA and student teaching seminar. They meet at Augsburg College for student teaching seminars several times during the term. Most student teaching placements are in the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area and Rochester. However, students do have the opportunity to student teach abroad, where students complete a 10-week student teaching experience in the metro area and then complete another student teaching experience abroad. Opportunities to teach abroad are available around the world, and it is a wonderful way to build a global perspective in education. Additional information is available through the Education Department. Curriculum—Graduate Degree Completion Options Students take graduate coursework as part of the licensure program. This coursework forms the Master of Arts in Education licensure core, with between four to seven Augsburg graduate-level licensure courses fulfilling master’s requirements. Students bringing fewer than seven graduate-level licensure courses or 21 semester credits into the degree program must complete additional Master of Arts in Leadership (ML) or education graduate courses to reach the required 30-33 semester credits for the MAE degree. To finish out the master’s degree, students will need to complete one of the following options. Action Research Degree Completion Option (Minimum 30 credits) This degree completion option requires a minimum of three classes totaling at least nine semester credits: a Master of Arts in Leadership (ML) elective, EDC 592 Action Research 1, and EDC 593 Action Research 2. The action research courses guide the student through completion of a long-term action research project, typically conducted in the student’s classroom and focused on a question or concern identified by the student. The research is presented at an action research symposium and a formal written report of the research is placed in Lindell Library. The coursework for action research is designed to be completed in two semesters; the project itself is done once the research is presented at an action research symposium and the paper is accepted for placement in Lindell Library. Additional terms beyond those in which the courses are completed are available through continuing registration for up to 12 semesters at no further charge. Leadership Application Project (LAP) Degree Completion Option (Minimum 30 credits) This degree completion option requires a minimum of three classes totaling at least nine semester credits: an ML elective, EDC 514 – Research Methods - Education focus or ML 514 - Evaluating Empirical Research and EDC 585 Leadership Application Project. Students electing this degree completion option do so because they are interested in developing an educational product that meets an identified need.   The goal for those developing an educational product is to identify an issue or problem related to their practice, and after researching available literature, develop a solution to the problem or issue. The solution might be developed in the form of a curriculum, a workshop, a set of informational materials, a website, an article for publication or other appropriate educational product. This option is completed with a final oral presentation and placement of the final paper in the Lindell Library. Additional terms beyond those in which the courses are completed are available through continuing registration for up to 12 semesters at no further charge. Performance Assessment/Teacher Leadership Degree Completion Option (Minimum 33 credits) This degree completion option focuses on the theme of the MAE degree program - teacher leadership - and requires a minimum of the following four classes: One ML leadership-focused course EDC 570 - Teacher Leadership EDC 514 - Research Methods (ML 514 can be substituted if necessary) EDC 594 - Performance Assessment Project Students electing this degree completion option do so because they are especially interested in considering leadership within the context of education and themselves as potential change agents. EDC 594 must be taken as the last course in this sequence. Students finish their degree through this option with the successful completion of these four classes. 39 Alternate Settings—MAE in Rochester In step with Augsburg College’s excellent reputation in the field of education, the Master of Arts in Education program is also offered in Rochester, MN. Licenses are available in elementary education and special education: ABS. Classes primarily meet weekday evenings and summer at Bethel Lutheran Church in Rochester. Elementary education The K-6 elementary education license allows students to teach in grade K-6. Augsburg College offers this license at the graduate level to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and meet admissions requirements. Courses for this license are available in Rochester. Special education The K-12 Academic Behavior Specialist (ABS) program is designed for students currently working with or planning to work with students with mild to moderate special needs. The program leads to Minnesota teaching licensure in special education and the ability to work with students whose special needs are categorized as EBD, LD, DCD, ASD, and/or OHI. All courses for these licenses are available in Rochester. The Performance Assessment degree completion option is offered in Rochester as needed, typically every other year. MAL Elective Courses At least one elective must be taken from the Master of Arts in Leadership courses. The following are recommended, but others may also be used. Course descriptions can be found in the MAL portion of the graduate catalog. ML 510 - Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary Journey ML 511 - Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process ML 520 – Self-Identity and Values: Keys to Authentic Leadership ML 530 - Ethics in Communication ML 531 - The Dynamics of Change ML 545 - Decision Making and Leadership ML 550 - Communication, Decision Making, and Technology ML 560 - Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership ML 565 - Women and Leadership ML 599 - Topics For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to MAE Admission Requirements Students admitted into the MAE licensure and degree programs must have:   Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution Cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher (required for full admission for the graduate licensure option and degree program). Students with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5-2.99 may be admitted conditionally into the graduate licensure program. To be admitted to the MAE degree completion program, all students must have a 3.0 or better Augsburg GPA. Application Checklist The following items must be sent to the Augsburg Office of Admissions:  Completed application form - www.augsburg.edu/mae 40    $35 non-refundable application fee Personal summary outlining your tentative educational objectives and reasons for wanting to attend Augsburg Official academic transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions (including colleges, universities, vocational/technical schools, and PSEO institutions) sent directly to the Admissions Office. Admission as an International Student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students. Transfer Policy Acceptance of previous education coursework completed at institutions other than Augsburg College is limited. Most courses that have not been completed in the last seven years are considered to be too old to transfer and need to be completed as part of one’s program at Augsburg. EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development, EDC 220 - Education Technology, and ESE 3XX - K-12/5-12 Special Methods in Content Area are courses which may have a shorter acceptance time frame. Additional information on the transfer policy is available through the Education Department. Credit Evaluation: An official transfer credit evaluation of previous academic work will be completed as part of the admissions process. Education coursework is evaluated by the Education Department. For secondary licenses, content area coursework is evaluated by the content area department. This process is initiated as part of the admissions process. Generally, the requirement for secondary licensure is that two or more classes in the content area must be taken at Augsburg, even with an undergraduate major in the field. In all cases, previous undergraduate courses must have received a grade of C or better to be eligible for transfer. Previous graduate coursework must have received a grade of B or better to be considered. Acceptance into the MAE Program Application files are reviewed by the MAE director. Applicants are notified of the admission decision by the Office of Admissions, usually within one to two weeks after the application file is complete. Applicants whose cumulative undergraduate GPA is below 2.5 will not be admitted into the MAE program; however, these applicants can be reconsidered when additional undergraduate coursework raises the cumulative undergraduate GPA to 2.5 or above. An exception to this occurs when the applicant has completed an advanced degree with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or better. Under these circumstances, the applicant can be considered for full admission into the MAE degree and licensure programs. Advising and Registration Admitted students are able to participate in academic advising and the registration process. Typically, first-term registration occurs with intake advising. After the first term, students generally are able to register online through Records and Registration. All students are assigned an Education Department advisor early in the first semester of courses. Academic Policies Application to the Education Department Once accepted to the College and the MAE program, students may take designated courses in education and content areas. Prior to beginning the methods courses within a program, students must be admitted to the Education Department. This admissions process is outlined in the EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education and in admissions handbooks, which are available through the Education Department. Academic Achievement All MAE students are expected to achieve and maintain 3.0 or better GPA in their Augsburg course work. Students whose cumulative GPA falls between 2.5 and 2.99 at the end of their licensure program are able to complete the license 41 but are not eligible for the degree. Students with cumulative GPA’s below 2.5 may not student teach and are subject to academic probation and possible dismissal. In all cases, a cumulative GPA on the Augsburg graduate transcript must be at 3.0 or better to be admitted to the degree completion component of the MAE degree. Students who are ready to begin the degree completion component must file an Intent to Complete form (available through the MAE coordinator) at which point a transcript review is completed to confirm the 3.0 or better GPA and to determine the completed courses that apply to the degree and the courses that remain. Minimum Grade Policy Students who fail to maintain a cumulative 2.5 GPA in a given term are notified that they must raise their GPA to the required level. Students who receive below a 2.0 in any undergraduate course or 2.5 in any graduate course required for licensure are expected to repeat the course as soon as possible and raise the grade to the appropriate level. Dismissal from Licensure and Degree Program Students may be dismissed from the licensure program prior to and during student teaching for failure to maintain appropriate academic and teaching-based performance standards, for gross violation of College policy, and/or for conduct in violation of professional ethics. Dismissal occurs within the context of established department procedures described in the Education Department Handbook available through the Education Department. Students have the right to appeal dismissal from the licensure program on the grounds of procedural error, using the College’s program dismissal appeals process. Information about the program dismissal appeals process is available in the Augsburg Student Guide. Students who fail to complete the license may have the option to finish the degree. Fieldwork Requirements Fieldwork experiences are tied to several licensure courses. In most cases, these experiences are conducted within a service-learning framework, providing service to the school and classroom while also providing students’ opportunities for focused reflection linked back to course objectives. In general, students should plan for a minimum of 20 hours field experience per term. When multiple courses with field experience are taken in the same term, the requirements expand accordingly. Students in field experiences are evaluated by their host K-12 teachers on the basis of criteria drawn from the Minnesota Standards of Effective Practice. Evaluations are kept in the students’ Education Department files and used in decisions regarding progress through the program and student teaching. A full description of field experience requirements is available in the Education Department Handbook. Readmission and Withdrawal Students in good standing who fail to register for courses for two terms (not including summer) are withdrawn from the MAE program. To be readmitted to the College and the MAE program, students file a Readmission form through the Registrar’s Office. Program Costs In addition to tuition, students in this program can expect to pay a data maintenance fee upon admission to the department, as well as liability insurance at the student rate during student teaching and the cost of a background check for licensure and, possibly, field experience. In addition, optional international travel courses have associated costs above and beyond the charge for tuition. Full-time Faculty Joseph A. Erickson, Professor of Education. BA, MA, College of St. Thomas; MA, Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota. Margaret J. Finders, Associate Professor of Education. BA, University of Iowa; MA, University of Iowa; PhD, University of Iowa. 42 Jeanine Gregoire, Associate Professor of Education. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Audrey Lensmire, Assistant Professor of Education. BA Indiana University; MAT National Louis University; PhD University of Minnesota. Rachel M. Lloyd, Assistant Professor of Education. BS, Carleton College; MA, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Minnesota. Susan O’Connor, Associate Professor of Education. BS, University of Minnesota; MS, PhD, Syracuse University. Donna Patterson, Assistant Professor of Education. BA, MEd, University of Minnesota. Christopher Smith, Assistant Professor of Education. BS Purdue University; MS Purdue University; PhD University of Minnesota. Jennifer Diaz, Assistant Professor of Education. B.S. Elementary Education, University of Wisconsin-Madison. M.S. Curriculum and Instruction, Ph.D. Curriculum and Instruction, University of Wisconsin-Madison. 43 Master of Arts in Leadership MAL Mission The purpose of the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program is to develop leaders for organizations, the community, and society. Organizations seek leaders who possess:      An ethically and morally responsible vision An understanding of how change occurs and how it can be managed A sensitivity to the complex problems of organizations and an ability to find solutions consistent with their mission Cultural competence and sensitivity to the needs of a diverse population The ability to inspire and motivate people to work toward a common goal The Augsburg leadership development model provides a framework through which the program recruits its students and develops their skills. Program Overview The study of leadership is central to Augsburg College. The College mission statement says, “Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders.” The Master of Arts in Leadership is quintessentially Augsburg. The integrated liberal arts perspective on leadership education is what we think of as the “Augsburg difference.” The Master of Arts in Leadership is the core program of Augsburg’s Center for Leadership Studies (CLS). Developed and launched in 1987, it is Augsburg’s oldest graduate degree and one of the oldest leadership graduate degrees in the United States. The program responds to the leadership development needs of both for-profit and not-for-profit organizations. MAL has a deep theoretical base in leadership studies, yet also offers its students practical approaches to leadership that can be applied in the workplace and society. Leadership Development Model The MAL program promotes leadership as a process that:    Inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limited resources Promotes productivity within and beyond the organization Works toward progress for the individual and the organization To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a sense of vision, the ability to persuade, and the ability to direct action. Underlying these attributes are abilities and awareness, outlined in the Leadership Development Model, which serve as specific outcomes for the MAL program. Augsburg’s model of leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance, and refine these capabilities within the individual. Learning Goals and Outcomes The MAL program is designed to support students in developing the knowledge and skills to:       Explore the nature and practice of leadership in a wide variety of dynamic organizational and community settings Develop a personal understanding and philosophy of leadership Aspire to be responsible leaders who are informed citizens, critical thinkers, and thoughtful stewards Enhance knowledge of self and the capacity to be reflective learners Analyze and navigate increasingly complex changing environments Formulate and articulate a shared vision in order to inspire others to achieve desired goals 44 MAL Courses Each course encourages pursuit of the designated outcomes and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to adult learners. Instructional techniques include case studies, debate, written and oral presentations, and group activity. These techniques develop targeted leadership abilities and understanding. Students are encouraged to see abilities and understandings as cross-disciplinary and to view content areas as integrated. The program reflects the view that the world in which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative abilities. Plan of Study Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule Designed to meet the needs and preferences of working adults, the MAL program is based on the assumption that the students who enroll are career-oriented, self-disciplined, and well-motivated individuals seeking a balance of classroom experience, group interaction, and individual study. Courses are organized as seminars with the opportunity for discussion and dialogue. The program features classes taught by faculty from multiple disciplines and offers two formats to allow students to choose the option that works best for them. Both formats offer a combination of classroom and online learning styles in different proportions. The classic classroom format emphasizes face-to-face instruction augmented by online work. The integrated hybrid format combines online and intensive learning experiences with occasional sessions in a traditional classroom setting. Two Convenient Formats: Classic Classroom and Integrated Hybrid Cohort Overview of Classic Classroom Format For nearly 30 years, our classic classroom format has featured a flexible choice model that allows students to select courses that focus on individual goals, interests, and learning style. Students can also determine the pace at which they move through the program. This format offers numerous electives and allows for individualized studies. Some online work is incorporated into this format. Schedule During fall and spring semesters, classes usually meet every other Saturday morning or afternoon for four hours. Additional instruction time is provided online. Seven Saturday sessions are included in one semester. Some select classes meet on Monday evenings. Students can take a combination of Saturday and Monday courses. A sample class schedule in the classic classroom format: Period I Saturday 8:00 am to 12:00 pm Period II Saturday 1:00 pm to 5:00 pm Period III Weeknights 6:00 pm to 9:45 pm Note: Each class taken commits a student to Period I, Period II, or Period III, an average of two meetings a month. A few courses are taught on an immersion model, which features fewer but longer sessions. The MAL program also offers summer semester courses in seven-week, fourteen-week, or special immersion formats. Most summer semester courses meet on weeknights from 6:00 pm to 9:45 pm rather than on Saturdays. Curriculum Four core courses: ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership ML 514 - Evaluating Empirical Research ML 580 - Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership 45 ML 585 - Integrating the Theory and Practice of Responsible Leadership (Capstone Course) Seven electives, selected from more than 20 offerings* *Students may petition the program to do a thesis in place of two of the elective courses. Students who do the thesis are required to develop and carry out an in-depth study of some aspect of leadership or of a leadership-related topic and register for ML 592 Thesis Consultation I and ML 593 Thesis Consultation II. Students electing to write a thesis are still required to take ML 585 to complete the program. Elective courses for the Classic Classroom format The MAL program requires that seven elective courses be selected from the following course list. All courses are 3 semester credits: ML 510 - Visions of Leadership ML 511 - Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process ML 520 - Self-Identity and Values: Keys to Authentic Leadership ML 527 - Spirituality and Leadership in the Workplace ML 530 - Ethics in Communication ML 531 - The Dynamics of Change ML 535 - Organization Theory and Leadership ML 536 - Facilitating Organizational Change ML 538 - Communication Skills for Leadership ML 539 - Communicating a Self in the Modern Organization ML 540 - Political Leadership: Theory and Practice ML 545 - Decision Making and Leadership ML 548 - Coaching and Consulting ML 550 - Communication, Decision Making, and Technology ML 553 - Design and Leadership ML 557 - Language of Leadership ML 560 - Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership ML 563 - Leadership in a Global Society ML 565 - Women and Leadership ML 570 - Negotiation: Theory and Practice ML 574 - Strategic Leadership ML 575 - Constructive Conflict Resolution ML 576 - Leading Innovation ML 577 - Universal Responsibility and Leadership: A Nicaraguan Experience ML 598 - Independent Study ML 599 - Topics Overview of Integrated Hybrid Cohort Format A combination of online, classroom, and experiential learning The integrated hybrid model is completed in two years with a combination of intensive face-to-face sessions and online coursework. Students complete the program with a cohort of peers representing many different perspectives. Students learn from each other and build relationships that will provide support throughout the program and a valuable network for the future. Schedule After starting with a five-day summer experience, classes meet on a semester schedule September through mid-April (fall and spring semesters) and mid-May through mid-August (summer semester). Coursework will be online and supported by three on-campus class sessions per term. 46 Curriculum *ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership ML 512 - Responsible Leadership for the 21st Century (Intensive) *ML 514 - Evaluating Empirical Research ML 520 - Self-Identity and Values: Keys to Authentic Leadership ML 535 - Organization Theory and Leadership ML 553 - Design and Leadership ML 563 - Leadership in a Global Society ML 574 - Strategic Leadership ML 577 - Universal Responsibility and Leadership: A Nicaraguan Experience (or alternative elective) *ML 580 - Colloquium of Contemporary Theories of Leadership *ML 585 - Integrating the Theory and Practice of Responsible Leadership (Capstone Course) * Core courses offered in the integrated hybrid format (required for all students) A sequenced list of seven electives is prepared for each cohort. In the cohort program, students complete 11 courses, including a capstone course (ML 585). MBA/MAL Dual Degree The dual degree program takes advantage of the intellectual benefits of studying business administration and leadership in a coordinated program. It leverages Augsburg’s long tradition of graduate leadership training via the MA in Leadership with the robust demand for business education through our MBA program. The dual degree provides students with the leadership skills needed to run a business and, at the same time, helps them develop the comprehensive outlook they need to thrive in today’s interconnected world. A minimum of 18 Augsburg courses completes the MBA/MA in Leadership dual degree, including at least 7 MBA courses and 7 MA in Leadership courses. The following dual degree program requirements must be met. 7 courses are required from MBA courses:  MBA 510 – Applied Managerial Economics  MBA 520 – Accounting for Business Managers  MBA 530 – Managerial Finance  MBA 540 – Business and Professional Ethics  MBA 550 – Marketing Management  MBA 570 – Quantitative Decision Making for Managers  MBA 580 – Management Consulting Project 4 core courses are required from MA in Leadership courses with 3 MAL elective courses:  ML 505 – Foundations of Leadership  ML 514 – Evaluating Empirical Research  ML 580 – Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of Leadership  ML 585 -- Integrating the Theory and Practice of Responsible Leadership  ML Electives (3) Three Focus Area Courses Students will choose one course from each of the focus areas: Focus Area #1: Organizational Development  MBA 545 – Organizational Behavior  ML 535 – Organization Theory and Leadership 47  Director approved course with organizational development focus Focus Area #2: Global/Multicultural Perspective  MBA 565 – Managing in a Global Environment  ML 560 – Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership  ML 563 – Leadership in a Global Society  Director approved course with global/multicultural focus Focus Area #3: Strategic Leadership  MBA 595 – Strategic Management  ML 574 – Strategic Leadership  Director approved course with strategic leadership focus One Additional Elective Course Elective course may be taken in either MBA or MA in Leadership Program Admission to the Dual Degree Program Admission for the dual degree program is handled on a “rolling” basis and requires applicants to hold a bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited four-year college or university. Official transcripts from all post-secondary institutions are required as well as a current résumé and two recommendations. An interview with the program director is also part of the admissions process. Although we do accept the GMAT and GRE, we also offer candidates an alternative math and writing profile assessment entitled the Individual Learning Profile (ILP) which provides a picture of candidate’s math and writing (verbal) competency detailing strengths and areas of improvement. The profile is not an admissions screening instrument and will be used as a platform to develop a skills improvement plan for students should they need it. Earning the dual degree during or after the MBA or MA in Leadership program Students who are currently enrolled in the MBA or MA in Leadership program or alumni who wish to return to Augsburg may add the dual degree to their existing degree by completing most of the same requirements listed on the front of this page. Students may use previously completed application pieces and coursework to help meet these requirements. Returning students may complete an abbreviated application form after consultation with the MBA or ML program director. Upon entering the MBA program, a quantitative online profile assessment must also be taken. This is used as a platform to enhance skills, if needed. Students with an MA in Leadership who wish to add the dual degree will take a minimum of 7 required MBA courses. Students will complete one course in each of the 3 focus areas if they did not complete these courses during their MAL program. Each student’s program will be slightly different based on their prior course selections. Students with an MBA will complete 4 required and 3 elective MA in Leadership courses. Students will need to complete one course in each of the 3 focus areas if they did not complete these courses during their MBA program. Each student’s program will be slightly different based on their prior course selections. Students in both programs will meet individually with the program directors to determine whether their completed final project meets the criteria aligned with the dual degree final project. Directors may ask that the project be modified or added to or ask the student to complete another project. These decisions will be made on a case-by-case basis. The Graduate Certificate in Leadership Studies The certificate program is an attractive option for people who want to develop their leadership skills without undertaking a full degree program. A certificate is awarded after completion of three Augsburg MAL courses in leadership. Students pursuing this option take ML 505 - Foundations of Leadership and two additional electives. All three 48 courses may count toward an MA in leadership. No more than one course may be double counted in another Augsburg graduate degree program. The normal application process is used for students who wish to pursue the certificate. Joint BA in Accounting and Master of Arts in Leadership A BA in Accounting and an MA in Leadership (MAL) can be earned in this five-year program designed for students who wish to qualify for CPA certification and obtain a master’s degree. By the end of the fifth year and successful completion of all requirements, the student receives both a BA in Accounting and an MA in Leadership and will have fulfilled the 150-hour requirement to qualify for the CPA certification. The MAL program offers a large number of courses on a Saturday and weeknight schedule. Refer to the MAL program schedule for the list of courses each year and to the accounting program coordinator for a detailed academic plan. Students should meet with both the MAL director and an accounting advisor to create an effective plan for successful completion of the five-year program. General Requirements for the Accounting/MAL Program Accounting students planning to pursue the five-year degree must apply for admission to the MAL program at the end of their junior year. The application process includes submission of:       Completed application form Two letters of recommendation (one from a professor and one from an employer) Personal statement Example of applicant’s writing in an academic paper GPA of at least 3.30 Interview with the Director of the MAL program Students must also have faculty endorsement from the Accounting program. Students must complete at least one year of accounting work experience (either a job or internship) by the time they graduate from the MAL program. Program Coordinator: Professor Stu Stoller. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Admission Requirements Applicants to the program must have:           Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited, four-year college or university Minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 and a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 for graduate courses completed at an accredited college or university. Should an applicant not meet the minimum admission requirements, a conditional admission may be possible as decided on a case-by-case basis. Applicants to the program must have two years of experience (or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a position of leadership or position demonstrating leadership potential. Applicants holding a master’s or other advanced degrees from accredited colleges or universities are admissible. Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis by the MAL Admissions Committee. Admission is handled on a “rolling” basis, with students admitted at the beginning of the fall, spring, and summer terms. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant’s: Previous college record Letters of recommendation Experience and organizational background Written statement Interview, if requested 49 Application Checklist The following materials must be submitted to the Office of Admissions:         Completed application form $35 non-refundable application fee (waived if online application is used) A 1-3 page statement relating the applicant’s career and life goals to leadership aspirations Recommendation letter from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential Recommendation letter from a work colleague (at the same level) describing the applicant’s work style and leadership potential Official transcripts from all undergraduate institutions attended, listing all courses taken and any degree(s) conferred Official transcripts from all graduate institutions attended, listing courses taken and degree(s) conferred, if any. Résumé Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff members. For further information, contact: Office of Admissions, 612-330-1101, gradinfo@augsburg.edu or www.augsburg.edu/mal. Admission as an International Student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outline in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section. Academic Policies Academic Evaluation Courses not offered on the numbered grading system are noted in the course descriptions in this catalog as being graded on P/N basis. In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 3.0. No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade of or below 2.5 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. Any course with a grade of 2.0 or lower will be transcribed as 0.0 academic credit. In order to graduate, a student must have a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or above. All required courses and the final projects must be successfully completed. A student registered for a final course may be permitted to participate in commencement but will not receive a diploma until all courses are successfully completed. Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of N or 0.0 in a course, the student must petition successfully with the MAL director before being allowed to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If a second grade of N or 0.0 is received, the student may be dismissed from the program. Students may also be dismissed for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of College policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. MAL Program Enrollment Policy Students normally take either one or two courses per semester. Enrolling in two courses per semester (including summer semester) enables a student to complete the coursework in the program within two years. Students who are away from classes for one year or longer must complete an Application for Readmission and submit it to the Registrar’s Office. Students who have been out of the program for more than two years may, at the discretion of the program director, be required to take additional courses to refresh their understanding of the field. 50 Accreditation and Affiliation Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditation, approvals, and memberships, in the Accreditation, Approvals and Memberships section. MAL Faculty Andrew Aoki, Professor of Political Science. BA, University of Oregon; MA, PhD, University of Wisconsin. John Benson, Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, Augsburg College; BD, Luther Theological Seminary; MA, PhD, Columbia University. Thomas Berkas, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BCE, University of Minnesota, PhD University of Minnesota. Joseph A. Erickson, Professor of Education. BA, MA, University of St. Thomas; MA, Luther Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota. Stephen K. Erickson, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, Augsburg College; JD, University of Minnesota. Vice President and Advanced Practitioner, Erickson Mediation Institute. Garry Hesser, Martin Olav Sabo Professor of Citizenship and Learning. BA, Phillips University; MDiv, Union Theological Seminary; MA, PhD, University of Notre Dame. Lucinda Hruska-Claeys, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, University of Minnesota; MA, Southern Illinois UniversityCarbondale; JD, University of Minnesota; MAL, Augsburg College. Attorney at Law and Vice President for Wells Fargo Bank (retired). David Lapakko, Associate Professor of Communication Studies. BA, Macalester College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Velma J. Lashbrook, Assistant Professor of Leadership Studies. BS, Iowa State University; MS, Illinois State University; EdD, West Virginia University. Steven Manderscheid, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BS, St. Cloud State University; MS, University of Minnesota; EdD, University of St. Thomas. Chair, Department of Organizational Management, Concordia University. Marilyn S. McKnight Erickson, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, Augsburg College; MA, St. Mary's University; President and Advanced Practitioner, Erickson Mediation Institute, Mpls. Thomas Morgan, Professor of Business Administration. BS, Juniata College; MBA, University of Denver; MS, University of Oregon; PhD, University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan, Professor Emerita of Political Science and Leadership Studies, former Director of the Center for Leadership Studies and the MAL Program (1993-2011). BA, University of Pennsylvania; MA, PhD, Indiana University. Diane Pike, Professor of Sociology. AB, Connecticut College; PhD, Yale University. John S. Schmit, Professor of English. BS, St. John’s University; MA, University of New Orleans; PhD, The University of Texas-Austin. Alan Tuchtenhagen, Assistant Professor of Leadership Studies and Director of the Center for Leadership Studies and the MAL Program. BS, Westmar College; MA, University of Nebraska; DPA, Hamline University. Joseph Volker, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, University of California-Irvine; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Vice President and Practice Area Leader, MDA Leadership Consulting Inc. 51 Master of Arts in Nursing and Doctor of Nursing Practice Welcome to graduate nursing education at Augsburg College. Our classes are made up of students representing a dynamic mix of cultures, spiritual traditions, and life-ways. It is exciting for us to offer experienced nurses transforming educational opportunities and engaging transcultural encounters that expand career choices and advance nursing practice. The increasing diversity of our population today challenges all of us to respond to individual health care needs with creativity and competence in a variety of emerging care settings. The Master of Arts in Nursing program is designed to prepare nurses for those evolving contexts of care. Students can choose between two tracks of study: Transcultural Nursing and Transformational Nursing Leadership. Each track of study emphasizes leadership skills, inter-professional collaboration and ways to serve persons in a variety of care settings. The post-master’s Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP) program builds on the MAN and prepares nurses for innovative health leadership and advanced nursing practice at local and system-wide levels. Drawing on a transcultural nursing (TCN) foundation, the DNP-TCN curriculum embraces integrative health care and holistic nursing practice to maximize health for individuals and communities. Emphasis is on eliminating health inequities through peaceful, just, and collaborative actions that uphold and improve human potential. Students design their own scholarly paths defined by their unique gifts, interests, and practice goals. Throughout the DNP-TCN program, there are a range of opportunities for collaboration across cultures, socio-economic strata and care systems. The post-BSN (Bachelor of Science in Nursing) to DNP/Family Nurse Practitioner (DNP/FNP) track of study prepares nurses for advanced nursing leadership and integrative primary care of families across cultures and care settings. Using transcultural nursing as a foundation, the DNP/FNP curriculum embraces integrative healthcare and holistic nursing practice. The curriculum emphasizes knowledge, skills and values that foster one’s ability to lead change, while addressing health needs and concerns of families and communities. Nursing scholarship and advanced autonomous practice frame the critical exploration of knowledge in transcultural nursing, integrative healthcare practices, transformational leadership, and health assessment. Classes in both the DNP and MAN programs are offered on the Augsburg campus and at Bethel Lutheran Church in Rochester, MN, where our learning site is located. Class formats vary: face-to-face, video conferencing or immersions with on-line components. However, students and faculty are committed to driving from one site to the other at least once during each semester to be physically present and together. Building relationships is important to us. Program faculty and staff are available at both sites and eager to assist students. Joyce P. Miller, DNP, RN Lisa M. VanGetson, DNP, RN, FNP-C, APHN-BC Chair, Department of Nursing Director, Doctor of Nursing Practice – Director, Master of Arts in Nursing Program Family Nurse Practitioner Program and Doctor of Nursing Practice Program Transcultural Nursing Track 52 Master of Arts in Nursing Mission Within the context of liberal arts education and guided by the values of the Lutheran Church, the Master of Arts in Nursing program prepares nurses for transformational leadership and transcultural nursing practice across care settings with particular emphasis on promoting health equity locally and globally. Students select from two tracks of study—Transformational Nursing Leadership or Transcultural Nursing. Both tracks prepare nurse leaders to assume a wide variety of roles and responsibilities throughout the healthcare system and in emerging care settings in communities. Curriculum The MAN curriculum is organized into 33 semester credits –15 semester credits in a Nursing Core, in which all students enroll, and 18 semester credits in one of the two Tracks of Study. Practica are taken concurrently with most courses and are integrated throughout the program. Each semester credit of practicum is equal to 45 clock hours of practice. Students select a track of study when applying to the program, however, this is not essential until after one’s first semester. Students may study full-time (6-8 semester credits per term) or part-time (4 semester credits per term). Time to degree completion takes an average 22 months when studying full-time, and 32 months when studying part-time. Nursing Core Courses (15 semester credits) The core nursing courses integrate a strong foundation of social justice incorporating multiple ways of knowing with curricular emphasis on nursing science, art, and theory to guide practice. NUR 500 - Transcultural Health Care (3 semester credits) NUR 500P - Practicum: Transcultural Health Care (1 semester credit) NUR 541 - Politics of Health (3 semester credits) NUR 541P - Practicum: Politics of Health Care (1 semester credit) NUR 505 - Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Nursing Practice (3 semester credits) NUR 505P - Practicum: Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Practice Nursing (1 semester credit) NUR 520 - Research Methods in Nursing (3 semester credits) Transformational Nursing Leadership Track (18 semester credits) The Transformational Nursing Leadership track is designed to develop nurse leaders’ ability to critically analyze, articulate, and develop effective strategies to cope with high level health care inequities. Curricular emphasis is on interprofessional collaboration across care settings. Participation in nursing leadership practica in traditional and emerging care settings adds depth and meaning to classroom dialogue. Practica also provide opportunities for students to apply knowledge and gain experience partnering with diverse care providers, populations, and communities to address health inequities in creative and relevant ways. Transformational Nursing Leadership track courses include: NUR 501 - Nursing Leadership in Complex Adaptive Systems (3 semester credits) NUR 501P - Practicum: Nursing Leadership in Complex Adaptive Systems (1 semester credit) NUR 521 - Transformational Nursing Leadership (3 semester credits) NUR 521P - Practicum: Transformational Nursing Leadership (1 semester credit) NUR 523 - Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (3 semester credits) NUR 523P - Practicum: Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (2 semester credits) NUR 525 - Graduate Field Project (3 semester credits) NUR 525P - Practicum: Graduate Field Project (2 semester credits) Students graduating from the Transformational Leadership Track of the master’s program are eligible to apply to the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) for certification as a Nurse Executive, Advanced and to the Transcultural Nursing Certification Commission (TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing. 53 Graduate Field Project in Transformational Nursing Leadership Students will fulfill their Master of Arts in Nursing through a final practice-focused project, which serves as the capstone of the master’s program. The last two classes in the curriculum–NUR 523 and NUR 525—emphasize the development and articulation of a graduate field project focused on transformational leadership. Students present their final projects in NUR 525. Transcultural Nursing Across Care Settings Track (18 semester credits) The Transcultural Nursing track in the Master of Arts in Nursing program is designed to prepare nurses for advanced practice across care settings in culturally diverse communities. The curriculum is grounded in nursing science, theoryguided practice, and transcultural principles. Emphasis is on reaching out to persons and populations that are underserved by traditional care systems and who exist outside of the social mainstream. As such, the track provides rich alternative learning opportunities for graduate students locally and internationally. Transcultural Nursing Across Care Settings track courses include: NUR 532 - Transcultural Healing Practices and Self Care (3 semester credits) NUR 532P – Practicum: Transcultural Healing Practices and Self Care (1 semester credits) NUR 530 - The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for Healing (3 semester credits) NUR 530P – Practicum: The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for Healing (1 semester credits) NUR 523 - Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (3 semester credits) NUR 523P – Practicum: Theory, Practice and Research Seminar (2 semester credits) NUR 525 - Graduate Field Project (3 semester credits) NUR 525P - Graduate Field Project (2 semester credits) Students graduating from the Transcultural Nursing track of the master’s program are eligible to apply to the Transcultural Nursing Certification Commission (TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing. Graduate Field Project in Transcultural Nursing Students will fulfill their Master of Arts in Nursing through a final practice-focused project, which serves as the capstone of the master’s program. The last two classes in the curriculum—NUR 523 and NUR 525—emphasize the development and articulation of a graduate field project focused on transcultural nursing. Students present their final projects in NUR 525. Practica Practice experience is emphasized in both tracks in the Master of Arts in Nursing program. Students earn 9 semester credits of practicum work that is equal to 405 clock hours of practice—45 clock hours per semester credit hour. Some practica are semi-structured, experiential, and led by faculty and cultural guides familiar with the communities in which the practica occur. Other practica options are student directed. Students are encouraged to immerse themselves in practice settings that serve persons underserved or excluded from mainstream health care, as emphasis in the transcultural track is on cultural diversity and health inequities across healthcare settings. Practica focusing on experiential learning with a transformational nurse leader provides students with the opportunity to gain a greater understanding of organizational dynamics and change through a complexity science paradigm. Augsburg Central Health Commons & the Inner City A unique opportunity for students to explore advanced nursing roles and new models and forms of practice is provided by the Augsburg Central Health Commons, and the Health Commons in the Cedar-Riverside neighborhood. Both Health Commons are nursing-led drop-in centers dedicated to serving those in need and focused on healthy individuals and communities. People from diverse backgrounds, who have health experiences grounded in wide ranging cultural contexts frequent the Health Commons for health support and reassurance. Service and care are based on respect, relationship, and collaboration that connects health and hope for all participants. Health Commons partners include Central Lutheran Church in downtown Minneapolis, Fairview Health Services, and the East Africa Health Project. 54 Study Abroad and Away The Department of Nursing works closely with cultural guides and nurse mentors in various contexts of care in emerging care settings at home and abroad. The Center for Global Education is a partner with the Department of Nursing in developing and facilitating study abroad opportunities in Guatemala, Mexico, Namibia, Pine Ridge, SD, and England.. Additional collaborative partners include the Ministry of Health and Social Services (MOHSS) in Namibia. A detailed listing of practica and immersion experiences abroad and away can be found at the nursing website (www.augsburg.edu/nursing). For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission Requirements Decisions about admission to the program will be made by the Graduate Nursing Faculty on an individual basis. Admissions are handled throughout the year, with students being admitted at the beginning of the fall (September), spring (January), and summer (May) semesters. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of the following items:                   An earned Bachelor’s degree in nursing from a regionally accredited college or university, or an Associate of Science degree in nursing in addition to a non-nursing bachelor’s degree A cumulative GPA of 3.0 in all previous college coursework Experience as a registered nurse Three letters of recommendation A current, unencumbered nursing license All required immunizations Transcripts from all colleges and universities attended A Criminal Background check A college level statistics course within the last 7 years is required for progression in the program, but is not necessary for admission A written statement describing professional and educational goals The following items must be sent to the Office of Admissions: Completed application form—www.augsburg.edu/ma_nursing $35 non-refundable application fee (fee waived if completed online) A 2-3 page typed statement describing the applicant’s professional and educational goals Three letters of recommendation addressing the applicant’s character and ability for graduate study. (Two of these recommendations must be from professional colleagues) Evidence of Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) training, and required immunizations Official transcripts from all undergraduate and graduate institutions attended, listing all courses taken and any degree(s) conferred An interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff members may be requested. Admission as an International Student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. For more information, refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section. (www.augsburg.edu/grad/international) Academic Policies Evaluation of academic performance in the Master of Arts in Nursing program will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale. See detailed information in the Academic Programs and Policies 55 Attendance Policy Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s classmates and the course instructor. Instructors may lower grades if attendance and participation is lacking. Individual syllabi will contain individual instructors’ requirements. Because classes are held in Rochester and Minneapolis, students must prepare to drive to class at least once per semester. Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in the MAN program. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of 2.0 or less in a course, the student must petition successfully to the faculty of the Master of Arts in Nursing program before being allowed to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If a second grade of 2.0 or less is received, the student may be dismissed from the program. Students may also be dismissed for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of college policy as published in the Student Guide. Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. Credit for Prior Education Students may petition the Master of Arts in Nursing faculty for approval of transfer of credit. Transfer credits will be evaluated on an individual basis. The only courses that will be considered for transfer credit are those earned from regionally accredited colleges and universities, whose course content is comparable to course content in the Master of Arts in Nursing program. No more than nine semester credits will be accepted for transfer credit. Schedules for Classes Master’s classes are taught in a hybrid format combining in-class and web-based instruction to meet the needs of working adults. Fall and spring classes meet 6 times per semester for 5 hour periods. Summer classes meet weekly for 78 hours for 7 weeks. Video conferencing is used to connect students in Rochester, MN, with students in Minneapolis. Some driving for class is required, as students from Rochester will travel to Minneapolis one time per semester and students from Minneapolis will travel to Rochester one time per semester. If weather is inclement, video conferencing is used. Classes in Rochester meet at Bethel Lutheran Church at 810 3rd Ave SE, Rochester, MN. Practica are additional to courses. Students enroll in practica concurrently with enrollment in courses. Accreditation and Affiliations The Master of Arts in Nursing program is fully accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE). Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation Approvals, and Memberships section. Faculty Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Minnesota State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Kathleen Clark, Instructor and Director of the Augsburg Central Health Commons and Health Commons at CedarRiverside, BSN University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Kaija Freborg, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Wisconsin- Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Cheryl Leuning, Professor of Nursing, BA, Augustana College; MS-PHN, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah. 56 Joyce Miller, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate MAN and DNP-TCN Programs. ADN, Rochester State Junior College; BSN, Augsburg College; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Deborah Schuhmacher, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of North Dakota, MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor, Director, DNP-FNP Program, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St. Catherine University, St. Paul, MN; MAN, FNP, Winona State University; DNP, Augsburg College. Gail Van Kanegan, Lecturer & Clinical Director, DNP-FNP Program, Diploma of Nursing, Blessing Hospital School of Nursing; ADN, John Wood Community College; MA, FNP, GNP, University of Missouri-Columbia; DNP, Augsburg College. Staff Sharon Wade, Nursing Programs Coordinator. BA, Augsburg College. Linden Gawboy, Nursing Programs Administrative Assistant. 57 Doctor of Nursing Practice – Transcultural Nursing (TCN) Leadership Track Mission Within the framework of liberal arts education and guided by the values of the Lutheran Church, the post-master’s Doctor of Nursing Practice program, TCN Leadership track of study prepares nurses for advanced transcultural nursing leadership in communities in order to maximize health through peaceful, just, and collaborative actions that uphold and improve human potential across care settings and care systems, with emphasis on eliminating health inequities locally and globally. As a post-master’s program, the DNP-TCN track of study builds upon the strengths of the Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN) program and prepares nurses for advanced leadership and practice roles in Transcultural Nursing (TCN). Program Goals Graduates of the Doctor of Nursing Practice program are prepared to:    Negotiate the complexity of multicultural care settings and care systems to eliminate health inequities among populations and communities Challenge conventional knowledge about illness through an ecological approach to social determinants of health Lead change through building coalitions with marginalized people that are based on mutuality and common cause Program Structure The program is structured in a modified cohort model. One cohort a year will be admitted to begin in the fall term. Students can choose to take full or part-time study. Students taking full-time study take two didactic offerings, two seminars, and a practicum each semester. Students in full-time study can complete the post-master’s DNP-TCN curriculum in 20 months, including completion of the DNP project. Students selecting part-time study take one didactic offering, one seminar and a practicum each semester. As a part-time student, completion of the program is expected to take 32 months, including completion of the DNP project. The DNP curriculum is organized into 33 semester credits comprised of didactic classes, experiential practica, and seminars, with a DNP project completing the degree. As a practice doctorate, the emphasis is on building leadership and practice skills in knowledge application among diverse population groups. The goal is to improve health and decrease health inequities that lead to unnecessary morbidity and mortality in communities. Students graduating from the DNP-TCN track are eligible to apply to the Transcultural Nursing Certification Commission (TCNCC) for advanced certification in Transcultural Nursing. Didactic A total of six didactic courses (18 semester credits) constitute the DNP program. One course equals three semester credits. The DNP courses (NUR 800 level), are taught in a variety of immersion models: one format is two days a month eight hours of class time each day, followed by a half-day morning seminar. Other courses are offered in an immersion format of 3-4 days of class per semester with 3 half-day seminars. Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s classmates and the course instructor. Classes are held on Augsburg’s campus in Minneapolis and an additional learning site in Rochester, MN, at Bethel Lutheran Church (810 3rd Ave SE). Video conferencing or Zoom is used for some of the classes and for distant students. However, students must be prepared to drive to Rochester and/or Minneapolis for class at least once per semester. If weather is inclement, video conferencing or Zoom is used. Practica Practica are organized to give flexibility and individual choice to students to support their increasing independence and depth of practice experience at the doctoral level. Students select practicum experiences that are either structured 58 immersions in a variety of cultural contexts led by nursing faculty or are student initiated and individually directed experiences mentored by nursing faculty. In a 15-week semester, practicum hours are computed as follows:    1 semester credit hour = 2 semester credit hours = 3 semester credit hours = 45 clock hours of practicum time per semester 90 clock hours of practicum time per semester 135 clock hours of practicum time per semester To earn the DNP, students must complete a total of 1,000 practicum hours in their Master’s and DNP programs. Students will be allowed to transfer up to 600 practicum hours from their master’s in nursing into the Augsburg DNP. As such, all students will register for at least nine semester credits of practica in the post-master’s DNP-TCN. Seminars Seminars focus on integration of conceptual learning with field practice, developing the student’s particular practice interests. Students are required to participate in a doctoral seminar every semester —fall and spring—until completion of the DNP degree. Cohorts of students who enter the DNP program together usually progress as a group in the seminars in which they enroll each semester, depending on whether they are studying full-time or part-time. The final seminar (NUR 841) culminates in the DNP project presentation and completion of the requirements for the DNP degree. Final DNP Project Final DNP projects must make a significant impact on nursing practice and health outcomes of populations and communities, demonstrate an evidence-based contribution to existing nursing knowledge, and be suitable for presentation or publication in a peer-reviewed venue. Through this scholarly project students demonstrate leadership in synthesizing and applying scientific knowledge to practice challenges in local and/or system wide contexts of care. Students should begin working on their DNP projects in the early stages of the DNP program and continue throughout the program. The student’s scholarly project is planned in collaboration with a major faculty advisor. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to the DNP-TCN Applicants to the Doctor of Nursing Practice TCN program must have:             An earned master’s degree in nursing from a regionally-accredited institution A GPA of 3.2 on a 4.0 grading scale in master’s in nursing program A current unencumbered RN license to practice in the US. Evidence of a completed graduate research course Evidence of up-to-date immunizations Satisfactory results of a certified federal criminal background check Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of the following items for each applicant: Three page typed double spaced essay responding to the following excerpt from Wendell Berry’s essay, “Health in Membership.” “I believe that the community—in the fullest sense: a place and all its creatures—is the smallest unit of health and that to speak of the health of an isolated individual is a contradiction in terms.” Official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended (Applicants with a college or university degree completed outside of the United States must submit an official evaluation from World Educational Services.) Three professional references A non-refundable deposit will be used to hold a place in the DNP/FNP program. The deposit will be applied to the orientation practicum. A successful, personal interview with Augsburg Nursing faculty 59 The number of applicants admitted to the DNP program will be limited and based on availability of faculty members who share a student’s practice interests and goals. Meeting the minimum admission criteria does not ensure that an applicant will be admitted to the program. Applicants who have graduated from a foreign nursing program, should submit their coursework for validation to the World Education Service (WES) or the National Association of Credential Evaluators (NACES) and have the reports sent directly to Augsburg College. Additionally, internationally-educated applicants may request the Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS) (www.cgfns.org) to forward their educational credentials report to the Minnesota State Board of Nursing. Once their credentials are verified, applicants must apply for licensure and demonstrate successful passing of the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX). Nurses who have previously submitted CGFNS credential verification in a state other than Minnesota, who have passed the NCLEX, will be considered for admission and must meet the same residency requirements expected of all students. Applicants whose first language is not English must submit score evidence from TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) score report of 80 on the Internet Based TOEFL (iBT) with a subscore of 20 on the written and 20 on the speaking sections. See Graduate Admissions for more information. (www.augsburg.edu/grad/international) Accreditation The Doctor of Nursing Practice program is accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE). Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section. Faculty Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Minnesota State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Kathleen Clark, Instructor and Director of the Augsburg Central Health Commons and Health Commons at CedarRiverside, BSN University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Kaija Freborg, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Wisconsin- Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Cheryl Leuning, Professor of Nursing, BA, Augustana College; MS-PHN, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah. Joyce Miller, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate MAN and DNP-TCN Programs. ADN, Rochester State Junior College; BSN, Augsburg College; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Deborah Schuhmacher, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of North Dakota, MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor, Director, DNP-FNP Program, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St. Catherine University, St. Paul, MN; MAN, FNP, Winona State University; DNP, Augsburg College. Gail Van Kanegan, Lecturer & Clinical Director, DNP-FNP Program, Diploma of Nursing, Blessing Hospital School of Nursing; ADN, John Wood Community College; MA, FNP, GNP, University of Missouri-Columbia; DNP, Augsburg College. Staff Sharon Wade, Nursing Programs Coordinator, BA, Augsburg College. Linden Gawboy, Nursing Programs Administrative Assistant. 60 Doctor of Nursing Practice – Family Nurse Practitioner (FNP) Track Mission Within the framework of liberal arts education and guided by the values of the Lutheran Church, the post-BSN (Bachelor of Science in Nursing) to DNP/FNP track of study prepares nurses for advanced nursing leadership and integrative primary care of families across cultures and care settings. Emphasis is on eliminating health inequities through peaceful, just, and collaborative actions that uphold and improve human potential. The curriculum emphasizes knowledge, skills and values that foster one’s ability to lead change, while addressing health needs and concerns of families and communities. Nursing scholarship and advanced autonomous practice as a primary care Nurse Practitioner, frames the critical exploration of knowledge in transcultural nursing, integrative healthcare practices, transformational leadership, and health assessment. Program Goals Graduates of the Doctor of Nursing Practice/Family Nurse Practitioner program are prepared to:      Negotiate the complexity of multicultural care settings and care systems to eliminate health inequities among populations and communities. Challenge conventional knowledge about illness through an ecological approach to social determinants of health. Lead change through building coalitions with marginalized people that are based on mutuality and common cause. Provide primary care to persons, families and communities with particular consideration for those who are underserved and/or marginalized by dominant societal structures. Integrate scientific evidence based guidelines into clinical practice. Program Structure The program is structured to admit students beginning each fall semester. Students may take courses on a part-time or full-time basis during the completion of their 500 level courses and the pre-FNP 800 level courses. Full-time study is required during the didactic and clinical courses in the FNP course sequence during the last two years of the program. Length of program: The Post-BSN to DNP/FNP track of study leads to eligibility for certification as a Family Nurse Practitioner (FNP) through the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) and requires a minimum of 84 semester credit hours, including 57 didactic credit hours and 23 clinical credit hours. Didactic A total of 19 didactic courses (57 semester credits) constitute the DNP/FNP program. Didactic classes, structured practica, and clinical experiences are taught in a variety of flexible schedules that are responsive to student needs. 500 level courses consist of six classes a semester - five hours of class time, in addition to taking a one credit practicum course associated with the didactic course. The DNP courses (NUR 800 level), are taught in a variety of immersion models: one format is two days a month - eight hours of class time for the first day and four hours the subsequent morning, followed by an afternoon seminar. Other courses are offered in an immersion format of 3-4 days of class per semester with 3 half-day seminars. The FNP courses (final two years of study) are offered on Mondays approximately five times a semester, class time hours will vary from 8 to 12 hours. Web-based assignments are integrated into all classes through Moodle. Community practicum experiences may be scheduled during the class meeting days as well. Additionally, some courses may be taught in an immersion format, where students and faculty are “immersed” in a unique socio-cultural context and course content and a set number of practicum hours are condensed into seven to fourteen days. Class attendance is expected and should be considered a key responsibility, not only to one’s self, but to one’s classmates and the course instructor. Classes are held on Augsburg’s campus in Minneapolis and in Rochester, MN, at Bethel Lutheran Church (810 3rd Ave SE) the location of Augsburg’s learning site or at Hermitage Farm Center for 61 Healing, 6415 West River Road NW, Rochester, MN. Video conferencing is used for some of the classes. However, students must be prepared to drive to Rochester and/or Minneapolis for class at least once per semester. If weather is inclement, video conferencing is used. Practica (for DNP courses) / Clinicals (for FNP courses) Practica are organized to give flexibility and individual choice to students to support their increasing independence and depth of practice experience at the doctoral level. Students select practicum experiences that are either structured immersions in a variety of cultural contexts led by nursing faculty or that are student initiated and individually directed experiences mentored by nursing faculty. FNP clinical sites will be arranged by clinical faculty. In a 15-week semester, practicum hours are computed as follows:    1 semester credit hour = 45 clock hours of practicum time per semester 2 semester credit hours = 90 clock hours of practicum time per semester 3 semester credit hours = 135 clock hours of practicum time per semester To earn the DNP/FNP, students must complete a total of 1,035 practicum hours. Students will be allowed to transfer up to 400 practicum hours from their master’s in nursing. To complete the DNP/FNP, students must complete 630 clinical hours (530 hours of primary care of the adult and 100 hours of primary care of children and women’s health and 35 clinical for integrative health). As such, all students will register for at least 23 semester credits of practica. Seminars Seminars focus on integration of conceptual learning with field practice developing the student’s particular practice interest. Students are required to participate in a total of four one-semester-credit doctoral seminars during the DNP/FNP program. The final seminar culminates in the project presentation and completion of the requirements for the DNP degree. Final DNP/FNP Project Final DNP/FNP projects must make a significant impact on nursing practice and health outcomes of populations and communities, demonstrate an evidence-based contribution to existing nursing knowledge, and be suitable for presentation or publication in a peer-reviewed venue. Through this scholarly project students demonstrate leadership in synthesizing and applying scientific knowledge to practice challenges in local and/or system wide contexts of care. Students should begin working on their DNP/FNP projects in the early stages of the program and continue throughout. The student’s scholarly project is planned in collaboration with a major faculty advisor. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to the DNP/FNP Applicants to the Doctor of Nursing Practice FNP program must have:        A completed application form and payment of application fee ($50 fee waived if apply on-line). An earned baccalaureate degree in nursing (BSN or BAN), master’s degree in nursing, or a doctor of nursing practice (DNP), from a nationally accredited institution and a nationally accredited nursing program. A minimum of five years active and current clinical practice as a Registered Nurse. Evidence of current unencumbered license as a Registered Nurse. MN license required. Other state licenses will be required for clinical rotations. Official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended (Applicants with a college or university degree completed outside of the United States must submit an official evaluation from World Educational Services. All costs related to document translations and evaluations are applicants’ responsibility. GPA of 3.0 from previous baccalaureate nursing program; GPA of 3.2 from previous masters in nursing program or DNP program. Three professional letters of recommendation. 62           A 2-3 page professional essay responding to the following: Explain why transcultural, holistic and integrative health education as a Doctorate of Nursing Practice/Family Nurse Practitioner is important in shaping the future of healthcare. Documentation verifying the number of practice hours completed in a nationally accredited graduate nursing program, if applicable. (A maximum of 400 practice hours may be transferred into the DNP/FNP tract of study from a nationally accredited master’s in nursing program.) A current Curriculum Vitae. Successful personal interview with Augsburg Nursing Faculty. Evidence of a completed undergraduate statistics course (within the last 5 years) on an official transcript before enrolling in the Nursing Research course (NUR520) & the associated practicum (NUR520P). Evidence of up to date immunizations per Department/College requirements A valid passport or proof of application is encouraged. Evidence of HIPAA training within the last 2 years. Satisfactory results of a certified federal criminal background check at time of admission and annually thereafter; additional testing may be required for clinical placement, e.g., alcohol, drug testing, HIV testing, etc. A non-refundable deposit will be used to hold a place in the DNP/FNP program. The deposit will be applied to the orientation practicum. The number of applicants admitted to the DNP/FNP program will be limited and based on availability of faculty members that share a student’s practice interests and goals. Meeting the minimum admission criteria does not ensure that an applicant will be admitted to the program. The above Admission Criteria are current as of April 2015 and are subject to change. Applicants who have graduated from a foreign nursing program, should submit their coursework for validation to the World Education Service (WES) or the National Association of Credential Evaluators (NACES) and have the reports sent directly to Augsburg College. Additionally, internationally-educated applicants may request the Commission on Graduates of Foreign Nursing Schools (CGFNS) (www.cgfns.org) to forward their educational credentials report to the Minnesota State Board of Nursing. Once their credentials are verified, applicants must apply for licensure and demonstrate successful passing of the National Council Licensure Examination (NCLEX). Nurses who have previously submitted CGFNS credential verification in a state other than Minnesota, who have passed the NCLEX, will be considered for admission and must meet the same residency requirements expected of all students. Applicants whose first language is not English must submit score evidence from TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) score report of 80 on the Internet Based TOEFL (iBT) with a subscore of 20 on the written and 20 on the speaking sections. See Graduate Admissions for more information. (www.augsburg.edu/grad/international) Accreditation The Doctor of Nursing Practice program is accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE), which has accredited the Master of Arts in Nursing and the Bachelor of Science in Nursing programs at Augsburg. Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section. Faculty Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, Minnesota State University; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Kathleen Clark, Instructor and Director of the Augsburg Central Health Commons and Health Commons at CedarRiverside, BSN University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. 63 Kaija Freborg, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Wisconsin- Eau Claire; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Cheryl Leuning, Professor of Nursing, BA, Augustana College; MS-PHN, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah. Joyce Miller, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of Graduate MAN and DNP-TCN Programs. ADN, Rochester State Junior College; BSN, Augsburg College; MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Deborah Schuhmacher, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of North Dakota, MAN, Augsburg College; DNP, Augsburg College. Lisa Van Getson, Assistant Professor, Director, DNP-FNP Program, BSN, College of St. Teresa, Winona, MN; MA, St. Catherine University, St. Paul, MN; MAN, FNP, Winona State University; DNP, Augsburg College. Gail Van Kanegan, Lecturer & Clinical Director, DNP-FNP Program, Diploma of Nursing, Blessing Hospital School of Nursing; ADN, John Wood Community College; MA, FNP, GNP, University of Missouri-Columbia; DNP, Augsburg College. Staff Sharon Wade, Nursing Programs Coordinator. BA, Augsburg College. Linden Gawboy, Nursing Programs Administrative Assistant. 64 Master of Business Administration Embarking on a graduate degree program is an exciting and challenging decision. The Augsburg MBA is a rigorous and intensive educational experience. The Augsburg MBA is practical and “hands-on,” focusing on applicable skills and knowledge designed to increase your ability to think, analyze and act. Augsburg MBA students all work on a consulting project with a local business where they apply what they’ve learned in the classroom to a real-world business problem. The Augsburg MBA also provides students a unique opportunity to investigate business cultures and practices through a faculty-led international experience. Our curriculum integrates the global experience of our faculty and reflects Augsburg’s mission of developing leaders grounded in values, purpose, and vocation. The Augsburg MBA is a proven accelerated cohort-based program focused on three learning modules; Personal and Professional Development, Quantitative Decision Making and Value Creation, all built on a foundation of ethical decision-making. We encourage our students to challenge themselves, their classmates and professors to bring a new and expanded focus of the world through guided reflection and examination. Augsburg MBA students are chosen because they exhibit purpose and direction in their careers and lives, and positive engagement with their community and associates. Our MBA graduates make a difference. We invite you to become part of a growing community of Augsburg MBA alumni. Bruce E. Batten, Ph.D. Director, Master of Business Administration Program MBA Mission - “Prepare Students for Meaningful Work” Our mission is to prepare students for meaningful work by developing their decision-making skills, critical thinking and by transforming them into effective managers and leaders in service to others. The program aspires to provide an outstanding student-centered education that produces graduates who are critically astute, technically proficient, and who understand the moral and ethical consequences of their decisions on their organization and on the world. Accreditation The Augsburg MBA is a candidate for accreditation with the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP). Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section. MBA Program Overview Today’s business leader must be able to quickly analyze situations and information and critically analyze alternatives and courses of action. The purpose of the Augsburg MBA is to prepare students to accept greater responsibility in organizations facing this dynamic and fast-evolving business culture. The curriculum of the MBA gives students the ability to think critically and ethically as they face the increased challenges of a global business environment. Quality, individual initiative, ethics, and teamwork are hallmarks of the Augsburg MBA. We have a commitment to continually improve students’ experiences and learning in the program. Our faculty is uniquely qualified to bridge theory and realworld application, giving MBA students opportunities to acquire skills and knowledge in a variety of disciplines. Plan of Study The Augsburg MBA is an accelerated, evening program that allows working professionals to complete an MBA degree in approximately 24 months. This is accomplished by using a cohort model in which students follow a predetermined schedule with classes meeting one night a week. Students in a cohort program model stay together as a group through the sequence of classes for the duration of the program. This provides a continuous, collaborative learning process. The cohort environment fosters a cohesive learning 65 community where students learn from each another, mentor each other, and peer coach. You’ll share diverse professional expertise and experience as you work in teams on projects, case studies, presentations, and simulations, both inside and outside of class. Working both individually and in small groups enables you to enhance your strengths, build your skills, expand your business acumen, and improve your decision-making. Together as a community you’ll build personal, social, and academic abilities. Adult learners bring a wealth of work and personal life experiences with them into the classroom, multiplying the opportunities for learning. The personal connections and relationships you build with fellow students and faculty will extend into an important and valuable network as you take your career to new levels. Program Requirements The Augsburg MBA requires 42 semester credits for degree completion. Augsburg MBA courses are either one and a half or three semester credits. Each three semester credit course consists of 28-32 hours of in-class instruction and 5 ½ 9 ½ hours of online instruction through our web-based electronic course management system. Up to nine credits may be waived through prior business coursework (with director/faculty approval) or certain professional credentials (with appropriate documentation). Courses that can be waived with equivalencies:      MBA 510 (3 semester credits) MBA 520 (3 semester credits) MBA 530 (3 semester credits) MBA 550 (3 semester credits) MBA 565 (3 semester credits) Professional Credentials Students who have passed the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) or Certified Management Accountants (CMA) exam may be waived from MBA 520, Accounting for Managers. Prior Academic Coursework Guideline  Students with prior academic coursework that meets the following criteria may be waived from eligible core courses.  Completion of at least two undergraduate courses covering corresponding Augsburg MBA core course material (See department for Equivalency details).  The most recent of the undergraduate courses was taken within the past five years and a second course within seven years.  A grade of B (or 3.0 on 4 point scale) or higher was earned in any course considered for a course waiver.  Course(s) must be taken at an approved, regionally-accredited institution.  Acceptance of core course waivers implies the student accepts the responsibility for having the essential knowledge and understanding of the core course material, and is properly prepared for any future core or elective course for which the waived course was a prerequisite. Academic credit is not awarded for any waived course, nor will the course appear on academic transcripts. Academic Calendar The Augsburg MBA is designed as a year-round program. Courses are offered during fall, spring, and summer semesters. Courses are offered consecutively during each term so students are able to concentrate on one subject at a time. The program is designed to have students take at least two courses per term. Official academic calendars and the MBA registration policies can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. The unique cohort model of the Augsburg MBA requires individual schedules for each cohort. These schedules are provided by the MBA department. 66 The Faculty-Led International Experience Each year, all current MBA students are offered the opportunity to participate in a faculty-led international experience. This trip is taken in conjunction with either of these courses: MBA 565 - Managing in a Global Environment or MBA 595 Strategic Management. Students will travel as a group to an international location, visit businesses, participate in faculty lectures, and learn about the culture and traditions of the countries visited. Each MBA student should have two opportunities during their matriculation in the program to participate. Costs can vary; but as a minimum, trips normally include tuition (for the course selected), lodging, and travel in-country, as well as some meals. The Augsburg MBA The 16 required courses of the Augsburg MBA are as follows: MBA 592 - Leadership: Ethics, Vision and Transformation MBA 540 - Business and Professional Ethics MBA 560 - Communication Issues in Management MBA 545 - Organizational Behavior MBA 585 - Student Learning Experience 1: Personal and Professional Development MBA 570 - Quantitative Decision-Making for Managers MBA 520 - Accounting for Business Managers MBA 530 - Managerial Finance MBA 510 - Applied Managerial Economics MBA 586 - Student Learning Experience 2: Simulation/Decision Making MBA 550 - Marketing Management MBA 565 - Managing in a Global Environment MBA 515 - Operations Management MBA 594 - Innovation and Entrepreneurship MBA 595 - Strategic Management MBA 580 - Management Consulting Project For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Locations and Schedules MBA classes are offered at two locations: Augsburg’s Minneapolis campus and Augsburg’s Rochester campus. Cohorts begin three times per academic year at Augsburg’s Minneapolis campus: September, January, and May. In Rochester, cohorts begin in September and May. Orientation for new cohorts is generally scheduled for one to two weeks in advance of the beginning of classes. For more information on class schedules, go to www.augsburg.edu/mba or call the Office of Admissions at 612-330-1101. Admission to the Augsburg MBA Program Admission to the Augsburg MBA program is determined by a committee decision. The committee may include MBA program staff, Business Administration Department faculty, and Office of Admissions staff. Admission Requirements Applicants to the MBA program must have:    Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution Minimum of two years of relevant work experience Personal interview with the MBA program director Admission checklist The following materials must be submitted to the Office of Admissions: 67        Completed application—Apply online at www.augsburg.edu/mba $35 application fee Two personal statements Official undergraduate/graduate transcripts sent directly to the Augsburg Office of Admissions Current résumé of work history Two confidential letters of recommendation MBA Math (needs to be completed before by the end of the second semester) Admission as an International Student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section. Admission as a Transfer Student Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants. Transfer students may receive up to 9 semester credits in transfer. (See Evaluation of Transfer Credit in Academic Programs and policies.) Students must complete no fewer than 21 semester credits at Augsburg in order to receive their MBA degree from Augsburg College. All students must complete the Management Consulting project (MBA 580) to graduate. Eligible coursework must be approved by the MBA program director before transfer credit will be granted. Academic Policies MBA Program Enrollment Policy Students are strongly encouraged to remain in their cohort and complete their MBA program as scheduled. Adjustments or modifications to the MBA schedule require the approval of the MBA program director. All students are required to complete all components of the program within five years of matriculation. Extensions beyond five years will be considered on the basis of petition to the MBA director. Students who leave the program for more than one semester must request a leave of absence in writing from the MBA program. A leave of absence may be granted for one calendar year. Students who return to the program after a leave of one year or more must fill out an Application for Readmission form and submit it to the MBA office. Time spent on an official MBA-approved leave of absence will not count toward the five-year deadline for degree completion. Academic Evaluation Evaluation of academic performance in the MBA program will be based on number grades using a 4.0-scale. For complete information, see Academic Programs and Policies. Withdrawal from Class For information regarding the last date on which students may withdraw from a class and receive a “W” on their records, refer to the academic calendar at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. Attendance Policies Student attendance at scheduled class meetings is a priority and required. However, MBA faculty understand that MBA students are working adults with significant responsibilities who, on occasion, face unforeseen situations that may interfere with attendance. Students should notify the faculty member teaching the course as soon as possible when the problem is immediate. When the student knows in advance of a class date where a potential conflict exists, they must discuss the proposed missed class with the faculty member prior to the date of the class. Students are responsible for the work covered during that class session and for making appropriate arrangements for obtaining handouts, lecture content, or other materials. Faculty members may assign appropriate independent work to insure that the student understands the material covered during the class session. 68 If appropriate and acceptable coordination is carried out by the student, there need not be any grade reduction for a single missed class session. This may be dependent on assignments due on the date of the missed class; e.g., final project presentations or team presentations. Point/grade reductions for unexcused absences are the prerogative of the faculty. Two missed class sessions, excused or unexcused, may be grounds for directing the student to withdraw from the course. More than two absences, excused or unexcused, require that a student withdraw from the class. Degree Requirements To be conferred the MBA degree, students must achieve the following:      Successful completion of all admission conditions Successful completion of MBA courses (2.5 or above) No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 or below, and with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher at the completion of the program Successful completion and submission of the management consulting project (capstone) Students who successfully complete Augsburg’s MBA program will receive a Master of Business Administration degree. MBA Faculty Bruce Batten, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, MBA. BS, Davidson College; PhD, Medical College of Virginia. Jeanne M. Boeh, Associate Professor of Economics. BS, MA, PhD, University of Illinois. David Conrad, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, Winona State University; MA, Ed.D, St. Mary’s University George Dierberger, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, University of Minnesota; MA, International Studies, University of St. Thomas; MBA, Fairleigh Dickinson University; Ed.D, Organization Development, University of St Thomas. Stella Hofrenning, Assistant Professor of Economics. BS, University of Maryland; PhD, University of Illinois. Mark Isaacson, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. Marc McIntosh, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, DePaul University; MBA, Harvard University; DBA, Argosy University. Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp, Associate Professor of Business Administration. BA, MA, Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; PhD, Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow. Peter J. Stark, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, Northwestern University; MBA, Pepperdine University. Steven M. Zitnick, Assistant Professor of Business Administration, BA, Shimer College: MS, Economics, University of Utah. 69 Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing MFA Mission The Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing is a two-year, low-residency program designed for those who wish to deepen and broaden their artistic sensibilities, discover a close-knit community of fellow writers, enjoy individual attention from an accomplished and forward-thinking faculty, and prepare themselves for the future of creative writing. Program Overview Summer Residencies The Augsburg Low-Residency MFA includes 10-day summer residencies on the Augsburg campus in Minneapolis, offering daily workshops, readings, and panels that focus on literary craft as well as career skills in teaching, editing, publishing, book arts, marketing, translation, and adaptation. The full degree program includes three summer residencies, featuring visits by distinguished writers in each genre as well as editors, agents, publishers, and literary entrepreneurs. Fall and Spring Semesters The first two residencies are followed each year by fall and spring off-campus semesters. During those terms, students work with faculty mentors in virtual classrooms that make use of online and other technologies. Each semester, MFA candidates enroll in one Mentorship section and one section of Critical and Creative Reading. Although MFA learning objectives call for demonstrated expertise in at least one genre by graduation, twenty-first century writers compose their work in an environment in which genre has permeable boundaries and lines between genres are often erased. With this in mind, cross-genre work will be encouraged, with students working in a genre other than the declared specialty, usually during the second off-campus semester. Owing to a revision in the curriculum, those students beginning the program in Summer of 2016 will take a combined mentorship and reading course during each fall and spring semester. During their final year of long-distance study, they will also take two two-unit courses: in one they will write a paper on some element of the craft of writing; in the other they will work on and complete their thesis. Semester Mentorships The Mentorship is a one-on-one experience with a faculty mentor who guides the student’s production of work and study of craft. This one-on-one creative studio experience is focused on the MFA candidate’s own writing and growth as a writer. Critical and Creative Reading in an Online Classroom This is a reading-as-writers course that provides an opportunity to work with your professor and a community of peers, considering craft, criticism and aesthetics. Meetings are online in the electronic classroom. The format may include online discussion boards, Skype or video chats, and teleconferences with mentors and fellow learners. The online classroom offers an opportunity to continue conversations begun during the residency with members of the MFA community. Students may repeat mentorship courses (ENL 511, 513, 521, and 523) and critical and creative readings courses (ENL 512, 514, 522, and 524), subject to the permission of the program director. Genres and Concentrations Genres include Fiction, Creative Nonfiction, Poetry, Screenwriting and Playwriting. The program also includes concentrations in teaching, translation, and publishing. Concentrations require additional coursework. With the program director’s consent, students may enroll in concentration courses simultaneously with 70 MFA studies. Candidates enrolled in the publishing concentration will be the staff of the publishing house Howling Bird Press and will select and publish one book each year. The book prize is open to submissions nationally. Plan of Study Students may select a completion plan for the MFA:      The Traditional plan. Students choose one genre as the designated field of study but areis encouraged to work outside the designated field of study for one term. Extended Study. Designed for students who wish to prolong their studies in a single genre, this option has students completing at least five mentored and reading terms instead of the standard four. At least four of these terms should be used to study the student’s declared genre. Mixed Genre. Designed for students who want to more deeply immerse themselves in a secondary genre, this option has students completing at least five mentored and reading terms, including three in the student’s primary declared genre and two in a different genre. Post-MFA. Designed for students who already have an MFA, this option allows students to drop into the program for a single residency or semester of study — or longer. Students seeking this option should contact the program director, as his approval is required. Career Concentration. Designed for students who wish to better prepare themselves for the job market, this option allows students to enroll in electives in teaching, translation and/or publishing. This work is completed alongside a traditional or extended/mixed genre course of study, or pursued immediately after completing the MFA. Accommodating Writers Who Work Full-Time and Those Who Live Outside of Minnesota Augsburg’s Traditional MFA in Creative Writing can be completed in eleven courses (three summer residencies and four off-campus electronic semesters of two courses each). Those students beginning summer of 2016 can complete the program in nine courses (three summer residencies, four long-distance mentorship and reading courses, a craft paper course, and a thesis course.) A typical plan of study in the Traditional Low-Residency MFA, will work like this: First Year Summer Residency I, including genre workshops, writing seminars, readings and lectures, ten days on the Minneapolis campus, with assignments before and after residency. Fall Semester I, a combined Mentorship studio and Creative and Critical Reading course. Spring Semester I, a combined Mentorship studio and Creative and Critical Reading course (generally the “out-ofgenre” term). Second Year Summer Residency II, including genre workshops, writing seminars, readings and lectures, ten days on the Minneapolis campus, with assignments before and after residency. Fall Semester II, a combined Mentorship studio and Creative and Critical Reading course and a craft paper course. Students complete a craft paper at this point. Spring Semester II, a combined Mentorship studio and Creative and Critical Reading course and a thesis units course. This is the semester during which students complete a thesis and prepare a lecture/presentation for their final residency. Third Year – Residency Only Summer Residency III, including genre workshop, writing seminars, readings and lectures. Final term for graduating MFA candidates. Graduates give a public lecture/presentation and a reading from thesis work. Ten days on the Minneapolis campus, with assignments before and after residency. 71 Coursework: ENL 531 Residency in Creative Writing: Fiction ENL 532 Residency in Creative Writing: Nonfiction ENL 533 Residency in Creative Writing: Poetry ENL 534 Residency in Creative Writing: Screenwriting ENL 535 Residency in Creative Writing: Playwriting ENL 536 Residency in Creative Writing: Multi-Genre ENL 541 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Fiction ENL 542 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Nonfiction ENL 543 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Poetry ENL 544 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Screenwriting ENL 545 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Playwriting ENL 546 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading: Multi-Genre ENL 547 Craft Paper: Fiction ENL 548 Craft Paper: Nonfiction ENL 549 Craft Paper: Poetry ENL 550 Craft Paper: Screenwriting ENL 551 Craft Paper: Playwriting ENL 552 Craft Paper: Multi-Genre ENL 553 Thesis: Fiction ENL 554 Thesis: Nonfiction ENL 555 Thesis: Poetry ENL 556 Thesis: Screenwriting ENL 557 Thesis: Playwriting ENL 558 Thesis: Multi-Genre ENL 561 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Fiction ENL 562 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Nonfiction ENL 563 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Poetry ENL 564 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Screenwriting ENL 565 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Playwriting ENL 566 Mentorship and Critical and Creative Reading - Half-time: Multi-Genre Concentrations: ENL 525 - Teaching Writing: Practice and Theory ENL 526 - Literary Translation Practicum ENL 527 - Publishing I ENL 528 - Publishing II For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to MFA Admission Requirements Qualified applicants must hold a bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited college or university with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher for all undergraduate coursework. Students with a GPA of 2.5-3.0 may be admitted conditionally into the program based on the strength of their writing samples. Applications Must Include  Completed online application  One letter of recommendation  A personal essay 72     A writing sample: Fiction or Creative Non-Fiction, 20 pages, double-spaced Poetry, 15-20 pages, single-spaced Screenwriting or Playwriting, up to 30 pages in script/playwriting format Admission as an International Student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section. Academic Policies Credit To earn the MFA, candidates must complete 44 semester credits, write a critical/creative paper, deliver a public lecture/presentation, give a public reading/staging, and complete a book length manuscript of publishable quality (fiction, nonfiction and poetry), a screenplay/calling card script (screenwriting), or a full-length play of producible quality (playwriting). The residencies and the combined mentorship and critical and creative reading courses carry six semester credits. Craft paper and thesis courses carry two semester credits. To earn the MFA, candidates must complete 46 semester credits, write a critical/creative paper, deliver a public lecture/presentation, give a public reading/staging, and complete a book length manuscript of publishable quality (fiction, nonfiction and poetry), a screenplay/calling card script (screenwriting), or a full-length play of producible quality (playwriting). To include a concentration in Teaching or in Translation/Adaptation in the MFA, students must complete 12 courses or 48 credits. For the MFA with a concentration in Publishing, students must complete 13 courses or 52 credits. Transfer Augsburg’s low-residency MFA includes in-person and online elements that help us maintain a strong community and create a culture in which our writers thrive. This studio degree is the terminal degree in writing and because of the unique features of a terminal, low-residency, studio degree, the final decision on transfer credit will depend on review by the Augsburg College MFA Program. A maximum of eight semester credits from traditional residency MFA programs and from MA programs in creative writing or English literature may be accepted. The MFA Program Director will review and may offer up to four additional credits in transfer for equivalent residency or workshop experience completed in another program. The maximum transfer credits allowed is 12 credits. Academic Evaluation Grading The MFA Program uses fine arts studio grading practices, formative in nature and designed to be an element of the teaching curriculum. A narrative transcript composed of comments on those elements that the particular student writer is working on during a particular term will be used to assess progress in the mentorship courses. These are formative and qualitative assessment elements and professors’ responses will vary as professor/artists and student/artists approach student work with the student’s individual artistic aims in mind. In addition to the fine arts formative and qualitative assessment, students will be assessed in light of their success in meeting learning objectives of the course while completing work assigned. MFA in Creative Writing Courses are graded on a Pass/No Credit basis, using the Augsburg graduate grading model scale as described below: P – Represents work at 3.0 or higher and meets acceptable standards. N – No credit, not counted in grade point average. 73 Alignment of Course Outcomes MFA courses are aligned with the Program Hallmarks of the Association of Writers and Writing Programs (AWP), the national professional organization for writing programs and the writers who teach in those programs. Participation Students are expected to fully participate in Summer Residencies, attending workshop sessions and scheduled meetings with mentors as well as a majority of readings, lectures and other scheduled sessions. Participation in off-campus coursework is expected to occur during the designated time for each Mentorship studio critique session and “time away” for creative work. Students are also expected to take part in synchronous and asynchronous sessions with mentors and demonstrate “presence” in the Creative and Critical Reading courses through regularly scheduled exchanges with faculty and peers. Academic Honesty Augsburg’s high expectations for academic honesty will be applied to this class. Please refer to the Student Guide at inside.augsburg.edu/studentaffairs/studentguide/academic-honest-policies if you have any questions. Affiliation The Augsburg College MFA Program is a member of the Association of Writers and Writing Programs (AWP) and curriculum is based on the AWP Hallmarks of an Effective Low Residency MFA Program in Creative Writing. A complete list of Augsburg’s accreditation, approvals, and memberships, is available in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section. Mentor Faculty James Cihlar, Publishing Mentor. BA, University of Iowa; MA, University of Nebraska, Lincoln; PhD, University of Nebraska, Lincoln. Stephan Clark, Assistant Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, University of Southern California; MA, University of California, Davis; PhD, Literature and Creative Writing, the University of Southern California. Cass Dalglish, Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, Spanish Language and Literature, St. Catherine University; MFA, Creative Writing, Vermont College of Fine Arts; PhD, Creative Writing, Archetypal and Ancient Women’s Writing, The Union Institute and University. Heid E. Erdrich, MFA Mentor. BA, Dartmouth College; MA, The Johns Hopkins University Writing Seminars; PhD, Creative Writing and Native American Literature, The Union Institute and University. Jack El-Hai, MFA Mentor. BA, Carleton College; MFA, Creative Writing and Literature, Nonfiction, Bennington College. Neal Karlen, MFA Mentor. BA, Brown University; MA, University of Minnesota. Carson Kreitzer, MFA Mentor. BA, Yale University; MFA, University of Texas, Austin. Christina Lazaridi, MFA Mentor. BA, Princeton University; MFA, Screenwriting, Columbia University. Sarah Myers, Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts, MFA Mentor. BS, Northwestern University; MFA, Playwriting and Drama and Theatre for Youth & Communities; PhD, Performance as Public Practice, the University of Texas, Austin. Lindsay Starck, Assistant Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, Yale University; MFA, University of Notre Dame; PhD, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill (anticipated). Cary Waterman, Assistant Professor of English, MFA Mentor. BA, the University of Denver; MA, Poetry Thesis, Minnesota State University-Mankato. 74 Faculty Associates Robert Cowgill, Associate Professor of English, Academic Writing Faculty. BA, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. D.E. Green, Professor of English. Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. BA, Amherst College; MA, PhD, Brown University. Michael Kidd, Associate Professor of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, Translation and Adaptation Faculty. BA, Pomona College; PhD, Cornell University. John Schmit, Professor of English, Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. BS, St. John’s University; MA, University of New Orleans; PhD, The University of Texas. Frankie Shackelford, Professor Emerita, Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, Translation and Adaptation Faculty. BA, Texas Christian University; PhD, University of Texas. Kathryn Swanson, Professor of English, Academic Writing and Teaching Faculty. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota. Visiting Writers Ed Bok Lee, Poetry Sue William Silverman, Creative Nonfiction Ben Percy, Fiction Alex Lemon, Poetry and Memoir Deborah Blum, Creative Nonfiction Pam Houston, Fiction Kristoffer Diaz, Playwriting Bill Wheeler, Screenwriting Carson Kreitzer, Playwriting Kenneth Rance, Screenwriting Helene Wecker, Fiction Staff Kathleen Matthews, Administrative Assistant 75 Master of Music Therapy MMT Mission To prepare students to be leaders in the field, while fostering their passion to serve clients and families, and offer unique learning experiences that allow them to discover and realize their full potential. To engage students in life changing experiences, rich in experiential learning, collaborative in nature, fostering a holistic view of the use of music in health, healing and well-being. To advance the practice of music therapy by preparing students through a hybrid master’s degree program that is innovative, flexible and possesses breadth and depth, designed to meet the changing demands of healthcare. Program Overview Degree requirements The MMT degree program is designed for music therapists who are currently board certified and who wish to continue their education and advance their level of practice. The program is a 36 credit program with core music therapy courses, courses focused on the practice of music therapy in healthcare and medicine, and elective courses of interest. Core Music Therapy Courses – 24 credits MUS 510 - Advanced Music Therapy Theory (3 credits) MUS 511 - Advanced Music Therapy Practicum (0 credit) MUS 515 - Advanced Music Therapy Clinical Practice I (3 credits) MUS 520 - Advanced Music Therapy Clinical Practice II (3 credits) MUS 525 - Cross-Cultural Awareness in Music Therapy (3 credits) MUS 530 - Music Therapy Ethics (2 credits) MUS 535 - Music Therapy Supervision and Professional Development (2 credits) MUS 540 - Music Therapy Research I (3 credits) MUS 545 - Music Therapy Research II (3 credits) MUS 595 – Thesis or Final Project (2 credits) Music Therapy Electives– 12 credits MUS 550 - Music Psychotherapy (2 credits) MUS 555 - Music Therapy, Spirituality and Well-being (2 credits) MUS 560 - Music and Imagery (2 credits) MUS 565 - Advanced Music Therapy with Infants, Children and Family Centered Care (2 credits) MUS 570 - Music, Neurology and Physiology (2 credits) MUS 575 - Music Therapy in Palliative Care (2 credits) MUS 576 - Music Therapy in Trauma Informed Care (2 credits) MUS 580 - Transcultural Music Therapy I (4 credits) (global educational experience) MUS 582 – Transcultural Music Therapy II (4 credits) (global educational experience) MUS 585 - Advanced Music Therapy Group Work (3 credits) MUS 590 - Interdisciplinary Practice & Research Methods in Music Therapy (3 credits) Thesis or Final Project Completion of a thesis or final project is required as a part of the degree program. The thesis and final project are both subject to approval by program director.   Thesis: A scholarly paper utilizing historical, philosophical, descriptive, experimental or mixed methods research. Final Project: A supervised clinical project that is comprehensive and designed to develop and advance an area of one’s clinical practice. 76 The Equivalency Plus Master of Music Therapy will complete the courses outlined above in addition to any courses needed to accomplish their equivalent status. The Equivalency Plus MMT is 64 credits plus the clinical internship and is designed to be completed in two and a half years. The equivalency courses include the following: MUS 271 - Introduction to Music Therapy (2 credits) MUS 274 - Music Therapy Practicum (0 credits) MUS 340 - Music Therapy Methods I (2 credits) MUS 345 - Music Therapy Methods II (2 credits) MUS 374 - Music Therapy Practicum (0 credits) MUS 372 - Psychological Foundations of Music I (4 credits) BIO 103 - Human Anatomy & Physiology (3 credits) PSY 105 - Principles of Psychology (4 credits) PSY 262 - Abnormal Psychology (4 credits) EDC 410 - Learners with Special Needs (4 credits) The Equivalency Plus+ Master of Music Therapy will complete the courses outlined previous two sections (MMT and Equivalency Plus), as well as the course listed below. MUS 101 Materials of Music I (2 credits) MUS 111 Aural Skills I (2 credits) MUP xxx Primary Lessons (minimum 4 semesters needed) MUE xxx Chamber or Large Ensemble (minimum of 4 semesters needed) MUS 102 Materials of Music II (2 credits) MUS 112 Aural Skills II (2 credits) MUS 201 Materials of Music III (2 credits) MUS 211 Aural Skills III (2 credits) MUS 231 History and Lit of Music I (4 credits) MUS 232 History and Lit of Music II (4 credits) Plan of Study There are three tracks for the Master of Music Therapy program. The first is for individuals who hold a bachelor’s degree in music therapy. They follow the master of music therapy track. The second track is for individuals that hold a bachelor’s degree in music. They follow the Equivalency Plus Master of Music Therapy track. The third is for individuals that hold a bachelor’s degree that is not in music, but have a strong music background. They follow the Equivalency Plus+ Master of Music Therapy track. Admission to MMT          Online Application All college transcripts 2 letters of recommendation (can be submitted online through the application-please have your recommenders email addresses when you begin the application). Proof of Board Certification An Audition (this can be taped or live) ten to fifteen minutes of your best instrument(s). Essay-(can be submitted as part of the online application) no longer than three pages addressing the following questions. Describe your goals as a music therapist and how an MMT degree will help you reach those goals. Tell about a moment that helped encourage you to begin a career in music therapy. As a music therapist you will help people from all walks of life and with a variety of needs and illnesses, how are you qualified (physically, mentally, and emotionally) to assist these people in improving their quality of life? 77 Please note that you can upload your essay directly into the online application. You may also input the names and emails of your recommenders and the system will send them a link to directions and the checklist we request they fill out for you. If not submitted with the online application, materials need to be sent to: Augsburg College Graduate Admissions, CB 65 2211 Riverside Ave S. Minneapolis, MN 55454 or emailed to gradinfo@augsburg.edu For Academic Policies, please see Academic Policies. Accreditation and Affiliation Augsburg is regionally accredited by: The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) The Master of Music Therapy Program is accredited by: National Association Schools of Music (NASM) American Music Therapy Association (AMTA) MMT Faculty Annie Heiderscheit, Assistant Professor, Director of Master of Music Therapy. BME-MT, Wartburg College; MS, Iowa State University; PhD, University of Minnesota. 78 Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies Mission The mission of the Augsburg College Department of Physician Assistant Studies is based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity to persons of all cultures and backgrounds and oriented toward providing care to underserved populations. Students are well educated in current medical theory and practice, and graduates are encouraged to work in primary care settings. The program promotes dedication to excellence in performance, with the highest standards of ethics and integrity, and commitment to lifelong personal and professional development. Accreditation The Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA) has granted Continued Accreditation to the Physician Assistant Program sponsored by Augsburg College. Continued accreditation is an accreditation status granted when a currently accredited program is in compliance with the ARC-PA Standards. Continued Accreditation remains in effect until the program closes or withdraws from the accreditation process or until accreditation is withdrawn for failure to comply with the Standards. The approximate date for the next comprehensive review of the program by ARC-PA will be Spring 2019. About PA As defined by the American Academy of Physician Assistants: “PAs are health professionals licensed or, in the case of those employed by the federal government, credentialed to practice medicine in association with designated collaborating physicians. PAs are qualified by graduation from an accredited PA educational program and/or certification by the National Commission on Certification of Physician Assistants ... Within the physician-PA relationship, PAs provide patient-centered medical care services as a member of a healthcare team. PAs practice with defined levels of autonomy and exercise independent medical decision making within their scope of practice.” In the state of Minnesota, a PA is licensed with the Board of Medical Practice. In Minnesota, and most other states, the PA must be NCCPA (National Commission on Certification of Physician Assistants) certified and hold a delegation agreement with a licensed physician. Curriculum The Physician Assistant program at Augsburg is 28 months long with studies beginning each year in the summer semester (late May or early June). The program accepts up to 30 students for each new class. Graduates will receive a Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies and a PA certificate. Approximately the first 16 months of the program is didactic, or classroom work, including courses in human gross anatomy, pathophysiology, clinical medicine, pharmacotherapy, history and physical exam skills, research, and professional issues. The academic phase of the program also includes development of practical skills through the use of case studies, simulated patients, and technical skills workshops (ie. suturing, casting/splinting, etc.) The clinical phase is completed in approximately 12 months. The clinical phase of the program is designed to effectively train students for practice by providing them with rotation experiences in different specialties and a variety of practice settings. To that end, each student will be required to complete rotations outside the metropolitan area. Each student is required to successfully complete clinical rotations in family medicine, pediatrics, women’s health, behavioral health, emergency medicine, internal medicine, surgery, and one elective rotation by choosing from various specialties. The clinical phase will culminate with a preceptorship that is designed to solidify the student’s skills and potentially place them in a setting that might be interested in recruiting a graduate PA. Clinical instructors include Physicians, Physician Assistants and other health care providers. 79 A student will be required to complete the clinical phase at site(s) determined by the Program to provide the student with the best educational experience. Clinical rotation sites will be located throughout the state of MN and other cities in the 5 state area. The Augsburg PA program includes time away from the program at varying times which may or may not differ from the traditional breaks at Augsburg University; these breaks contribute to the overall 28 month length of the program. PA Program Sample Calendar YEAR 1 Summer PA 501 - Human Anatomy and Neuroanatomy PA 503 - Human Pathophysiology Fall PA 511 - History and Physical Exam Skills I PA 521 - Pharmacotherapy I PA 531 - Clinical Medicine I PA 542 - Professional Issues PA 546 - Clinical Practice Seminar I Spring PA 512 - History and Physical Exam Skills II PA 522 - Pharmacotherapy II PA 532 - Clinical Medicine II PA 547 - Clinical Practice Seminar II PA 555 - Research Tools for the Physician Assistant YEAR 2 Summer PA 533 - Clinical Medicine III PA 545 - Clinical Phase Transition Master’s Project course, one of the following*: PA 599 - Directed Study ML 577 - International Experience Fall PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 1, 2, 3 Spring PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 4, 5, 6 YEAR 3 Summer PA 6XX - Clinical Rotations 7, 8 PA 62X - Preceptorship PA 690 - Capstone *Other program-approved options may be available For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. 80 Admission to the PA Program Admission Requirements Complete and current-year admission guidelines can be found on our website at www.augsburg.edu/pa. Admission to any physician assistant program is a highly competitive process. Qualified applicants will have:     Bachelor’s degree (in any major) from a regionally-accredited four-year institution Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 as calculated by CASPA at the time of application Minimum science GPA of 3.0 as calculated by CASPA at the time of application Completed the prerequisite courses listed below Prerequisite Courses To be an eligible applicant for the physician assistant studies program, you must have completed the prerequisite courses listed below. These courses must have been completed within 10 years of the year you are applying for admission. Applicants completing their first undergraduate degree in the spring term may complete prerequisite coursework in the summer, fall, and spring term of the academic year they apply as long as the degree and prerequisite coursework will be completed by the start date for the program. Applicants who already have an undergraduate degree, or who will complete their degree in a term other than spring, have the summer and fall semesters of the year they apply by which to complete prerequisites. All course prerequisites must have been passed with a grade of C (2.0) or higher. Meeting minimum prerequisites does not guarantee admission into the program.       One full course of psychology One full course of physiology* (human/vertebrate/organ) One full course of microbiology* One full course of biochemistry* One full course of general statistics One course of medical terminology *Labs are recommended but not required. The following are strongly recommended but not required:     Direct patient care is the best type of experience to obtain in order to strengthen an application. We recommend at least 2000 hours to be competitive in this category. Additional science courses such as anatomy, genetics, immunology, other biology courses, and organic chemistry Demonstration of motivation for the PA profession by formally shadowing a PA or other health care provider. Demonstration of a commitment to, and involvement with, underserved communities Note: The Graduate Record Exam (GRE) is not required. PA Studies Application Process The Augsburg Physician Assistant Studies program has a two-step application process—applying through CASPA and to Augsburg’s PA Studies Program. The Augsburg PA Program participates in the Centralized Application Service for Physician Assistants (CASPA) which is sponsored by the Physician Assistant Education Association (PAEA). All applications to the PA Program for the entering class must be processed through CASPA, following all guidelines and regulations set forth by CASPA. Application forms with detailed instructions can be obtained online at portal.caspaonline.org. 81 You will be considered an eligible applicant if you have a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 at the time of application (as calculated by CASPA), if you have a minimum science GPA of 3.0 at the time of application (as calculated by CASPA), if you have completed or will complete your undergraduate degree prior to the start date of the program, and if you have completed or will complete your prerequisite courses within the timeline specified for your degree status. Additional Application Details: The Augsburg PA Program requires three letters of recommendation submitted through the CASPA process. We strongly recommend that one be from an employer/colleague (a professional reference), one letter be from a professor or adviser (an academic reference), and the third from a person of your choice. Be sure that your letter writers are able to tell the committee about you as well as his/her experiences with you and observations about you. Your Supplemental Application must be submitted electronically on or before August 1 in order to be considered. We use the CASPA “Complete Date” to determine if you have met the application deadline of August 1. The “Complete Date” on your application must be August 1 or prior in order to be considered meeting the deadline. CASPA assigns a “Complete Date’ when they have received your electronic application, transcripts from all schools attended, 2 of your 3 letters of reference, and payment. Until those criteria are met, your application will not be given a “Complete Date.” Your GPA (cumulative and science) is set at the time of your CASPA submission. The Augsburg PA Program will not recalculate GPAs as additional coursework is completed post CASPA submission. We will request grade reports for your prerequisite courses and add them to your file as they are completed, but your official GPA, as calculated by CASPA, will be the GPA of record for your application Selection Process All complete files (CASPA and Supplemental Applications that meet requirements) will be reviewed by the admissions committee. The selection committee looks for a balanced application by reviewing key criteria such as cumulative GPA, science GPA, and direct patient care experience followed by overall academic record, service to underserved (meaning disadvantaged, minority, or underrepresented populations), essay responses, knowledge of the profession, fit with the program goals and mission, and recommendation letters. As the committee completes file review, candidates are selected for an interview. The interviews are generally conducted during the months of October, November, and January. Candidates come to campus to meet program faculty, staff and current students, and to view the facilities. As interviews are completed, seats in the incoming class are offered. The cohort class will be filled between the months of October and May. A list of alternates will be selected in January to fill seats that accepted candidates may not claim. All applicants are notified of their final status by mid-February. Accepted candidates must complete and pass a background check prior to matriculation and annually through the program. Failure of the background check may result in dismissal from the program. Academic Policies Please see the PA program website at www.augsburg.edu/pa for further details about policies outlined here. Technical Standards The physician assistant must have the knowledge and skills to function in a broad variety of clinical situations and to render a wide spectrum of patient care. They must be able to integrate all information received by whatever sense(s) employed, consistently, quickly, and accurately, and they must have the intellectual ability to learn, integrate, analyze, and synthesize data. Candidates for physician assistant certification offered by the Physician Assistant Studies Department at Augsburg College must have, with or without reasonable accommodation, multiple abilities and skills including: perception/observation, communication, motor/tactile function, cognition and professionalism. 82 Candidates for admission and progression must be able to perform these abilities and skills in a reasonably independent manner. Perception/observation Students must be able to perceive, by the use of senses and mental abilities, the presentation of information through:           Small group discussions and presentations Large-group lectures One-on-one interactions, Demonstrations (physical exam maneuvers) Laboratory experiments (cadaver dissection) Patient encounters (at a distance and close at hand) Diagnostic findings (EKGs, laboratory results, x-rays and ultrasound) Procedures (suturing, casting/splinting, IV access)) Written material (powerpoints, textbooks, and readings) Audiovisual material (slides, medical videos) Communication Students must be able to skillfully communicate (in English) verbally and in written form with faculty members, other members of the healthcare team, patients, families, and other students, in order to:       Elicit information Convey information Clarify information Create rapport Develop therapeutic relationships Demonstrate competencies Motor/tactile function Students must have sufficient motor function and tactile ability to meet the competencies required for graduation and to:         Attend (and participate in) classes, groups, and activities which are part of the curriculum Communicate in a written format Examine patients (including observation, auscultation, palpation, percussion, and other diagnostic maneuvers) Do basic laboratory procedures and tests Perform diagnostic procedures Provide general and emergency patient care (airway management, placement of intravenous catheters, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, and application of pressure to control bleeding) Function in outpatient, inpatient, and surgical venues (standing and actively assisting the surgical team) Perform in a reasonably independent and competent way in sometimes stressful clinical environments Cognition Students must be able to demonstrate higher-level cognitive abilities, which include:        Rational thought Measurement Calculation Visual-spatial comprehension Conceptualization Analysis Synthesis 83        Organization Representation (oral, written, diagrammatic, three dimensional) Memory Application Clinical reasoning Ethical reasoning Sound judgment Professionalism Students must possess the emotional health required for the full utilization of their intellectual abilities, for the exercise of good judgment, for the prompt completion of all responsibilities attendant to the diagnosis and care of patients, and for the development of effective relationships with patients. Candidates must be able to tolerate physically taxing workloads and function effectively under stress. They must be able to adapt to changing environments, display flexibility and learn to function in the face of uncertainties inherent in the clinical problems of patients. In summary, PA students must be able to:       Consistently display integrity, honesty, empathy, caring, fairness, respect for self and others, diligence, and dedication Promptly complete all assignments and responsibilities attendant to the diagnosis and care of patients Develop mature, sensitive, and effective relationships, not only with patients but with all members of the Augsburg community and healthcare teams Tolerate physically, emotionally, and mentally demanding workloads Function effectively under stress, and proactively make use of available resources to help maintain both physical and mental health Take responsibility for themselves and their behaviors Documentation of a Disability The Augsburg College Department of Physician Assistant Studies is pledged to the admission and matriculation of qualified students and wishes to acknowledge awareness of laws which prohibit discrimination against anyone on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, age or disability. Regarding disabled individuals, the Physician Assistant Studies department will not discriminate against such individuals who are otherwise qualified but will expect all applicants and students to meet certain minimal technical standards. All Augsburg students have been accepted by the college based on their ability to succeed academically and are required to meet the same academic and technical standards. Disability Resources (CLASS Office) provides academic support and accommodations to students with disabilities or temporary conditions. Accessing accommodations is an ongoing and interactive process where information can be gathered from the student and from other relevant sources. We ask that students interview with a Disability Specialist to discuss their requests. We prefer students to present any documentation that describes their disability and the impact on educational experiences and in the educational environment early in the process. Each student’s requests will be evaluated on an individual basis. The purpose of documentation is to assist in providing information and understanding about how the courses or facilities might present barriers and to what degree the disability affects the student, and to plan for accommodations to facilitate access. Some Examples of Disabilities       Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD/ADD) Learning Disabilities Psychiatric Disabilities Autism Spectrum Disorders Head Injury/Traumatic Brain Injury Physical Disabilities and Systemic Illnesses 84     Deafness/Hearing Impairment Blindness/Low Vision Disabilities that are sporadic or degenerative in nature Temporary conditions The first step in accessing services is to call CLASS to schedule an appointment with a Disability Specialist, (612) 3301053. Experiential Learning Policy The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program does not award academic credit to an individual for experiential learning. Applicants desiring admission to Augsburg’s PA Program must satisfactorily complete all prerequisite courses. Experiential learning will be considered separately from prerequisite courses. Experiential learning prior to and during admittance to the Augsburg PA Program will not substitute for any part of the clinical phase. Employment while in the Program Program faculty discourage outside employment while in the Physician Assistant Program. Faculty do recognize that employment may be an issue that some students will face. Given this recognition, realize that program obligations will not be altered due to a student’s work obligations. It is further expected that work obligations will not interfere with the physician assistant students’ learning progress or responsibilities while in the program. Withdrawal and Readmission Policies Voluntary withdrawal from the Physician Assistant Program may be initiated by a student after submission of a letter to the Program Director requesting withdrawal. In the letter, the student should outline the circumstances and reasons for withdrawal. Students will be requested to conduct an exit interview with the Program Director prior to leaving the program. For information on withdrawal, see the Academic Policies section. Readmission Students may request readmission after voluntary withdrawal by submitting a letter to the Program Director stating the reasons the student wishes readmission and the anticipated date for readmission. The submission of a letter and previous enrollment does not constitute automatic acceptance and/or reentry into the program. Reapplication to the PA Program after dismissal from the program will be considered only under extremely unusual circumstances. For the full readmission policy and reapplication process, please contact the program. Advanced Placement The Department of PA Studies does not offer advanced placement to admitted students. All students admitted to the PA Program must complete the entire curriculum. Transfer The Department of PA studies does not accept student transfers from other PA programs. Costs of the PA Program For tuition information, go to www.augsburg.edu/pa. For complete and current payment options go to the Student Financial Services website at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial. PA Program Faculty Beth Alexander, Associate Professor and Academic Coordinator; PharmD, University of Minnesota 85 Eric Barth, Assistant Professor; BS and PA Certificate, Trevecca Nazarene University; MPAS, University of Nebraska Stephanie Elko, Director of Clinical Education; MPAS, PA-C University of New England Jenny Kluznik, Assistant Professor; MPH, George Washington University; MPAS, Augsburg College Holly Levine, Assistant Professor; MD, Loyola University Chicago Stritch School of Medicine Skye Peltier, Instructor; MPH, University of Minnesota; MPAS, Augsburg College Alicia Quella, Program Director, Clinical Associate Professor; PhD, PA-C, University of Iowa Meredith Wold, Instructor; MPAS PA-C, Augsburg College 86 Master of Social Work You have chosen an exciting way to serve others. The social work profession offers you the rewarding prospect of joining with others to respond to problems and develop opportunities that benefit individuals, families, groups, and communities. The MSW degree prepares you for advanced professional practice in the field of social work. Augsburg’s MSW program prepares you for agency-based practice with individuals, families, groups, and communities, and with a dedication to system change that reduces oppression and discrimination. Graduates of our program share how they appreciated the opportunity to learn new ideas as well as learn more about themselves. These graduates valued our small class size, our cohort structure, and the opportunity to have a mentoring relationship with our faculty and staff. As a small program, we have high expectations for our students and at the same time offer the flexibility to help them meet their individual goals. Attending Augsburg College will transform and develop your professional life in unexpected ways. We have two concentrations. The first, Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP), will prepare you for direct clinical practice with individuals, families, and groups. The second, Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP), will prepare you for macro social work practice with organizations, communities, and other large systems. We are delighted in your interest in our MSW program and invite you to join us in a lifelong adventure in learning. The personal and professional growth necessary to become an advanced professional social worker is challenging. We encourage you to take the challenge with us. Lois A. Bosch, PhD, LISW Director, Master of Social Work MSW Mission Our mission is to develop social work professionals for advanced practice that promotes social justice and empowerment towards the well-being of people in a diverse and global society. Program Overview The MSW program prepares social work students for agency-based practice in public and nonprofit settings. By working in the agency setting, social workers collaborate with others to provide holistic, affordable, and accessible services to individuals, families, groups, and communities. Our challenging MSW curriculum integrates social work theory with micro and macro practice methods. Students develop skills, knowledge, and values necessary for ethical social work practice. As you progress through our MSW program, you will:         Learn how individuals live in and are affected by their social environment Understand how social policies and programs affect individuals, families, communities, and society Apply theories and methods of practice through the field practicum experience Use a range of client-centered approaches to practice with client groups of all types and sizes Engage in practice informed by sound, scholarly research Evaluate the effectiveness of your social work practice or social work programs Advocate for the eradication of oppression and discrimination Be a responsible and contributing citizen in the local and global community Accreditation Augsburg’s MSW program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Your MSW degree must be accredited by CSWE if you seek licensure with the social work board of your state. For more information on CSWE accreditation go to www.cswe.org. Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section of this catalog. 87 Plan of Study Students entering Augsburg’s MSW program with a bachelor’s degree from a discipline other than social work are classified as foundation students. Full-time foundation students are enrolled in a two year program. Part-time foundation students are enrolled in a four year program. Students entering Augsburg’s MSW program with a bachelor’s degree in social work from a CSWE (Council on Social Work Education) accredited institution are classified as advanced standing students. Advanced standing students are enrolled in a 16 month program. The part-time option is not generally available for advanced standing students. All students must complete the MSW degree in no more than 4 years following matriculation. Academic Calendar The MSW program meets on a semester calendar, with classes offered September through June. Classes typically meet every other weekend with an occasional back-to-back weekend. Field practicum hours are generally completed during weekday hours. If a student lives outside the Twin Cities metro area, the field practicum hours can be completed at a placement near the student’s place of residence. Hours per week vary depending on the agency placement and the student’s availability. For academic calendars and schedules, go to www.augsburg.edu/registrar. Class Periods Classes meet in 4 hour blocks on Friday evenings, 6 to 10:00 pm; Saturday mornings, 8:00 am to 12 pm; and Saturday afternoons, 1:00 to 5:00 pm. Each class meets on campus for 8 sessions in a given semester and for 4 sessions on campus in a summer term (May-June), with the expectation that students engage in hybrid learning activities between on-campus class weekends. Time Commitment Although classes meet on weekends, students spend time on their studies during non-class weekends and weekdays in accordance with our hybrid learning format. Hybrid learning is a combination of face-to-face class sessions and online/experiential learning. On a class weekend, the typical student will spend 12 hours in class within a 23-hour period. For every hour spent in class, a student may expect to spend 3 to 4 hours outside of class working on online activities, assignments, readings, or group projects. A student may also spend 15 to 20 hours per week in the field practicum during the fall and spring semesters (a span of 8 to 9 months for each practicum). In the final year of study, students complete a summative evaluation or a portfolio, which requires significant independent research, analysis, and writing. Some MSW students work full-time while enrolled in the program. However, full-time employment is not recommended. Most students arrange to reduce their work hours or request time away during their graduate studies. Each student’s situation is unique and must be decided individually. All students must develop strategies for balancing family, work, and academic responsibilities. Credit and Contact Hours MSW courses range from 2 to 4 semester credits. Depending on the number of credits, students will spend 16 to 32 hours in the classroom per course. Students will also be expected to engage in activities and independent study outside of class. Cohort Structure MSW students are admitted to a particular cohort. Cohorts are distinguished by level of admission (foundation or advanced standing), rate of attendance (full-time or part-time), and chosen concentration (Multicultural Clinical Practice [MCCP] or Multicultural Macro Practice [MCMP]). Any changes to a student’s cohort selection must be approved by the MSW director. 88 Field Practicum Foundation students complete 920 hours in two field practica; advanced standing students complete 500 hours in one field practicum. Successful completion of the first field practicum, required for foundation students, is a minimum of 420 hours. Successful completion of the second field practicum, required for both foundation and advanced standing students, is a minimum of 500 hours. Each practicum experience is spread over two semesters (fall and spring). These hours are completed concurrent with enrollment in the fieldwork seminars as well as other MSW courses. MSW Curriculum Components Foundation Curriculum In the foundation courses and field practicum, you are introduced to social work as a profession. You will learn both historical and contemporary theories and practice methods relating to both the individual and the environment. During the foundation year, you will study human behavior and the social environment, history of social welfare policy, research methods, assessment frameworks, family and community diversity, and social work values and ethics. In the foundation curriculum you will apply this generalist knowledge of theories and practice methods in the generalist field practicum. The field practicum is completed concurrently with your enrollment in two field seminar courses. The full foundation curriculum is required of all students, with the exception of those admitted with advanced standing. Before beginning the concentration curriculum, all foundation coursework and field hours must be successfully completed. Concentration Curriculum After completing the foundation requirements, you will enroll in the concentration curriculum that you selected at the time of your application to the program. You will also complete an advanced field practicum. Augsburg offers two concentrations: Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) or Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP). In either concentration, you will deepen your knowledge of the primary issues affecting families and communities, develop a range of clientcentered approaches to practice, gain a broader understanding of human diversity, develop competencies in practicebased research, and learn practice or program evaluation techniques. In the concentration curriculum, you will apply this advanced knowledge of theories and practice methods in the concentration field practicum. The field practicum is relevant to your chosen concentration and is completed concurrently with your enrollment in two field seminar courses. As a capstone to your MSW program, you will complete a portfolio project or a summative evaluation project. Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Concentration Multiculturalism is a process requiring practitioners to have a deep awareness of their social and cultural identities, as well as the ability to use multiple lenses when working with diverse populations. With person-in-environment as an organizing perspective, multicultural clinical social work practice addresses the biopsychosocial and spiritual functioning of individuals, families, and groups. To this end, graduates of the MCCP concentration develop competence in using relationship-based, culturally informed, and theoretically grounded interventions with persons facing challenges, disabilities, or impairments, including emotional, behavioral, and mental disorders. Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Concentration In the tradition of Jane Addams, the heart of macro social work practice is directing energy toward changing agency, government, and institutional policies that obscure or oppress people. While many social workers view their role as focused on individuals and families, social workers must actively seek equality and justice for clients within agencies, institutions and society. Social work leaders must advocate for social change where necessary to ensure social justice. Similar to the MCCP concentration, it is important to address macro level social work practice within the context of cultural understanding and awareness. The Multicultural Macro Practice concentration (formerly Program Development, Policy and Administration) responds to this demand for leadership. 89 The macro social work practitioner recognizes the strengths and abilities of individuals and communities to implement change. The social work macro practitioner works with these individuals to do so. In the MCMP concentration, you will learn the knowledge and skills necessary to work with others to achieve needed social change. You will also learn to develop, lead, guide, and administer programs that serve diverse people in a variety of settings. Portfolio or Summative Evaluation Project  Portfolio Project (MCCP students)  The goal of the MCCP Portfolio is to enhance the integration of theory and practice, as well as to offer more vivid portrayals of a student’s academic and professional experience than traditional assessments. By definition, portfolios are formative (i.e., designed for guided reflection and self-evaluation). However they are also summative documents in that they illustrate students’ competencies. All MCCP students are required to create a portfolio during their final year of study. Items in a portfolio might include videos, process recordings, reflective statements, writing samples, case analyses, term papers, electronic submissions, policy activities, feedback from service users, self-evaluations of personal progress, and links to references.  Summative Evaluation Project (MCMP students)  All social workers must evaluate their practice to determine whether they are helping or harming clients. While in the concentration practicum, MCMP students will design and implement a program evaluation for their summative project. This project requires integration and application of knowledge and skills from both the foundation and concentration curricula. Students develop their research while in their field internship and are advised by their field seminar professor. Students conduct and present this evaluation/research project during their final year of study. Master’s Thesis Students in both concentrations have the option of completing a thesis in addition to either the portfolio or summative evaluation project. Credit for the SWK 699 general elective is given for this option. Students work with a thesis advisor to develop more in-depth research skills contributing to social work knowledge. To pursue the thesis option, students should notify the MSW program director by the end of spring semester of the foundation year. Degree requirements To be conferred the MSW degree, students must achieve the following:       Successful completion of any admission conditions (see Admission to MSW) Successful completion of all required MSW courses No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 and with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher Successful completion of 920 hours of approved field practica for foundation students or 500 hours of approved field practicum for advanced standing students Successful completion and submission of the portfolio project (MCCP) or the summative evaluation project (MCMP) Successful completion of all degree requirements within 4 years of matriculation. State of Minnesota Social Work Licensure Six months prior to completion of the MSW degree at Augsburg, students may apply to take the Licensed Graduate Social Worker (LGSW) license exam from the Minnesota Board of Social Work. To achieve LGSW licensure students must pass the Association of Social Work Boards (ASWB) master’s level national social work licensure examination and complete the MSW degree. To seek the Licensed Independent Social Worker (LISW) license or the Licensed Independent Clinical Social Worker (LICSW) license, one must work two years full-time (or 4,000 hours part-time) as an LGSW under the supervision of an LISW or LICSW, depending on the desired licensure. Upon completion of the supervision requirement, one may take the LISW or LICSW’s Association of Social Work Boards (ASWB) national social work licensure examination. For the LICSW, there are additional requirements for 360 clinical clock hours in 6 specific categories. For more information, go to the Minnesota Board of Social Work web page, www.socialwork.state.mn.us. 90 MSW Course Requirements Foundation Courses FALL SWK 500 - Human Behavior and the Social Environment* SWK 505 - Practice Methods and Skills 1: Individuals* SWK 530 - Integrative Field Seminar 1 (taken concurrent with first practicum)* SPRING SWK 506 - Practice Methods and Skills 2: Groups and Families* SWK 535 - Integrative Field Seminar 2 (taken concurrent with first practicum)* SWK 504 - Applied Research Methods (foundation students only) SUMMER SWK 501 - History of Social Welfare Policy* SWK 516 - Practice Methods and Skills 3: Communities and Policies* SWK 510 - Advanced Practice Methods (advanced standing students only) SWK 509 - Human Behavior: Mental Health Assessment and Diagnosis (advanced standing students only) SWK 504 - Applied Research Methods (advanced standing students only) *Course potentially can be waived for advanced standing students (BSW holders). Concentration Courses Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Concentration: FALL SWK 610 - Integrative Field Seminar 3: Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) (taken concurrent with second practicum) SWK 615 - Diversity and Inequality 1: Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) SWK 628 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) with Individuals SWK 629 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) with Families SPRING SWK 611 - Integrative Field Seminar 4: Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) (taken concurrent with second practicum) SWK 616 - Diversity and Inequality 2: Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) SWK 630 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Policy Practice SWK 631 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) with Groups SUMMER 1 SWK 634 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Supervision SWK 639 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Elective SWK 640 - Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) Capstone SWK 699 - General Elective Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Concentration: FALL SWK 651 - Integrative Field Seminar 3: Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) (taken concurrent with second practicum) SWK 657 - Diversity and Inequality 1: Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) SWK 660 – Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Research Methods SWK 667 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 1 SPRING 91 SWK 652 - Integrative Field Seminar 4: Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) (taken concurrent with second practicum) SWK 658 - Diversity and Inequality 2: Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) SWK 668 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 2 SWK 670 - Multicultural Macro Practice Policy SUMMER SWK 669 - Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 3 SWK 699 - General Elective SWK 671 – Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) Planning Portfolio or Summative Evaluation Project Completed and submitted in final year of study. SWK 699 General Elective Students in both concentrations complete at least one general elective course. The following are examples of elective offerings that rotate each year:      Trauma, Theory, and Treatment in Multicultural Clinical Practice Cognitive Behavioral Therapy in Social Work Clinical Practice Spirituality and Social Work Practice Empowerment of Services Users in Mental Health Children’s Mental Health We also offer short-term electives abroad, typically two weeks in length: Exploring Human Services in International Settings (examples include Mexico, Slovenia, Namibia, South Africa, India, Bolivia, China, and Hong Kong) Fieldwork and Field Placement Social work education goes beyond the classroom. Through the field experience, we expect that students will demonstrate skills to bridge theory and practice. Collaborative efforts between the student, the field agency, and the MSW program are essential to successful learning. The foundation of the practice includes:        Ethical, competent professional practice Problem solving within a systems framework and strengths perspective Use of advanced practice theories in Multicultural Clinical Practice (MCCP) or Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) settings Evaluation of the effectiveness of program or practice activities An understanding of and respect for diverse peoples and cultures Responsibility and service to the local and global community in the interest of social justice A commitment to oppose oppression of all forms Field Education Format Under the instruction and supervision of professionally-trained, MSW-level, and program-approved field instructors, foundation students will spend a minimum of 920 hours in two field practica. Advanced standing students will spend a minimum of 500 hours in one field practicum. Both the foundation and concentration practica are spread over 2 semesters (fall and spring). Both practica are concurrent with enrollment in integrative field seminars, as well as other MSW coursework. The fieldwork education of the MSW program is divided into two components:   Foundation Practicum The foundation practicum, or generalist practicum, puts emphasis on developing competence as a professional generalist social worker. It requires a minimum of 420 hours and is completed by students admitted at the 92   foundation level. Students spend an average of 15 hours per week during the fall and spring semesters in this practicum. Concentration Practicum The concentration practicum places emphasis on advanced practice skills and leadership qualities related to the chosen concentration. It requires a minimum of 500 hours and is completed by all students, including those admitted with advanced standing. Students spend an average of 18 hours per week during the fall and spring semesters in this practicum. Process for Field Practicum Selection Field practica begin in the fall, but the selection process begins the previous spring in collaboration with two other Twin Cities MSW programs. Students attend a field orientation before beginning their search. Augsburg College and the University of Minnesota - School of Social Work jointly host a field fair where students meet a large number of agencies and potential field instructors. Practicum selection involves interviews at approved sites, arranged by the student, and a matching process conducted collaboratively by the field coordinators at three of the MSW programs in the Twin Cities. In some instances, students can petition to complete a field practicum at an agency not on the approved list or at their place of employment. Students who wish to do so work with the MSW field coordinator for such proposals. Field Practicum Settings The Augsburg field faculty are committed to the success of each student in a stimulating and challenging field practicum. Our current list of approved clinical and community practice field sites includes agencies in the following areas of practice:                          Family and children Child welfare Mental health Crisis intervention Senior resources Family social policy Health and human services Corrections and probation Public and independent schools Youth services Hospitals Developmental disabilities American Indian family services Chronic and persistent mental illness Chemical dependency Court services Immigrant, migrant, refugee services Victims of torture Faith-based social services Neighborhood services Legislation advocacy Housing services Employment services Community organizing Research centers 93 Dual Degree in Social Work and Business Administration (MSW/MBA) Augsburg College offers a dual MSW/MBA degree in social work and business administration. Students enrolled in the dual degree program learn to create better managed and financially sound service organizations to serve diverse communities, both locally and globally. Purpose Many social service agencies today require that agency managers combine financial and business expertise with social work practice and policy formation. The MSW/MBA dual degree prepares graduates to function in a workplace that demands the delivery of quality services with increasingly limited resources. Concentration The MSW/MBA dual degree includes an accelerated third year of study for MSW students who elect the Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) concentration. In this concentration, students learn to effect positive change in social service systems through their work with communities, organizations, and social policy makers. Prior Augsburg MSW graduates who have completed the necessary Multicultural Macro Practice (MCMP) coursework are eligible to return to complete the MBA portion of the dual degree. The MSW degree must be completed before the MBA portion of the dual degree. Schedule Years 1 and 2 (September through June) MSW classes meet on alternating weekends—Friday evenings, Saturday mornings, and Saturday afternoons—and students engage in hybrid learning activities between class weekends. Year 3 (12–16 months) MBA classes meet one night per week. The MBA program includes a summer term. See the MBA section for required courses for the dual degree. Curriculum  Foundation or advanced standing coursework  Either 920 hours (foundation) or 500 hours (advanced standing) MSW field practicum experience  The MSW summative evaluation project may be accepted by the MBA program as partial fulfillment of the MBA project.  Complete a minimum of eight MBA courses for students who completed the MSW degree 2002 and beyond; complete a minimum of nine MBA courses for students who completed the MSW degree prior to 2002  For more information regarding the MBA coursework required for the MSW/MBA dual degree, see the MBA section. MBA Admission MSW/MBA dual degree applicants may apply to both programs at the same time or admitted MSW students may wait to apply to the MBA program until their concentration year. The GMAT is waived for MSW/MBA dual degree applicants. MBA application materials include: completed application, two short essays, an updated resume, two letters of recommendation, and a personal interview with the MBA program director. Admission to one program does not guarantee admission to the other. For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to MSW The Augsburg College MSW program promotes the widest possible diversity within its student population. Therefore, the admission policies ensure that educational opportunities are provided to persons with a range of abilities, backgrounds, beliefs, and cultures. 94 Listed below are general descriptions for the application process. Refer to the online MSW application documents for details regarding specific application requirements. Admission Requirements  Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited college or university  Cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher  Liberal arts coursework in the social sciences, humanities, biology, and statistics Application Checklist The application deadline is January 15 each year for matriculation in the following academic year. All application materials noted below are due by the application deadline. For more information go to www.augsburg.edu/msw or call 612-330-1101.          Completed application form $35 application fee One official transcript from each previously-attended postsecondary institution. This includes colleges, universities, vocational/technical institutions, and PSEO institutions. Liberal arts prerequisite coursework including four social sciences, three humanities, one biology, and one statistics course. These courses must be completed prior to enrollment. Completed BSW course equivalency checklist (for advanced standing applicants) Three recommendation checklist forms, with letters attached, submitted online Typed personal statement responding to the questions noted on the application form Results of the TOEFL language tests, if applicable Official international credit evaluation course-by-course review (for degrees completed outside of the United States) Admission as an international student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students in the Graduate Admissions section. Admission as a transfer student Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants. Transfer students may receive up to 22 transfer credits. (See Evaluation of Transfer Credit in the Academic Programs and Policies section of this catalog.) Eligible courses must be from a CSWE-accredited MSW program and students must have received a grade of B (3.0) or higher. Students must complete no fewer than 30 credits at Augsburg in order to receive their MSW degree from Augsburg College. We do not grant academic credit for work or life experience. Admission with Advanced Standing Advanced standing is an application category open to those with a bachelor’s degree in social work from a program that is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education (CSWE). Advanced standing applicants may seek waivers for the following eligible MSW courses: Human Behavior and the Social Environment, History of Social Welfare Policy, Practice Methods and Skills 1 and 2, and Integrative Field Seminars 1 and 2 (which include 420 field practicum hours). Advanced standing applicants must offer an equivalent BSW course for each with a grade of B (3.0) or higher in order to receive a waiver. 95 Academic Policies Academic Achievement Students must maintain at least a 3.0 cumulative grade point average in the MSW program. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on academic probation. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program. Students are retained in the program who can:     Maintain expected grade point average (3.0 or higher) Complete course requirements of the program and field placement in a timely manner Complete the program within four years Abide by the department’s Standards for Social Work Education and the NASW Code of Ethics No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 will count toward the degree. Courses with a grade below 2.5 must be repeated. No more than two courses can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. If a student receives a grade below 2.5 in a field course, the MSW director will initiate a Level 3 review, as outlined in section 3.2 of the Standards for Social Work Education. Evaluation of Student Field Performance The criteria for evaluating field performance can be found in the MSW Field Manual, which is located on the MSW program Moodle page. The MSW Field Manual may be requested from the MSW Field Coordinator or MSW program staff. Four-Year Limit All students are required to finish the degree within four years of matriculation. See the Academic Programs and Policies section of this catalog for policy on continuation of coursework or final thesis. Leave of Absence Students who interrupt their program enrollment must request a leave of absence through the MSW program in order to maintain their admitted status. The request must be made in writing or via the student’s Augsburg email account. A leave of absence typically requires a full year away from the program in order to return to classes in sequence. Prerequisite Courses All foundation courses are prerequisite to the concentration courses. Students may not enroll in the concentration courses until successfully completing all foundation courses. In addition there are individual courses that are prerequisite to other individual courses in the MSW curriculum. These are listed in the MSW Student Handbook. Program Costs In addition to tuition fees, MSW students can expect to a pay a facilities fee and a field program fee. Students can also expect to purchase textbooks and student liability insurance when in a field placement. There may also be additional fees associated with short-term study abroad electives. Graduate Scholarship Search Tips As you may know, graduate students do not have access to many of the financial aid opportunities open to undergraduates. Because of this, we strongly encourage you to spend time doing your own independent research into graduate funding available locally, nationally, and internationally. The simplest way to begin a search for graduate funding is to look online. There are many scholarship search engines online. The following websites may provide a good starting point for your search: www.naswfoundation.org 96 www.gradloans.com www.cswe.org www.gradschools.com www.mnssa.org www.fastweb.com www.aauw.org www.gradview.com www.finaid.org www.petersons.com www.studentaid.ed.gov Examples of Social Work Graduate Scholarships  Carl A. Scott Book Scholarship  Two $500 scholarships offered each year to students from ethnic groups of color. Applications due in May (go to www.cswe.org).  Gosnell Scholarship Funds  Ten awards ($1,000-$4,000) offered to social work students interested in working with American Indian/Alaska Native and Hispanic/Latino populations or in public and voluntary nonprofit agency settings. Applications due in August (see www.naswfoundation.org).  Vern Lyons Scholarship  One award ($2,000) offered to students interested in health/mental health practice and a commitment to the African American community. Applications due in August (see www.naswfoundation.org).  American Board of Examiners in Clinical Social Work  Several awards ($1,000 each) offered to students who demonstrate excellence in preparation for clinical social work practice. Applications due in March (see www.abecsw.org).  MSSA Diversity Educational Scholarship  One $500 award offered to students from African-American, American Indian, Asian, LGBT, Hispanic and Immigrant Cultures in completing their education in the Human Service Field. Applications due in June (see www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org).  Marjorie J. Carpenter Scholarship  One $1,500 award offered to students seeking education in the human service field so they may enhance their professional and/or technical skill development. Applications due in June (see www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org). Augsburg Scholarships Augsburg’s Social Work Department offers several scholarships each year. Students who are enrolled in the first year of the program are eligible to apply. Awards range in amount from $300 to $1,500.        Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship Steen Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work Students Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship Bodo F. Suemnig Memorial Scholarship Blanca Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship AmeriCorps Tuition Discount Augsburg offers a tuition discount to students who are or have been AmeriCorps volunteers—25% off the tuition cost of one course per semester. This would apply to all semesters of the MSW program. Contact the Enrollment Center for more information. 97 Augsburg Partnership Grant The Augsburg Partnership Grant applies to new enrolling students only and allows employees of partner institutions to receive a 10% tuition discount. Application fees of $35 are also waived. If a student enrolls in an Employer Tuition Reimbursement Payment Plan, the $20 processing fee is also waived. Contact the Enrollment Center for more information. Military Discount See description in the Financing Your Education section of the catalog. MSW Forum All MSW students are invited to participate in the student-run organization, the MSW Forum. The purpose of the forum is to facilitate communication between social work students and the social work department, as well as to provide the opportunity for student participation in departmental governance, curriculum development, and program improvements. As such, forum members are invited to attend Social Work Department meetings via representatives. The forum has historically been volunteer based. Any student may serve on the forum, provided the student can make a commitment to attend the meetings and share in the efforts. The MSW director and MSW program coordinator also serve on the forum. Other faculty may be invited as permanent members or as guests. Past forum members established these guidelines:       Provide an avenue for students to share and discuss ideas and/or concerns related to the MSW educational experience with the Social Work Department Encourage constructive dialogue among students, faculty, and department and College administrators Make recommendations to the department regarding program improvements Receive and give feedback on expectations of faculty, students, and the College Plan and coordinate MSW student events, lectures, discussions Organize social action projects MSW Faculty Laura Boisen, Professor of Social Work, MSW Field Coordinator. BS, Wartburg College; MSSW, University of Wisconsin; MPA, Iowa State University; PhD, University of Minnesota. Lois A. Bosch, Professor of Social Work, MSW Program Director. BA, Northwestern College; MSW, University of Iowa; PhD, University of Illinois-Urbana-Champaign. Ankita Deka, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Delhi University; MSW, Tata Institute of Social Sciences; PhD, Indiana University. Christina Erickson, Associate Professor of Social Work, BSW Field Coordinator. BS, University of Minnesota; MSW, University of Minnesota-Duluth; PhD, University of Illinois-Chicago. Melissa Hensley, Associate Professor of Social Work, Field Education Coordinator. BA, MSW, PhD, Washington University in St. Louis; MHA, University of Missouri–Columbia. Bibiana Koh, Assistant Professor of Social Work, BSW Program Director. BA, Hartwick College; MA, Columbia University; MAT, School for International Training; MSW, Smith College; PhD, University of Minnesota. Barbara Lehmann, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Knox College; MSW, Tulane University; PhD, Case Western Reserve University. Nancy Rodenborg, Professor of Social Work. BA, Indiana University; MSW, University of Minnesota; MIA, School of International Training; PhD, University of Arizona. 98 Michael Schock, Associate Professor of Social Work, Department Chair. BA, University of Washington; MSW, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Washington. MSW Staff Doran Edwards, BSW Program Assistant Director Emily Glynn, MSW Program Coordinator 99 Augsburg College Board of Regents For more details, go to www.augsburg.edu/about/leadership/regents. Andra Adolfson Ann B. Ashton-Piper Karen A. Durant ’81 Matthew K. Entenza, J.D. Mark A. Eustis Alexander J. Gonzalez ‘90 Norman R. Hagfors Jodi L. Harpstead Bishop Richard N. Hoyme, ex-officio Diane L. Jacobson, Ph.D. Rev. Rolf A. Jacobson, Ph.D. Wayne D. Jorgenson ‘71 Toby Piper LaBelle ‘96 The Honorable LaJune Thomas Lange ’75, J.D. Steven E. Larson ’71, M.D. André J. Lewis ’73, Ph.D. Dennis J. Meyer ‘78 Pamela Hanson Moksnes ‘79 Paul S. Mueller ’84, M.D. Jeffrey M. Nodland ’77 Lisa M. Novotny ’80 Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D. Curtis A. Sampson Earl W. Sethre ‘68 Dean A. Sundquist ‘81 Bishop Ann M. Svennungsen, ex-officio Gary A. Tangwall ’80 Rev. David L. Tiede, Ph.D. Vicki L. Turnquist Rev. Norman W. Wahl ’76, D.Min. Steven J. Wehrenberg ‘78 Rev. Mark N. Wilhelm, Ph.D., ELCA advisory member ELCA Congregational and Synodical Mission Executive Director The Rev. Dr. Stephen Bouman Program Director for Schools The Rev. Dr. Mark Wilhelm 100
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Graduate Catalog, 2015-2016
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: 2015-2016 GRADUATE CATALOG at Augsburg College Graduate Catalog 2015-2016 Official Publication of Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454 The Augsburg College Graduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and student policie...
Show more 2015-2016 GRADUATE CATALOG at Augsburg College Graduate Catalog 2015-2016 Official Publication of Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454 The Augsburg College Graduate Catalog contains information about academic program requirements and academic and student policies and procedures for Fall Semester 2015 - Summer Semester 2016. It is subject to change without notice. The catalog is intended to complement other College publications including the Student Guide and College website. It is important for students to be familiar with all College policies and procedures. Students are strongly encouraged to consult their advisor(s) at least once each semester to be certain they are properly completing degree requirements. Published 2015 Phone: 612-330-1000 www.augsburg.edu 1 A Greeting from the President I am pleased to know of your interest in Augsburg College’s exciting and innovative graduate programs. You are part of a select and discerning group of professionals who seek to find a graduate program that combines an excellent curriculum, a values-based approach to work, a talented and experienced faculty, and program formats that meet the needs of busy and successful people. Augsburg College’s graduate-level programs in Business Administration, Creative Writing, Education, Leadership, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, and Social Work are distinguished by the opportunities they provide students to expand decision-making and strategic skills. Augsburg College is characterized by a strong mission: Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged community that is committed to intentional diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran church, and shaped by its urban and global settings. For our graduate programs, this mission helps to shape an innovative educational experience that features an expansive perspective on social responsibility, economic realities, business initiative, and environmental sustainability. At Augsburg College we believe that our distinctive educational purpose is to help you find your calling, at work and in the world. Augsburg graduate programs are designed to offer you quality educational experiences, personal attention, and opportunities to expand your personal and professional talents and skills. We are confident that our graduates are prepared for leadership in our ever-changing global society, the hallmark of an Augsburg degree. Sincerely, Paul C. Pribbenow, Ph.D. President 2 Greetings from the Academic Affairs Office Welcome to graduate studies at Augsburg College. We are committed to education that prepares people for leadership in their communities and places of work. We believe that learning based upon intentional integration of the liberal and professional arts and sciences provides the best preparation for living in the fast-paced, changing, and complex world of today and tomorrow. We expect our graduate students to achieve tangible and measurable outcomes from their studies at Augsburg: specialized knowledge in a field of study, applied and collaborative learning, advanced intellectual skills (especially in engaging diverse perspectives and communication fluency), and demonstrated civic and global learning. When you join Augsburg, you become part of a community that offers lifelong learning opportunities in state-of-the-art physical and online classrooms with accessible libraries and dedicated faculty and staff. Our locations in vital metropolitan areas and the opportunities we provide for international travel offer exciting and challenging real-life learning. Cities and countries become extended campuses for Augsburg students. Additionally, the diversity in our own campus community ensures that our graduates are prepared for the range of experiences and perspectives that characterize today’s global environment. All of our graduate programs share distinctive qualities, including our commitment and mission to be of service, with one another and to our neighbors. Inspired by the faith of our Lutheran founders to be inclusive to the early immigrants who came to Augsburg’s doors, we welcome a diversity of cultures and faiths. And, we encourage interdisciplinary courses and opportunities for you to study with colleagues across disciplines. At the same time, each graduate program also has its own “neighborhood” and unique features. You join a body of experienced people that expands your network of employer connections and career opportunities. We encourage our alumni to become your mentors and build on our city and global connections through public events, including our convocations and our annual, internationally-recognized Nobel Peace Prize Forum. We are companions on your journey in fulfilling your dream of a graduate degree and we cannot wait to meet you. Sincerely, Lori A. Peterson Assistant Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate and Professional Studies 3 About Augsburg At Augsburg College, we believe that graduate education should prepare gifted people for positions of leadership in their communities and places of work. Augsburg graduates will be able to demonstrate not only the mastery of a major field of study, but also the ability to apply critical thinking, problem solving, and advanced communication skills in a collaborative approach within that discipline, thereby engaging others with diverse perspectives in the work of advancing civic and global initiatives critical for a sustainable future. The heart of an Augsburg education is the Augsburg mission, informed by the liberal and professional arts and sciences, to serve our neighbors in the heart of the city and out into the world with faith-based, ethical values. We welcome students from a diversity of backgrounds and experiences. Also, our programs look to the world through international courses and cultural exchanges. Mission Statement Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, “Education for Service,” and mission: Augsburg College educates students to be informed citizens, thoughtful stewards, critical thinkers, and responsible leaders. The Augsburg experience is supported by an engaged community that is committed to intentional diversity in its life and work. An Augsburg education is defined by excellence in the liberal arts and professional studies, guided by the faith and values of the Lutheran Church, and shaped by its urban and global settings. Augsburg Today Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota in 1872. A Rochester, Minnesota campus was added in 2002. A short history of Augsburg College can be found at www.augsburg.edu/about/history. Today, Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of its founders who believed:    Education should have a solid liberal arts core at the graduate level; this focus centers on the ability to think critically and broadly about the world and the work we do in it. An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and centers of faith. The city—with all its excitement, challenges, and diversity—is an unequaled learning environment. The vision of the College’s work today is lived out in the phrase, “We believe we are called to serve our neighbor.” Through common commitments to living faith, active citizenship, meaningful work, and global perspective, Augsburg prepares its students to become effective, ethical citizens in a complex global society. Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the following graduate degrees:          Master of Arts in Education* Master of Arts in Leadership Master of Arts in Nursing* Master of Business Administration* Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing Master of Music Therapy Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies Master of Social Work Doctor of Nursing Practice* (with tracks in Transcultural Nursing and Family Nurse Practitioner) 4 Augsburg offers the following dual degrees:     Bachelor of Arts in Accounting/Master of Arts in Leadership Master of Arts in Leadership/Master of Business Administration Master of Social Work/Master of Business Administration Master of Social Work/Master of Arts in Theology, with Luther Seminary *Programs offered at both of Augsburg’s campuses (Minneapolis and Rochester, MN) A Community of Learners Essential to the goals of Augsburg’s graduate programs is participation in a community of adult learners. This community is enriched by the presence of men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages students to make use of all College facilities, whether a student in Minneapolis or Rochester, and to participate in College activities such as music and dramatic presentations and lecture/speaker events. Graduate Faculty The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider teaching and service to be the focus of their activity at the College. Faculty are involved in social, professional, and a variety of research activities, but these support and are secondary to their teaching. Faculty are actively involved in a dynamic faculty development program that introduces them to best practices in teaching and learning techniques and theories. Augsburg’s small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisors and participate regularly in campus activities. 5 Locations Minneapolis Campus Augsburg College is located in the heart of the Twin Cities of Minneapolis and St. Paul, Minnesota. The campus is bordered by Riverside Avenue and Interstate 94, near the University of Minnesota West Bank campus and the University of Minnesota Medical Center. Downtown Minneapolis is just minutes away, providing access to internships and careers with some of the country’s leading companies as well as entertainment, arts, sports venues, shopping, dining, and transportation. The campus is blocks from the METRO Green and Blue light rail lines, which provide easy access to destinations in Minneapolis and St. Paul, as well as the Minneapolis International Airport. Rochester campus Augsburg’s branch campus in Rochester, Minnesota was established in 1998 as a natural extension of the College’s mission and its expertise in teaching working adults. Graduate degrees and undergraduate majors including business, education, and nursing, are offered on the Rochester campus. Graduate programs in Rochester include the Master of Business Administration, Master of Arts in Nursing*, Master of Arts in Education*, and Doctor of Nursing Practice*. The Rochester campus classrooms and offices are located at Bethel Lutheran Church (ELCA), just a few blocks south of downtown Rochester. Home to approximately 110,000 residents, Rochester is a city that enjoys a rich ethnic diversity and superior technological resources. Augsburg classes in Rochester meet on a semester schedule with classes taking place on alternating weekday evenings and on occasional Saturdays, making them accessible to working adults. Students may also take courses within their program on the Minneapolis campus. Students at the Rochester campus are Augsburg College students. They are supported through an array of e-learning resources ranging from access to Lindell Library databases to the use of online course management software. Information about the Rochester campus is available at augsburg.edu/rochester or by calling the Rochester office at 507-288-2886. *Program includes some Minneapolis courses. Abroad Locations Augsburg is enhanced by its global centers in Namibia, Mexico, and Central America. Students can perform research, take courses, or consult with faculty in those locations to gain new perspectives on their disciplines. 6 Facilities Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connects the two tower residence halls, the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus Music Hall, Lindell Library, Oren Gateway Center, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication. Admissions Office—The Office of Admissions is located on the lower level of Christensen Center. Anderson Hall (1993)—Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, President of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, and this residence hall is located at 2016 8th Street. Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 students, as well as the Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies; Center for Global Education; and the Office of Marketing and Communication. Center for Wellness and Counseling—The Center for Wellness and Counseling offers programs and services that enhance student learning by promoting personal development and well-being. Christensen Center (1967)—The College center, with the Admissions Office, student lounge and recreational areas, the Strommen Center for Meaningful Work, the Commons dining facility and Einstein Bros. Bagels, two art galleries, copy center, and offices for student government and student publications. Edor Nelson Field—The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue, is the playing and practice field of many of the Augsburg teams. An air-supported dome covers the field during winter months, allowing year-round use. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama, and Communication (1988)—The Foss Center is named in recognition of the Julian and June Foss family. The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium are also housed in this complex, which provides space for campus ministry, the drama and communication offices. Ice Arena (1974)—Two skating areas provide practice space for hockey and figure skating, and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. Kennedy Center (2007)—Completed in 2007 as a three-story addition to Melby Hall and named for Dean (’75) and Terry Kennedy, it features a state-of-the-art wrestling training center, fitness center, classrooms for health and physical education, and hospitality facilities. The James G. Lindell Family Library (1997)—This library and information technology center houses all library functions and brings together the computer technology resources of the College. It also houses the Gage Center for Student Success. The library is located on the corner of 22nd Avenue and 7th Street and the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS). Luther Hall (1999)—Named for theologian Martin Luther, Luther Hall is a three-story apartment complex along 20th Avenue, between 7th and 8th Streets that houses juniors and seniors in units from efficiencies to two-bedroom suites. Melby Hall (1961)—Named in honor of J. S. Melby (dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity Department). It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness Center, and general auditorium purposes. The Ernie Anderson Center Court was dedicated in 2001. Mortensen Hall (1973)—Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen (dean of women from 1923 to 1964), it has 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, the Department of Public Safety and a lounge area. Charles S. Anderson Music Hall (1978)—Contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios, and offices for the music faculty. Old Main (1900)—Home for the Department of Art and the Department of Languages and Cross-Cultural Studies, with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. Oren Gateway Center (2007)—Named for lead donors and alumni Don and Beverly Oren, it is home for the StepUP program, Institutional Advancement offices, the Alumni and Parent and Family Relations Offices, Bernhard Christensen Center for Vocation, the Master of Business Administration Program, the Master of Arts in Leadership program, the 7 Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing program, and substance-free student housing. It also houses the Barnes & Noble Augsburg Bookstore, Nabo Café, Gage Family Art Gallery, and the Johnson Conference Center. Science Hall (1949)—Houses classrooms; laboratories for biology, chemistry, and physics; mathematics; a medium-sized auditorium; faculty offices, administrative offices, and various other program offices. Sverdrup Hall (1955)—Named in honor of Augsburg’s fourth president, it contains the Enrollment Center, as well as classrooms and faculty offices. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall (1938)—Built as a residence hall and named in honor of Augsburg’s second and third presidents, it contains the President’s Office, Human Resources, and other administrative and faculty offices. Urness Hall (1967)—Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Urness, this tower provides living quarters for 324 firstyear students. Each floor is a “floor unit,” providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study, and utility areas. 8 Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships Augsburg College is accredited by:       The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA) Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) (bachelor’s, master’s and doctoral degrees) Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) (bachelor’s and master’s degrees) American Music Therapy Association (AMTA) (bachelor’s and master’s degrees) Augsburg’s programs are approved by:      American Chemical Society Minnesota Board of Teaching Minnesota Board of Nursing National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS) National Association of Schools of Music Augsburg College is an institutional member of:                     American Association of Colleges and Universities (AACU) American Association of Colleges of Teacher Education (AACTE) American Association of Higher Education (AAHE) American Music Therapy Association, Inc. Association of International Education Administrators (AIEA) Campus Compact Council of Independent Colleges (CIC) Council on International Educational Exchange (CIEE) Diversity Abroad Network The Forum on Education Abroad Institute of International Education (IIE) Lutheran Education Council in North America (LECNA) National Association of International Educators (NAFSA) National Association of Schools of Music (NASM) National Society for Experiential Education (NSEE) Physician Assistant Education Association Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) Minnesota Private College Council MPCC) Twin Cities Adult Education Alliance (TCAEA) Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. 9 Policies Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College, as affirmed in its mission, prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, religious belief, national or ethnic origin, age, disability, gender, sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, marital status, familial status, genetic information, status with regard to public assistance, or citizenship in its educational policies, admissions policies, employment, scholarship and loan programs, athletic and/or school-administered programs, except in those instances where there is a bona fide occupational qualification or to comply with state or federal law. Augsburg College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its employees and students with disabilities. (Approved by Board of Regents on January, 2012) For further information, please contact the College’s Title IX Officer: Lisa Stock| Director of Human Resources| Memorial Hall 19| 612-330-1783| stockl@augsburg.edu Additionally, the College has three Deputy Officers: Deputy Officer for Students: Sarah Griesse| Dean of Students Memorial Hall, Room 118F| 612-330-1489| griesse@augsburg.edu  Deputy Officer for Employees: Tammy McBroom| Human Resources Memorial Hall, Room 19| 612-330-1216| mcbroom@augsburg.edu  Deputy Officer for Athletics: Kelly Anderson Diercks| Assistant Athletic Director Si Melby Hall, Room 205F| 612-330-1245| diercks@augsburg.edu The Deputies work with the Title IX Coordinator to identify any patterns or systemic problems that arise and may assist as investigators of complaints. Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (FERPA), as amended, provides certain rights to students regarding their education records. Each year Augsburg College is required to give notice of the various rights accorded to students pursuant to FERPA. In accordance with FERPA, you are notified of the following: Right to inspect and review education records You have the right to review and inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg College. The student must request to review their education records in writing with their signature. The College will respond in a reasonable time, but no later than 45 days after receiving the request. Right to request amendment of education records You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of your right to privacy. This includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that the record should be changed if Augsburg decides not to alter your education records according to your request. Right to give permission for disclosure of personally identifiable information You have the right to be asked and to give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education records, except to the extent that FERPA and the regulations regarding FERPA authorize disclosure without your permission. One such exception which permits disclosure without consent is for disclosure to school officials who have legitimate education interests. A school official is a person employed by the College in an administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); person or company with whom the College has contracted (such as an attorney, auditor, or collection 10 agent); a person serving on the board of regents, or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another school official performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility. Right to withhold disclosure of “directory information” FERPA uses the term “Directory Information” to refer to those categories of personally identifiable information that may be released for any purpose at the discretion of Augsburg College without notification of the request or disclosure to the student. Under FERPA you have the right to withhold the disclosure of the directory information listed below. Please consider very carefully the consequences of any decision by you to withhold directory information. Should you decide to inform Augsburg College not to release Directory Information, any future request for such information from persons or organizations outside of Augsburg College will be refused. “Directory information” includes the following:               The student’s name The student’s address The student’s telephone number The student’s e-mail address The student’s date and place of birth The student’s major and minor field of study The student’s academic class level The student’s enrollment status (FT/HT/LHT) The student’s participation in officially-recognized activities and sports The student’s degrees and awards received (including dates) The weight and height of members of athletic teams The student’s dates of attendance Previous educational agencies or institutions attended by the student The student’s photograph Augsburg College will honor your request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent permission to release it. Augsburg assumes no liability for honoring your instructions that such information be withheld. The Registrar’s Office must be notified in writing of your intent to withhold your Directory Information. Right to complain to FERPA Office You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Policy Compliance Office, US Department of Education, 400 Maryland Ave. SW, Washington, DC, 20202, concerning Augsburg’s failure to comply with FERPA. Reporting Educational Information Letters of reference must be requested in writing and explicitly indicate what information may be reported in the letter. Annual Security Report The Annual Security Report (ASR) for Augsburg College contains statistics on reported crimes on and near Augsburg property and campus, as well as institutional policies concerning campus security and crime. The Department of Public Safety prepares this annual Crime Report to comply with the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Crime Statistics Act. The report is available online at www.augsburg.edu/dps/reports. For a printed copy, contact Augsburg’s Department of Public Safety at 612-330-1717. 11 Copyright Policy Augsburg College Graduate Programs follows the norms of the US Copyright Law in granting exclusive rights under the Copyright Act to faculty and student authors to reproduce their original works, to use them as the basis for derivative. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matter of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal, as outlined in the Augsburg Student Guide, at inside.augsburg.edu/studentaffairs/studentguide. Official Notices Students will receive official notices via the student campus mail system (student campus box), the A-Mail publication, and the student’s Augsburg e-mail account. Students should check their campus mailbox and their student e-mail account regularly. The A-Mail is a daily online publication on Inside Augsburg. 12 Graduate Admissions All graduate programs require students to have a bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution or an equivalent degree from outside the US. All graduate students must submit completed applications. Each graduate program also has additional program requirements, which may include coursework, professional experience, testing, etc. See the program sections for these additional requirements. Please refer to each individual program’s catalog section (below) for additional instructions and for detailed information on applying to graduate programs, refer to the Graduate Admissions website at www.augsburg.edu/grad. Readmission Graduate students who have not registered for courses at Augsburg College for two or more semesters, must apply for readmission through the Registrar’s Office to resume attendance. Students who have attended other institutions during their absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Registrar’s Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. The last day to receive approval for readmission to the College and register for classes is the Friday prior to the start of the term. Pending approval by the graduate program, students who left on probation or who were dismissed from the College must have their readmission application and file reviewed by the program director. (Please consult with individual programs for information regarding readmission process). Non-degree Student Admission Individuals may take coursework at Augsburg College as a non-degree-seeking student. Non-degree students can enroll on a space-available basis. Registration dates are included in the College’s Academic Calendar. Admission requires program director approval, and the student must be in good standing at all previously attended institutions. To apply for admission as a non-degree seeking student, submit the completed application, academic intent, and unofficial transcript from the bachelor’s degree granting institution to the Admissions Office. Some programs may have additional application requirements. A bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited institution is the minimum requirement for admission. Students who have earned a bachelor’s degree outside of the United States must submit a copy of a foreign credential evaluation from World Education Services (WES) to confirm it is equivalent to a United States bachelor’s degree or greater. Non-degree status is conferred for only one term of enrollment. Additional terms require reapplication as a non-degree seeking student. Students may count up to 6-8 semester credits earned as a non-degree seeking student toward an Augsburg College degree with approval from the program director. Non-degree seeking students who wish to pursue a degree must reapply for admission by submitting the completed application, academic intent, official transcript from the bachelor’s degree granting institution, and any additional materials required by the program. International Students Admission Augsburg College graduate programs encourage qualified applicants from other countries to apply. An F-1 student is a nonimmigrant who is pursuing a “full course of study” to achieve a specific educational or professional objective at an academic institution in the United States that has been designated by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to offer courses of study to such students, and has been enrolled in SEVIS (Student and Exchange Visitor Information System). A student acquires F-1 status using form I-20, issued by a DHS-approved school through SEVIS. Status is acquired in one of two ways:  If the student is abroad, by entering the United States with the I-20 and an F-1 visa obtained at a US consulate. 13  If the student is already in the United States and not currently in F-1 status, by sending the I-20 to USCIS (United States Citizenship and Immigration Services) with an application for change of nonimmigrant status. A student who is maintaining valid F-1 status may transfer from another DHS-approved school to Augsburg by following the transfer procedures set forth in the F-1 regulations. In addition to fulfilling all general admission requirements for a particular graduate program, prospective F-1 students must also comply with the following: English Proficiency Requirements for International Graduate Applicants To meet Augsburg College admission requirements, you must provide evidence of a sufficient command of both written and spoken English to study college courses conducted entirely in English. Below is a list of the tests and programs Augsburg College accepts as evidence for English proficiency.           TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) www.toefl.org Score report of 80 on the Internet-based TOEFL (iBT) with a sub-score of 20 on the written and 20 on the speaking sections. (The Augsburg College TOEFL code is 6014.) IELTS (International English Language Testing System) www.ielts.org Score report of 6.5. MELAB (Michigan English Language Assessment Battery) www.cambridgemichigan.org/melab Score report of 80, and score report must be accompanied by an official letter from the testing coordinator. Successful completion of a previous undergraduate or graduate degree at an accredited college or university in the US, the United Kingdom, Ireland, English-speaking Canada, New Zealand, or Australia. Score reports must be sent to Augsburg directly from the testing center. Score reports must not be more than two years old. Foreign Credential Evaluation Augsburg requires foreign credential evaluation for any transcript(s) from an institution outside of the United States. This evaluation should include the following:       Analysis of credentials to determine if your degree is equivalent to an accredited US bachelor’s degree Verification the degree is equivalent, at a minimum, to a four-year US bachelor’s degree is required. Course-by-course evaluation to show your complete course listing with credit values and grades received for each course, may also be required for specific programs. Calculation of grade point average to demonstrate your cumulative grade point average using the standard US grading system, i.e., A=4.0, B=3.0, C=2.0, D=1.0, F=0.0. Translation to English (if applicable) The evaluation report must be sent directly to Augsburg’s Office of Admissions. Refer to World Education Services at www.wes.org for information on how to obtain a foreign credential evaluation. Proof of Financial Support International applicants must provide reliable documentation that they have financial resources adequate to meet expenses for the duration of their academic program, which include tuition and fees, books and supplies, room and board, health insurance, personal expenses, and living expenses for dependents (if applicable). Funds may come from any dependable source, including scholarships, fellowships, sponsoring agencies, personal funds, or funds from the student’s family. Documentation of scholarships and fellowships may be in the form of an official award letter from the school or sponsoring agency; documentation of personal or family funds should be on bank letterhead stationery, or in the form of a legally binding affidavit. Government Form I-134, Affidavit of Support, or Augsburg’s Financial Sponsorship form can be used to document support being provided by a US citizen or US legal 14 permanent resident. All financial documents such as bank statements must be dated within three months prior to the date of application. Health Insurance All F-1 international students and their dependents (if applicable) are required to have adequate health insurance coverage for the duration of their program. International students will be enrolled in the Augsburg international student plan unless they fill out a waiver verifying proof of coverage through an alternative provider for the same period. 15 Financing Your Education College Costs for Graduate Studies The Board of Regents approves the costs for the academic year. The board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. Augsburg reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. Full-Time vs. Half-Time Graduate students will need to be enrolled in 3 credits to be considered half-time and 6 credits to be considered fulltime. Program Tuition and Fees  Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP)  Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN)  Master of Arts in Education (MAE)  Master of Arts in Education Tribal (MAET)  Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL)  Master of Fine Arts (MFA)  Master of Social Work (MSW)  Master of Business Administration (MBA)  Master of Arts in Music Therapy (MMT)  Master of Science in Physician Assistant (MPA) $894 per 1.0 credit $683 per 1.0 credit $485 per 1.0 credit UMD Rate $799 per 1.0 credit $623 per 1.0 credit $668 per 1.0 credit $776 per 1.0 credit $798 per 1.0 credit $739 per 1.0 credit* *2015 start cohort Tuition Students are charged per credit. All associated costs must be paid by the beginning of each semester to avoid accruing finance charges, unless you have enrolled in an official payment plan through Student Financial Services. Fees Specific courses or programs may have additional fees associated with them, such as lab or supply fees. Payments Semester Charges Prior to the start of each semester, a statement of estimated charges showing charges and financial aid credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student via e-mail. All statements are available online through Augnet’s Records and Registration site. Payments can be made online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/make-a-payment. Augsburg may charge late fees and interest on delinquent accounts. Review the full policy regarding past due balances online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/disclosure Payment Options Augsburg College offers payment plan options for all students. Information about payment plans is available online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/payment-plans-and-discounts. Financial Aid All students who wish to be considered for financial assistance must establish financial aid eligibility on an annual basis. This includes completing the application process as outlined below and making satisfactory academic progress. In order to maintain eligibility in financial aid programs, students must make satisfactory academic progress toward the attainment of their degree or certificate as stipulated in the College catalog. 16 Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg may be a combination of grants and loans. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis takes into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependent family members, other educational expenses, retirement needs, and special considerations. Types of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). Institutional Grants/Discounts Augsburg offers grants/discounts for a variety of different students. Specific information about the different grants and scholarships, along with eligibility requirements, can be found online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial/paymentplans-and-discounts. Loan Assistance Graduate students must be enrolled at least half-time in order to receive federal loans. Three semester credits per term is considered half-time. Six semester credits per term is considered full-time.     Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Student Loan Interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to accrue and be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan). Federal Graduate Loan Program (PLUS) Graduate PLUS is a loan program to help graduate students meet college costs. Students may borrow up to the cost of attendance (minus all other student financial aid). Further information about loan programs can be found online at www.augsburg.edu/studentfinancial. Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy Federal regulations require that all higher education institutions establish and implement a policy to measure whether students [1] receiving financial aid [2] are making satisfactory academic progress toward the completion of a degree. The purpose of this policy is to make sure that students who receive financial aid are using this money wisely. It is meant to curtail the use of financial aid by students who fail to successfully complete their course work. Failure to meet the following standards makes a student ineligible for all institutional, federal, and state financial aid. Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress 1) Minimum GPA requirements: Graduate Students must maintain a minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA based on the entire academic record. 2) Minimum Credits Completed: Graduate Students must earn a cumulative 67% of the credits attempted based on the entire academic record. A completed credit has a grade of 4.0 – 2.5 or P. Credits earned and completed will include accepted cumulative transfer credits as defined by the Registrar’s Office. Unsatisfactory grades “W 17 (withdrawn),” “I (Incomplete),” “F (Zero),” and “N (Not Passing)” are counted towards the cumulative attempted credits. Repeat Courses and remedial courses are not counted towards the cumulative attempted credits. 3) Maximum Time Frame: To demonstrate academic progress, graduate students must complete their degree objective within 150% of the length of the program. Monitoring and Evaluating Progress In order to ensure SAP standards are being met, the office of Student Financial Services will evaluate and monitor the students’ academic achievement at the end of each term. After the student’s record is evaluated and the Student Financial Services Office determined the student to be unsatisfactory, the student will be placed on Financial Aid Warning or Financial Aid Probation. Students will be notified through their Augsburg email if they fail to meet SAP standards. Financial Aid Warning In order to ensure SAP standards are being met, the Office of Student Financial Services will evaluate and monitor the students’ academic achievement at the end of each term. After the student’s record is evaluated and the Student Financial Services Office determined the student to be unsatisfactory, the student will be placed on Financial Aid Warning or Financial Aid Suspension. Students will be notified through their Augsburg email if they fail to meet SAP standards. Financial Aid Suspension A student who fails to meet either the minimum GPA requirement and/or minimum credits attempted while on Financial Aid Warning will be placed on Financial Aid Suspension. A student on Financial Aid Suspension is ineligible to receive any form of financial aid. A student on Financial Aid Suspension may submit an appeal to reinstate their financial aid. Financial Aid Suspension will conclude when the student meets SAP standards, or successfully appeals. Financial Aid will be suspended when a student placed on Financial Aid Suspension does not meet SAP standards. Because grades may not be available before the beginning of the next scheduled term, it is possible that financial aid may be disbursed to a student before the review can be conducted. In the event that a student is found to be ineligible for the financial aid that has been disbursed due to a failure to meet one of the Standards, the aid that was disbursed will be canceled, and returned to the appropriate program(s). Right to Appeal Students who have had their financial aid suspended may submit the SAP Appeal Form to the Student Financial Services Office. The appeal must be submitted within 7 days of notification of unsatisfactory status or by the due date given on the appeal letter. The SAP Appeal Form must be completely filled out, along with any additional documents required by the Committee. The appeal should state reasons why the student failed to meet SAP standards, and what changed for the student that will allow the student to demonstrate progress towards meeting SAP standards. The appeal will be decided by the SAP Committee. All decisions made by the Committee are final. If a student’s appeal is approved they will be placed on Financial Aid Probation. If a student’s appeal is denied they will remain on Financial Aid Suspension and will remain ineligible for financial aid. Financial Aid Probation A student who has been placed on Financial Aid Suspension and successfully appeals SAP will be place on Financial Aid Probation. A student on Financial Aid Probation will be eligible to receive financial aid. Financial Aid Probation will last for one term. If at the end of the term, the students meets SAP standards, the Financial Aid Probation will conclude. Students currently on Financial Aid Probation who do not meet the standards at the end of the term will be placed on Financial Aid Suspension. 18 Student Account Financial Disclosure Students at Augsburg College are obligated to pay Term Fees and additional charges when they register for each academic term. “Term Fees” include tuition, room and board charges and other fees initiated during your time as a student. Students are responsible to pay for all of these charges regardless of whether financial aid is received or employers or other third parties pay as agreed. “Term Fees” are subject to refund only to the extent allowed under the Augsburg College Tuition Refund Policy. Statements and account history are available online through AugNet Records and Registration. Augsburg College may require someone to co-sign on the students’ obligations in special cases, such as when a student has a history of late or missed payments. When a co-signer’s signature is required, both students and co-signers are responsible for payment of all costs incurred (including collection costs and fees of any collection agency and/or attorney, if applicable) and all other conditions outlined on the Student Account Financial Disclosure. Results of Balances Not Paid in Full Augsburg may charge late fees and interest on delinquent accounts. Missed or late payments will be subject to a late payment charge and/or a finance charge on the overdue balance from the date the balance was due until payment in full is received. If your account is not paid in full on the first day of the term, finance charges at the rate of 8% per year (.67% per month) will be added onto your student account balance. For example, this means that for every $1,000 owed you will receive $6.70 a month in finance charges. A $30 NSF Fee will be added for any payment returned by the bank for Non-Sufficient Funds. Past Due Accounts If the student does not set up a formal payment plan with Augsburg’s Student Financial Services department, Augsburg reserves the right to demand payment of the entire balance owed by that student and to take steps to collect it. Augsburg may cancel the student’s registration, prevent the student from registering for future terms, withhold transcripts or diplomas, remove the student from on-campus housing, turn the student’s account over to a collection agency or take legal action to collect any past due balance. Each student authorizes Augsburg to release financial information about her or his account and other pertinent information such as address and phone number to third parties who are dealing with the collection of the account balance. By providing us with a telephone number for a cellular phone or other wireless device, you are expressly consenting to receive communications – including but not limited to prerecorded or artificial voice message calls, text messages, and calls made by an automatic telephone dialing system – from us and our affiliates and agents at that number. This express consent applies to each such telephone number that you provide to us now or in the future and permits such calls regardless of their purpose. Calls and messages may incur access fees from your cellular provider. Each student also agrees to reimburse Augsburg College, or its agents, the fees of any collection agency, which may be based on a percentage at a maximum of 40% of the debt, and all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, we incur in such collection efforts. Please note that, due to the Bankruptcy Reform Act, educational benefits are generally exempt from discharge under bankruptcy. The terms of this agreement remain in effect until all Term Fees and other charges are paid in full. Financial Policies Registration is permitted only if the student’s account for a previous term is paid in full or if the student is making scheduled payments in accordance with an approved payment plan. Augsburg College will not release student academic transcripts or graduation diplomas/certificates until all student account charges are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Federal Perkins Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. Tuition Refund Policy Students are eligible for a 100% tuition refund for any courses they drop without notation through the date labeled “Last day to drop without a ‘W’ grade & 100% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar. After this date, 19 students are no longer eligible for any refund of tuition unless they withdraw from all of their courses. This policy is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. Students withdrawing from all of a term’s courses may receive a 50% tuition refund when they withdraw by the date labeled “Last day to withdraw with 50% refund – Full Semester class” on the Academic Calendar. Students are responsible for cancelling courses through the Registrar’s Office (or online) in order to be eligible for any refund. Students who unofficially withdraw (stop attending) but do not complete the drop/add form are responsible for all charges. Financial aid may be adjusted based on the student’s last recorded date of attendance. Refund calculations are based on the date that the drop/add form is processed. Medical Refund If a student is forced to withdraw from one or more courses in a term due to illness or an accident, a request for a medical refund should be made through the Academic/Financial Petition. Petition forms are available through the Registrar’s Office website. An extra medical refund may be granted by the Committee upon submission of documentation from the attending doctor, on letterhead, verifying the medical circumstances. Unofficial Withdrawal Federal regulations require that records of financial aid recipients who earn failing grades in all their classes be reviewed. If courses are not completed (e.g., unofficial withdrawal, stopped attending), the College is required to refund financial aid to the appropriate sources according to federal or Augsburg refund policies based on the last recorded date of attendance. Students are responsible for the entire cost of the term including the portion previously covered by financial aid should they stop attending. Students are strongly urged to follow guidelines for complete withdrawal from college. If there are extenuating circumstances, a petition to have the cost of tuition refunded can be made. Petition forms are available online through the Registrar’s Office website. A student who registers, does not attend any classes, and does not withdraw may petition to withdraw retroactively. The student must petition within six months of the end of term and provide proof of non-attendance. Proof can include, but is not limited to, statements from each instructor that the student never attended, or documentation of attendance for the term at another college or university. If approved, grades of W will be recorded and tuition charges for the term will be replaced with an administrative cancellation fee of $300. Financial Aid Policy Financial aid such as federal, state, and institutional grants and scholarships are awarded based upon the total number of registered credits on the “Last day to add with faculty signature – Full Semester class” as noted on the Academic Calendar. Students must register for internships, Time 2 classes, and ACTC classes before the “Last day to add with faculty signature-Full Semester class”. Financial aid will not be adjusted for classes added after this date. Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester by actively attending and participating in classes throughout the semester. Financial aid is recalculated when students do any of the following: drop classes without a “W” grade, fail to begin classes, cease to attend classes, fail all classes, or fully withdraw from all classes. Financial Aid - Return of Aid Policy Students must earn the financial aid they are awarded each semester. A student can earn their aid by attending classes, or in the event of hybrid/online courses, be an active participant in the course. Federal/State Aid Adjustments Augsburg is required to return unearned federal/state aid for students who fully withdraw from their courses. Student are eligible to keep more aid the longer they attend their courses. After 60% of the term has passed, students are eligible to keep all of their federal/state aid. If you are planning to completely withdraw from your courses, please see a Student Financial Services counselor to determine what aid may need to be returned. 20 Institutional Aid Adjustments Augsburg will return institutional aid for students who partially withdraw or fully withdraw from courses. If students withdraw from their courses they will receive a 50% tuition refund and 50% of their institutional aid will be removed. If a student withdraws after the last day to receive a tuition refund, there will be no adjustment to their institutional aid. Credit Refund Policy Augsburg students may be eligible to receive a credit refund if their financial aid exceeds tuition and fee charges for a term. Credit refunds are issued within two weeks after the last day to drop courses without recorded notation. Financial Aid needs to be finalized (You can verify your financial aid status online through Track Your Financial Aid) and applied to a student’s account (Check your Transaction History online to verify all of your financial aid has been applied to your account and nothing is left pending) before the credit refund can be issued. Changes in enrollment status, housing status, and program status may affect financial aid eligibility and credit refunds. Students who are enrolled less than half-time (less than 6.0 credits for undergraduates, less than 3.0 credit for graduates) may not be eligible for financial aid; however, students may apply for private alternative loans. Registration changes made from the first week of the term through midterm may require a return of financial aid funds. Students who drop courses may receive a tuition refund, but some forms of financial aid may have to be adjusted before a refund will be available. Financial aid return of funds may take up to 30-45 days to be processed. Bookstore Policy Students who are registered for the upcoming term will be allowed to charge up to $600 to their student account. Students DO NOT need to request a bookstore account this year. Please plan ahead and purchase books and supplies before the scheduled cut off dates; plan ahead for courses that start midterm as you will be unable to charge anything to your student account after the cut-off date. Students’ accounts will be billed for only what was spent on their bookstore accounts before credit refunds are issued. If your bookstore charges create a balance on your account, you need to make payments in accordance with your statement. Bookstore purchases charged to a student account are intended for students who have excess financial aid funds to cover their tuition, fees, AND their books or supplies. Please contact Student Financial Services before you purchase books if you need to discuss payment options. Due to the financial aid cycle, you can only charge expenses to your bookstore account during specific times. Third Party If you are expecting a third party to cover the cost of your books, you will need to turn in an itemized receipt of your purchases to the Student Financial Services Office, along with your invoice request. Additional Funds If the cost of your textbooks and supplies are above $600 in one term, you have enough financial aid to cover the additional costs, and you would like to charge the additional amount to your student account, please send the following information to Student Financial Services (studentfinances@augsburg.edu). All requests need to be in writing. Subject: Request for additional funds Full Name: Student ID number: Additional request: Students will receive an e-mail when the additional request has been processed. Accounts are opened as quickly as possible, but it could take up to two business days for activation. 21 Consumer Information LOSS OF FINANCIAL AID ELIGIBILITY DUE TO A DRUG OFFENSE A student, who is convicted of a state or federal offense involving the possession or sale of an illegal drug that occurred while the student was enrolled in school and receiving Title IV aid, is not eligible for Title IV funds. [An illegal drug is a controlled substance as defined by the Controlled Substance Act and does not include alcohol and tobacco. A borrower’s eligibility is based on the student’s self-certification on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Convictions that are reversed, set aside or removed from the student’s record, or a determination arising from a juvenile court proceeding do not affect eligibility and do not need to be reported by the student. A student who is convicted of a drug-related offense that occurred while the student was enrolled in school and receiving Title IV aid loses Title IV eligibility as follows: For the possession of illegal drugs: First offense: one year from the date of conviction. Second offense: two years from the date of the second conviction. Third offense: indefinitely from the date of the third conviction. For the sale of illegal drugs: First offense: two years from the date of conviction. Second offense: indefinitely from the date of the second conviction. A school must provide a student who loses Title IV eligibility due to a drug-related conviction with a timely, separate, clear, and conspicuous written notice. The notice must advise the student of his or her loss of Title IV eligibility and the ways in which the student may regain that eligibility. Regaining Eligibility after a Drug Conviction A student may regain eligibility at any time by completing an approved drug rehabilitation program and by informing the school that he or she has done so. A student regains Title IV eligibility on the date he or she successfully completes the program. A drug rehabilitation program is considered approved for these purposes if it includes at least two unannounced drug tests and meets one of the following criteria:     The program received or is qualified to receive funds directly or indirectly under a federal, state, or local government program. The program is administered or recognized by a federal, state, or local government agency or court. The program received or is qualified to receive payment directly or indirectly from a federally or state licensed insurance company. The program administered or recognized by a federally or state-licensed hospital, health clinic, or medical doctor. Policies may change throughout an academic year if necessary to comply with federal, state, or institutional changes or regulations. 22 Student Resources/Academic and Support Services Library and Information Technology Services The James G. Lindell Family Library opened in 1997. The four-level, 73,000-square-foot facility houses the library and information technology functions of the College as well as the Gage Center for Student Success. In addition to its large collection of print volumes, e-books, and e-journals, Lindell Library includes special collections and archives, a curriculum library, a computer lab and student computing help desk, a library instruction classroom, and facilities for media viewing and listening. Skyways link the library to Oren Gateway Center and Sverdrup Hall. Learning Commons Within Lindell Library, a Learning Commons provides assistance in research and the use of technology as well as spaces for collaborative learning. Library Resources Students can search a wide variety of local, regional, national, and international databases. They have access to 120 databases, 27,000 e-journals, 52,445 e-books, and 177,000 print volumes within Lindell Library and, through a daily courier service, access to the library holdings of six other private liberal arts colleges in the Twin Cities. In addition, Lindell Library has a large collection of media resources. A service-oriented staff provides students and faculty with research assistance and instruction in the use of information resources. Arrangements are made for access by students with physical limitation and special needs. Information Technology Resources Augsburg College has built a reputation as a leader in its commitment to provide students with relevant and timely access to information technology and training. Visit the Student Technology website, inside.augsburg.edu/techdesk, for more on Information Technology at Augsburg. Computing Students have access to more than 250 on-campus computers. Both PC and Macintosh desktop computers are available in the Lindell Library Learning Commons and computer lab, and in the 24-hour Urness computer lab. The College has five computer classrooms, 41 technology-enhanced classrooms and one video conferencing-enabled classroom. The circulation desk in Lindell Library has 45 wireless laptops available for use in the library. Several computer clusters are available for more specific student use within academic departments. A high-speed fiber optic campus network provides access to AugNet online services, printing, and to the internet. Network-ready student machines can connect to the campus network from residence hall rooms or any building on campus using WiFi. All of the AugNet online services are available securely on- and off-campus. Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS) The Center for Learning and Accessible Student Services (CLASS) provides individualized accommodations and academic support for students with documented learning, attention, psychiatric, and other cognitive disabilities, and for students with physical disabilities such as TBI, chronic illness, mobility impairments, and vision, hearing, or speech impairments, and temporary disabilities. CLASS has been recognized as a leader in its field, helping these students gain access to the college curriculum. Its mission is a reflection of Augsburg’s commitment to providing a rigorous and challenging, yet supportive, liberal arts education to students with diverse backgrounds, preparations, and experiences. Each term, Disability Specialists work directly with students to develop a plan for ensuring they have equal access to Augsburg courses, programs, activities, and facilities. Typically, meetings are held weekly and discussions may include:    Accommodations for testing and coursework (e.g., extended time, note-taking) Referrals to other campus resources (e.g., tutoring, student technology assistance, academic advising, counseling, financial aid) Training and use of assistive technology through the Groves Accommodations Laboratory 23   Coaching on academic, organizational, and time management skills Campus living accommodations The Disability Specialists may also consult with instructors, academic advisors, and other members of the college faculty, staff, or administration to support each student as they work toward success. Taking advantage of these accommodations and services, however, remains the student’s responsibility. Any Augsburg student who wants to establish eligibility for accommodations and services should schedule a meeting with a Specialist to discuss their needs, as well as appropriate documentation of their disability. CLASS also provides informal screenings for students who suspect they may have a learning-related disability. These screenings are meant only to help students determine whether they should seek a thorough evaluation by a qualified professional. Academic accommodations are intended to ensure access to educational opportunities for students with disabilities and may not fundamentally alter the basic nature or essential components of an institution’s courses or programs. CLASS services are made possible in part through endowment support provided by the Gage family and the Groves Foundation. For further information, call 612-330-1053. 24 Academic Programs and Policies Academic Calendars All of our graduate programs meet on a semester calendar. Academic Calendars can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. All academic calendars are subject to change without notice. Academic Policies The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Academic Honesty A college is a community of learners whose relationship relies on trust. Honesty is necessary to preserve the integrity and credibility of scholarship by the Augsburg College community. Academic dishonesty, therefore, is not tolerated. As a College requirement, student course projects, papers, and examinations may include a statement by the student pledging to abide by the College’s academic honesty policies and to uphold the highest standards of academic integrity. (See Augsburg’s Academic Honesty Policy in the Student Guide). Evaluation and Grading Evaluation of academic performance in each program will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale, where 4.0 achieves highest standards of excellence. See each program for details of field study and special projects. Students must achieve a 3.0 GPA in order to graduate; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. Grading option cannot be changed from traditional (0.0 - 4.0) to Pass/No Credit. Explanation of grades for Graduate Studies: Grade 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0–0.0 FN P N V W I X Explanation Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above acceptable standards Meets acceptable standards Meets minimum standards Unacceptable performance Unacceptable performance, student stopped attending Represents work at 3.0 or higher (not counted in grade point average) No credit (not counted in grade point average) Audit Withdrawn Incomplete In progress, extended beyond term of registration Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V) on a space-available basis. Graduate students will be charged an audit fee of $1,000. The written permission of the instructor is required to register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance, and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript with a V grade. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W. Audited courses do not count towards graduation. Withdrawal Grade A course is given a grade of W (withdrawn) when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a W grade and before the last day to withdraw. 25 Incomplete (I) Grades An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the instructor grants permission after determining that a student emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who receive an incomplete grade should be capable of passing the course if they satisfactorily complete outstanding course requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an Application for Incomplete Grade form with the Registrar’s Office that states the reasons for the request, outlines the work required to complete the course, and includes the course instructor’s signature. The instructor may stipulate the terms and conditions that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend the same course (or a portion of the same course) in a following term with an incomplete grade. The student must complete the outstanding work in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and the filing of a grade before the final day of the following academic term in the student’s program. If the work is not completed by the specified date of the following academic term, the grade for the course becomes 0.0. Extension (X) Grades Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X (extension) is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor has the right to not grant an extension where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. If the course is not completed, a grade of 0.0 will be assigned. Repeated Courses A course in which a grade of FN, 0.0, 0.5, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5 or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken each term and grades earned, including W and N, will be recorded on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. Courses completed at Augsburg College must be repeated at Augsburg to be included in the repeat policy. Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: GPA = Total grade points divided by number of credits attempted, i.e., courses with 0.0 to 4.0 grade assigned. Attendance Attendance and participation are critical to the success of any course. Evaluation of the level and quality of participation may be incorporated into the course grade. We view attendance as a joint commitment of both instructors and students to our professional development. Each instructor has the authority to specify attendance and participation requirements to address the needs of particular courses, individual students, or various learning styles. Lack of attendance may result in a failing grade and the requirement to repeat the course. Students must notify the professor in advance of any expected absence. In the case of emergency, when prior notification is not possible, students must notify the professor of an absence as soon as possible. Non-Attendance/Non-Participation Attendance/participation in class is important for academic success and financial aid. Therefore, students are dropped for non-attendance/non-participation after the 10th business day of the term if reported by the instructor. Students are ultimately responsible for dropping classes if they no longer plan to attend/participate. Students who have been dropped and wish to re-enroll must submit and Academic/Financial Petition. 26 Graduate Continuation Policy Students registering for the final project course must complete the Final Project Registration/Graduate Continuation Contract by the last day to add with faculty signature for a Full Semester class as noted on the Academic Calendar. Upon receipt of the contract, the Registrar’s Office will enroll the student in the Continuation Program for 13 semesters. Entry into the Continuation Program maintains students’ active status in the graduate program, including library and AugNet Services. Students can request an extension of up to 3 semesters beyond the initial 13 semesters to the program director by completing the Graduate Continuation Extension Contract. Approval of the extension is at the discretion of the program director. If a grade is not received and an extension has not been granted by the grading deadline of the 13th semester, the grade will change from X to N. Students who wish to complete the final project after receiving a failing grade must meet with the program director to evaluate readmission to the College and program. Students who are readmitted may need to complete additional coursework and will need to pay tuition and fees for any additional courses. If/when the final project course is completed, the new grade would replace the previous N grade. Students may withdraw from the College, and thus from the Continuation Program and the final project course, at any point during the continuation period and receive a W notation on the transcript for the final project course. Following a withdrawal, students are welcome to meet with the program director to evaluate readmission to the College and program. Students who are readmitted may need to complete additional coursework and will need to pay full tuition and fees for any additional courses. If/when the final project course is completed, the new grade would replace the previous W grade. Credit and Contact Hours Augsburg’s credit hour policy follows the federal guidelines in defining a semester credit hour as one fifty-minute period of instruction and 100 minutes of out-of-class work per week for fifteen weeks, or the equivalent amount of student work completed over a different time frame or via a different delivery method. All Augsburg programs follow the semester calendar with semester lengths from 14-16 weeks. Augsburg offers a summer semester which follows the same format as both fall and spring semester. Students must take at least 3 credits to be considered half-time, and 6 or more credits to be considered full-time. Students may take up to 22 credits. Degree Requirements To be conferred the graduate degree, all graduate students must achieve the following:    Successful completion of all required courses A cumulative GPA of 3.0; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. Successful completion of all degree requirements within the stipulated period of matriculation or a signed continuation agreement with Augsburg College. Probation and Dismissal Graduate students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on academic probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. Graduate students in the Physician Assistant must consult the PA Program Progression Standards Policy. A student whose GPA falls below the required GPA for his/her graduate program (3.0 in most programs) in two or more terms may be subject to probation or dismissal. A plan for the student to continue in the program may be worked out with the program director. Students may also be dismissed for violation of standards of behavior defined by their profession, their program, or the College. 27 Dismissal Appeals Process A student may appeal a program’s dismissal decision using the College’s program dismissal appeals process. Appeals are limited to procedural errors that the student can demonstrate negatively affected the outcome. The student initiates the appeal process by submitting a hard copy of the statement of appeal to the Assistant Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate Studies (AVP-Graduate Studies); email is not acceptable. The statement must identify each procedural error and state how each error negatively affected the outcome. The statement of appeal will be the only basis of the student’s appeal. The AVP-Graduate Studies must receive the student’s statement of appeal within 14 calendar days of the date on the department’s written notification of dismissal. The AVP-Graduate Studies will send a copy of the statement of appeal to the program chair/director. The program must submit a response to the student’s statement of appeal within 15 business days of the date that the statement was received by the AVP-Graduate Studies’ office. A hard copy of the program’s response should be submitted to the AVPGraduate Studies. The AVP-Graduate Studies will send a copy of the program’s response to the student. The AVP-Graduate Studies will convene the Program Dismissal Appeals Committee, which will include the AVP-Graduate Studies as a non-voting chair and three program faculty members (one from programs not named in the appeal: Business, Creative Writing, Education, Leadership, Nursing, Physician Assistant Studies, Social Work). The Program Dismissal Appeals Committee will schedule its hearing within 15 business days of receipt of the program’s statement of response. The Committee will meet with the student and a program representative to review the procedures and ask questions of both the student and the program representative. The student and program representative may each bring a third party to the review meeting (limited to an Augsburg College faculty member, staff member, or student). The role of the third party representative is to provide support to the student or the program representative, not to serve as an advocate during the meeting. Dropping or Withdrawing Courses may be dropped or withdrawn online through AugNet Records and Registration or with a Registration Form. To see the drop and withdrawal deadlines, see the Academic Calendar at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. Independent Study Students may request to complete an independent study course as an addition to the required coursework. A faculty sponsor is required for an independent study project, and project proposals must be approved by the program director in order to receive credit. Normally, independent study may not be used as a replacement for a standard course offered in the curriculum, with the exception of the general elective (if approved). A special independent study registration form is required and is available on the Registrar’s Office website. Term Off Students may take a term off for up to two semesters and have continued access to Augsburg e-mail and AugNet Services. If a student is not registered after 10th day of the third semester, the student’s file will be deactivated and the student will need to submit an Application for Readmission to re-enroll. For an absence of any length, students should coordinate with their program director prior to leaving. Due to a variety of program schedules and cohorts for some degrees, it is required that students meet with their advisor and obtain the advice of their director. Evaluation of Transfer Credit Students may petition the program director for transfer credit to apply to program requirements. The transfer of credit will be evaluated on an individual basis. Students will be asked to provide appropriate documentation regarding previous coursework, including but not limited to an official transcript, course description, and syllabus. In order to be considered for transfer, a course must be from a regionally-accredited college or university institution and graded 3.0/B or better. Courses must have been taken at the graduate level and course content must be comparable to program requirements at Augsburg. 28 The maximum number of semester credits that can be transferred is:          Master of Arts in Education (6) Master of Arts in Leadership (6) Master of Arts in Nursing (9) Master of Business Administration (18) Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing (12) Master of Music Therapy (Contact program director) Master of Science, Physician Assistant Studies (Contact program coordinator) Master of Social Work (22) Doctor of Nursing Practice (Contact program director) Augsburg credits are calculated in semester hours. If you completed courses at other institutions that are quarter hours, they will be converted to semester hours. One quarter hour equates to two-thirds of a semester hour. Courses and credits that are accepted in transfer are recorded on the student’s transcript. Grades and grade points from other institutions are not transferred to Augsburg and are not included in the student’s cumulative grade point average. 29 Master of Arts in Education Augsburg has a long history in teacher education with alumni of our programs teaching throughout Minnesota and elsewhere. The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program combines our excellent undergraduate licensure coursework with a master’s level coursework focused on teacher leadership, preparing teachers to serve K-12 students effectively and to nurture healthy change within schools and school systems. Our Philosophy The Education Department program themes include relationships, reflection and inquiry, diversity and equity, and leadership. One of these themes - leadership - is lived out within the MAE program. As this program theme suggests, we expect our students to leave our programs as responsive, knowledgeable teachers prepared to exercise leadership in the classroom and, eventually, the school and community. Our urban setting provides yet another dimension to our programs through a combination of course content, field experiences, and classroom instructors. Our goal is that students will leave our programs as collaborative and capable teachers committed to educating all learners in a diverse and changing world. Our Faculty Augsburg faculty members who teach in the MAE program are a mix of full-time and adjunct instructors, all of whom have K-12 teaching experience. Many adjunct instructors are currently teaching in K-12 settings; all full-time faculty members are frequent visitors to K-12 settings through student teaching and field experience supervision, volunteer work, and/or in-service education. We understand the importance of what we do and what you hope to do. We value good teaching and, most especially, we value good teachers. Our Accessibility We realize that although teaching is your dream, your reality most likely includes work, family, and personal responsibilities. Because we understand the demands adult students face, we offer flexible scheduling. A majority of licensure and graduate-level courses are taught in the evenings to allow you to manage these responsibilities while pursuing your goals. You will need to be available during the weekday for the challenge and responsibility of field experiences, but education coursework is accessible through the evening schedules*. As a student in Augsburg’s Master of Arts in Education licensure and degree program, you will find yourself among interesting students and dedicated professors who believe that all children deserve a good, highly-qualified teacher— the teacher you can become. *By the end of Spring 2015 our licensure programs will have been fully transitioned from a weekend to an evening schedule. New students will be in the evening program. For the time being, end of program MAE degree completion options will remain on the weekend schedule. Education Department Mission The mission of the Augsburg Education Department is to develop responsive, knowledgeable teachers committed to educating all learners in a diverse and changing world. Program Themes Responsive, knowledgeable teachers understand the dynamic interaction among relationships, reflection and inquiry, diversity and equity, and leadership. These four interrelated program themes provide lenses through which we filter our practice. Relationships Learning is relational and communal. Responsive teachers create significant relationships with their students, colleagues, and community partners by developing learning communities. These nurturing learning communities provide safe, trustworthy places where challenging and engaging questions can be considered. We model the kinds of learning communities that we expect our graduates to create. We share with our students a learning model that connects 30 content, theory, and practice in an ongoing cycle. Students and their learning are the focus for responsive teachers. Therefore we embrace and foster a progressive and constructivist orientation. Reflection and Inquiry Responsive teachers are reflective practitioners who are students of teaching and learning. Providing numerous frameworks through which to filter our experience encourages intentional and thoughtful inquiry. Through field placements, service learning, generative questions, and classroom experiences, students and faculty develop their perspectives about teaching and learning. Critical reflection allows us to examine content, theory, and practice in ways that transform our practice. We think it is important to understand and learn how to manage the many polarities inherent in the teaching and learning process. Diversity and Equity Responsive teachers embrace diversity and intentionally work to ensure that all learners, especially those who for some reason have been marginalized, learn and develop in powerful ways. We continually reflect on what it means to be a “school in the city.” We recognize that each student is unique, shaped by culture and experience; therefore, differentiating instruction is essential. The perspective of multiple intelligences, learning style theory and teaching for understanding help us differentiate and enable us to provide choice, variety, and flexibility. Responsive teachers believe that all students can learn. They also have a sense of efficacy and believe that they can help all students learn. Leadership Responsive teachers recognize that becoming a learning leader is a developmental process, which begins in pre-service education and continues throughout one’s career. Teachers serve as leaders within the classroom, and with experience, increased confidence, and professional development become leaders within the school, the district, and the community. Teacher leaders view themselves as lifelong learners. They become role models committed to their profession as a vocation rather than a job. Emerging teacher leaders keep student learning at the center of their work while advocating for instructional innovation, constructivist curricular development, and systemic change. Master of Arts in Education Conceptual Framework Teacher leadership is the theme that threads through our graduate licensure and degree completion program. The Augsburg Education Department believes that teachers are leaders in their classrooms and should be leaders in their institutions and communities. The leadership focus plays out in three ways. First, the additional work required in the graduate versions of the combined undergraduate/graduate courses focuses on providing graduate students the chance to exercise leadership as well as extend their knowledge beyond the basic requirements. Second, in the degree completion component, students are required to include coursework focused on leadership and study aspects of leadership as part of their degree program. Third, the final project—be it an action research, a leadership application project, or performance assessment —gives students the opportunity to study an issue of concern and, supported by research, define a means for addressing it. Three Teacher Leadership Aspirations inform our program. They are as follows: Aspiration 1: Teacher leaders value learning for personal and professional growth. Teacher leaders share knowledge effectively with colleagues. We believe that teacher leaders are comfortable with their knowledge and expertise, neither flaunting it nor hiding it, but sharing it with others generously. They work to build bridges with a full range of colleagues, but they don’t let recalcitrant colleagues stop their own development. They see learning as a continuous endeavor and seek it throughout their careers. Aspiration 2: Teachers leaders think big—beyond the classroom to the broader context of education and community. We believe that teacher leaders see systems and the “big picture” and are able to put their classrooms, schools, and communities into a broader context. They understand the link between policies, politics, and education and participate in change efforts at the macro and micro levels. They seek to work with administrators to establish school and district policy that improves life for everyone. If this involves political action, they are prepared to engage in it. Teacher leaders 31 also understand that teaching and learning are dynamic and that change within school systems is an ever-present phenomenon. They are informed decision-makers predisposed to take on the challenge of change when they think it benefits students, teachers, and/or community. Aspiration 3: Teacher leaders possess courage and an orientation to action. We believe that teacher leaders help others not be afraid. They are able to help people to take warranted risks and step outside their comfort zones. They have the courage to bring people together to see the bigger picture and then help people get there. Teacher leaders accept both power and accountability. They understand that responsibility without power diminishes potential for effectiveness. They believe that accountability is a fair trade for the power to take effective action. They operate from a foundation of self-efficacy. Program Overview The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) is designed to provide a teaching license as part of a master’s degree program. K12 initial teaching licenses offered at Augsburg include:   Elementary education (K-6), with or without a middle school content area endorsement in math, communication arts, social studies, or science. Subject matter courses for these endorsements may need to be taken in the weekday schedule or at a community college when unavailable through evening course work. Secondary education (5-12 and K-12) in social studies, communication arts/literature, visual arts, health, mathematics, music, and physical education, 9-12 in biology, chemistry, and physics, and 5-8 general science . Subject matter courses for these licenses may need to be taken in the weekday schedule or at a community college when unavailable through evening course work. Augsburg requires that at least two content area courses are taken at Augsburg. Teachers who are already licensed can work towards the MAE degree through the following four licensure endorsement options:   K-12 English as a Second Language K-12 Special Education: Academic Behavior Strategist All teachers seeking licensure through Augsburg must take and pass all tests required by the state of Minnesota for licensure. These include tests in basic skills, pedagogy and content area knowledge. Accreditations and Approvals Augsburg College Teacher Education programs are accredited and approved by:   National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) Minnesota Board of Teaching. (MN BOT) Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. For a complete list of Augsburg’s accreditations, approvals, and memberships, see the listing in the Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships section of this catalog. Program Structure The Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program is made up of a core of education licensure courses at the graduate level coupled with a degree completion option. Courses in the degree completion phase are drawn from the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) and graduate courses in education. Most students in the MAE program pursue a teaching license as part of their program plan. The MAE degree is also open to students who do not want a teaching license but do want a background in education and leadership. See the MAE program director for details. The MAE degree requires ten or eleven Augsburg graduate level courses, depending on the degree completion option. In addition, several courses at the undergraduate level are required for licensure. Only courses taken at the graduate level apply towards the MAE degree. 32 Credit MAE graduate level courses are offered for 3 semester credits. Each course is comprised of 37.5 instructional hours with the expectation of about 75 hours of independent study outside of class. Schedule The majority of the education courses in the MAE licensure and degree programs are offered through the AU evening schedule. Courses in this schedule meet face to face every other week with online instruction during the alternate weeks. A few education courses and many undergraduate content area courses are offered in a face to face, classroom based format, meeting weekly in the evenings. The MAL and education degree completion courses are offered primarily in a weekend schedule through a mix of face-to-face and online instruction. Summer session courses are offered primarily weekday evenings. Summer courses are offered in a mix of formats from all online to all face-to-face. The following teaching licenses are available almost entirely through the evening and summer schedule: elementary education, 5-12 social studies, 5-12 communication arts, K-12 art, K-12 special education, and K-12 English as a second language. Additional licenses in the following areas are available through a combination of weekday, weekday evening, summer schedules, and, occasional off-campus courses: biology, chemistry, health, mathematics, music, physical education, and physics. For these licenses, the education and degree completion courses are taken weekday evenings and summer while some, if not all, of the content area courses are taken during the weekday and/or off-campus. The weekday evening schedule is comprised of two semesters spread from early September through late April. In general, classes are held every other week, face to face with online instruction in the intervening week. The weekday schedule is also comprised of two semesters spread from early September through late April. Classes offered during the weekday meet one to three times per week. Classes offered jointly between weekday and weekend meet on a weekly basis in the evening. The official academic calendars can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. Curriculum—Teaching Licenses K-6 Elementary Education This program is designed to prepare teachers for grades K-6. Optional endorsements in middle school specialty areas of math, science, social studies, and communication arts can be pursued along with or separately from the K-6 license. The teaching license and some endorsements are offered at both undergraduate and graduate levels through a mix of undergraduate courses and combined graduate and undergraduate courses. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and have been admitted to the MAE program. All of the following courses must be taken for K-6 elementary licensure. Up to seven courses may be taken at the graduate (500) level and applied toward the MAE degree. EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting* EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EDC 490/580 - School and Society EED 225/524 - Foundations of Literacy EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy* EED 350/550 - K-6 Methods: Math EED 360/560 - K-6 Methods: Science To complete the license, the following undergraduate requirements must be completed: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education EDC 220 - Educational Technology EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience* (taken concurrently with EED 325/525) EED 311 - K-6 Methods: Health 33 EED 312 - K-6 Methods: Physical Education EED 336 - Advanced Literacy Methods* EED 341 - K-6 Methods: Art EED 370 - K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematics EED 380 - Kindergarten Methods* EED 386 - K-6 Methods: Children’s Literature EED 481, 483, 485 - Student Teaching: Elementary K-6 EED 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar *Field experience hours are required in these courses. Students spend 20 or more hours per term in field experiences. These experiences occur in K-6 classrooms during the weekday. If more than one course with field experience is taken in a given term, field experience requirements expand accordingly (i.e., two courses with 20 hours of field experience each require a total of 40 hours). Undergraduate Liberal Arts Requirements The number of supporting content area courses required for licensure depends upon the courses completed as part of the bachelor’s degree and/or other coursework. Requirements are determined by Minnesota licensure standards for specific college-level coursework in math, biology, physics, and earth science for all students seeking elementary licensure. Specific requirements are on file in the Education Department. Minnesota licensure standards allow for optional subject area endorsements in communication arts/literature, social studies, math, and science. Subject matter courses for these endorsements will be available through a combination of weekday, evening and off-campus courses. Specific requirements for these endorsements are on file in the Education Department. Previous coursework can be accepted into the licensure program if it meets Minnesota standards and if a grade of C or better was achieved. The Education Department and the content area departments determine the courses that are accepted. Transcripts, course descriptions, and course syllabi are used to make these determinations. Courses that are older than five years are judged on a case-by-case basis. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE degree. The program has limits on the amount and type of courses that are accepted. Grades of B or better are required for transfer consideration. See the MAE program director for approval of graduate coursework accepted in transfer. Preprimary Endorsement for Elementary Licensure (Suspended for 2015-16) This endorsement can be added to a K-6 elementary license. Required courses include the following: PSY 250 - Child Development (PSY 105 is a prerequisite for this course) SOC 231 - Family Systems: Cross Cultural Perspectives or SPE 490/540 - Parent and Professional Planning (Graduate students take SPE 540.) ECE 345/545 - Foundations of Preprimary Education ECE 346/546 - Learning Environments for Preprimary-Aged Children ECE 347/547 - Immersion and Teaching Competence ECE 488, 489 - Student Teaching: Preprimary K-12 and 5-12 Secondary Education K-12 and 5-12 licenses in several content areas are offered through a combination of graduate and undergraduate coursework. K-12 licenses prepare teachers to teach a content area across elementary, middle school, and high school. Licenses for grades 5- 12 prepare teachers to teach at the middle and high school levels. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and meet MAE admissions criteria. Subject matter courses in the following majors are offered on weekday evenings and summer: English, communications (for communication arts), art and selected social science courses. Students seeking 5–12 licensure in social studies must 34 complete a broad-based core of courses in the social studies in addition to a social science major. Education courses for these licenses are also taken during weekday evenings and summer. The following content area majors are offered primarily or entirely through the weekday program: biology, chemistry, physics, health, physical education, music, and mathematics. Students seeking licensure in any of these areas typically will need to take additional content courses in the weekday schedule and off-campus. Students can obtain a 9-12 license in physics, chemistry, or biology and have the option of adding the 5–8 general science to the 9-12 license. Students also can obtain the 5–8 general science license without the 9–12 license. Education courses for these licenses are taken during weekday evenings. Licensure Requirements The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for licensure; four to seven of them also may be taken at the graduate level and applied toward the master’s degree in education. EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting* EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EDC 490/580 - School and Society ESE 325/525 - Creating Learning Environments ESE 300/500 - Reading and Writing in Content Area* To complete the license, students also will need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education EDC 220 - Educational Technology ESE 3XX - K-12 or 5-12 Methods (in the content area)* ESE 481, 483, 485 - Student Teaching: Secondary ESE 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar *Field experience hours are required in these courses. A minimum of 100 hours in classrooms and education-related settings is required prior to student teaching. Students spend approximately 20 hours per term in field experiences. Undergraduate Content Area Requirements The equivalent of a major in the licensure content area is required for K-12 and 5-12 licenses. Students who have majored in a field in which we offer licensure must have their previous coursework evaluated by the major department at Augsburg. Two or more content area courses tied to Minnesota licensure standards are generally required, even with a completed academic major. Previous coursework is evaluated by the content area department and accepted if it meets Minnesota licensure standards and if a grade of C or better was achieved. Coursework older than five years is judged on a case-by-case basis. Specific course requirements for each content area are on file in the Education Department. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE degree program. See the MAE program director for approval to use graduate level transfer courses in the degree program. Special Education Augsburg College offers licensure in K–12 Special Education: Academic Behavioral Strategist (ABS). This program qualifies students to teach in special education programs and positions working with students with mild to moderate disabilities in the areas of emotional/behavioral disabilities, learning disabilities, autism spectrum disabilities, developmental and cognitive disabilities and other health disabilities. This program is built on an inclusive education model. Under this model, students learn how to work closely with both special and general educators to facilitate inclusion of special education students into the regular education classroom. Five years after being licensed, teachers must extend their license in one of the above categories through additional coursework. 35 Also available is the Naadamaadiwin Tribal Special Education Cohort (temporarily suspended for 2015)—this graduate licensure program in Special Education: EBD/LD is designed and taught from an American Indian perspective. It is offered in collaboration with the University of Minnesota-Duluth as a hybrid (partly face-to-face and partly online) cohort program. The licensure courses can be applied towards the MAE degree. See the Education Department and for more information. The ABS licensure program is offered through weeknight and summer schedules. The Naadamaadiwin Tribal Special Education Cohort program is offered primarily online with weekend sessions at the beginning and end of each semester. Licensure Requirements Licensure requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. Classes will include both undergraduate and graduate students, with graduate students having additional course responsibilities. Graduate courses are taken at the 500 level. All courses must be taken for licensure, and up to seven courses may also be applied toward the master’s degree in education. The following courses for the ABS license are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate levels: EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/Minnesota American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting* EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EED 225/524 - Foundations of Literacy EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy* EED 350/550 - K–6 Methods: Math* EED 360/560 - K–6 Methods: Science* SPE 410/510 - Implementing Assessment Strategies* SPE 411/511 - Etiology and Theory of Mild to Moderate Disabilities SPE 415/515 - Theory to Practice* SPE 425/525 - Transition and Community* SPE 430/530 - Instructional and Behavioral Practices* SPE 490/540 - Parent and Professional Planning To complete the ABS license students will also need to complete certain requirements at the undergraduate level: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education MAT 137 - Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I EDC 220 - Education Technology EDC 330 and 332 - Building the Public Good: Public Achievement and Organizing EDC 331 and 333 - Practicum in Public Achievement EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience* (taken concurrently with EED 325/525) SPE 481,483 - Student Teaching: Elementary Special Education SPE 485, 487 - Student Teaching: Secondary Special Education SPE 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar *Field experience required as part of this course. This program is based on an innovative internship model that allows students employed in special education classrooms to fulfill a portion of their special education field experience requirements while they work. Students not employed in these settings are expected to complete a significant number of volunteer hours in special education settings. All must complete field placements or student teaching in classrooms serving these populations. Hours must be completed across elementary, middle school, and high school and include experiences with the five areas of disability that are part of this license. Specific information on field experience requirements is available from the Education Department. Licensure Requirements—EBD/LD–Naadamaadiwin Special Education Tribal Cohort This program is available only at the graduate level. Courses are taught in a hybrid fashion, partially face-to-face and partially online. Courses are available only to those admitted to the special education tribal cohort program. (Temporarily suspended, 2015) 36 SPE 501 - Historical and Contemporary Issues in American Indian Education SPE 503 - Assessment of American Indian Learners SPE 504 - Working with American Indian Families and Communities SPE 505 - The Manifestation of Multigenerational Trauma and Internalized Oppression SPE 506 - Indigenous Learners SPE 507 - Indigenous Methods of Instruction: Practical Application SPE 508 - Professional Issues and Development SPE 509 - Literacy Instruction for American Indian Learners with Exceptionalities SPE 481, 483 - Student Teaching: Elementary Special Education SPE 485, 487 – Student Teaching: Secondary Special Education K-12 English as a Second Language (ESL) License The K-12 English as a Second Language license is available as an initial license as well as an endorsement to an existing license. This license qualifies teachers to work with K-12 students for whom English is a second language across a range of subject areas. The K-12 ESL licensure program is comprised of both undergraduate and graduate courses; up to seven of the graduate courses can apply to the completion of the MAE degree. Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is available to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and have been admitted to the MAE program. A pre-requisite to program admissions is two years of high school level or one year of college level language instruction. The K-12 ESL program is offered in a hybrid format which means that courses are a mix of face to face and online instruction. Classes are offered during the academic year in the evening semester framework and during summer session to make them accessible to working adults. This license is also offered as an undergraduate major to Augsburg Undergraduate (AU) students seeking a baccalaureate degree. The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for licensure, and up to seven also may be taken at the graduate level and applied toward the master’s degree in education. EDC 200/522 - Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* EDC 206/566 - Diversity/MN American Indians EDC 310/533 - Learning and Development in an Educational Setting* EDC 410/544 - Learners with Special Needs* EED 325/525 - K-6 Methods: Literacy* ESE 325/525 - Creating Learning Environments* ESL 330/510 - History and Structure of the English Language ESL 340/520 - ESL Literacy* ESL 490/530 - Language, Culture, and Schools ESL 420/540 - ESL Methods* To complete the license, students also will need to complete the following requirements at the undergraduate level: HPE 115 - Chemical Dependency Education EDC 220 - Educational Technology EED 326 - Elementary Reading K-6 Field Experience (taken concurrently with EED 325/525) ESL 310 - Second Language Acquisition ESL 320 - Introduction to Linguistics ESL 410 - ESL Testing and Evaluation ESL 481, 483 - Student Teaching: Elementary ESL 485, 487 - Student Teaching: Secondary ESL 489 - Teacher Performance Assessment and Student Teaching Seminar *This course has a 20 hour field experience attached to it. 37 Student Teaching Students are required to complete student teaching for initial and additional licenses (unless otherwise indicated). In the MAE program, student teaching is generally completed before finishing the degree. Students can apply for licensure at this point and finish the degree later. Student teaching for elementary, secondary, and K-12 initial licenses lasts 12-14 weeks, depending on licensure scope. During that time, students work full-time as student teachers and are supervised by an Augsburg faculty member. Students register for eight to twelve semester credits of student teaching and a two semester credit edTPA and student teaching seminar. They meet at Augsburg College for student teaching seminars several times during the term. Most student teaching placements are in the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area and Rochester. However, students do have the opportunity to student teach abroad, where students complete a 10-week student teaching experience in the metro area and then complete another student teaching experience abroad. Opportunities to teach abroad are available around the world, and it is a wonderful way to build a global perspective in education. Additional information is available through the Education Department. Curriculum—Graduate Degree Completion Options Students take graduate coursework as part of the licensure program. This coursework forms the Master of Arts in Education licensure core, with between four to seven Augsburg graduate-level licensure courses fulfilling master’s requirements. Students bringing fewer than seven graduate-level licensure courses or 21 semester credits into the degree program must complete additional Master of Arts in Leadership (ML) or education graduate courses to reach the required 30-33 semester credits for the MAE degree. To finish out the master’s degree, students will need to complete one of the following options. Action Research Degree Completion Option (Minimum 30 credits) This degree completion option requires a minimum of three classes totaling at least nine semester credits: a Master of Arts in Leadership (ML) elective, EDC 592 Action Research 1, and EDC 593 Action Research 2. The action research courses guide the student through completion of a long-term action research project, typically conducted in the student’s classroom and focused on a question or concern identified by the student. The research is presented at an action research symposium and a formal written report of the research is placed in Lindell Library. The coursework for action research is designed to be completed in two semesters; the project itself is done once the research is presented at an action research symposium and the paper is accepted for placement in Lindell Library. Additional terms beyond those in which the courses are completed are available through continuing registration for up to 12 semesters at no further charge. Leadership Application Project (LAP) Degree Completion Option (Minimum 30 credits) This degree completion option requires a minimum of three classes totaling at least nine semester credits: an ML elective, EDC 514 – Research Methods - Education focus or ML 514 - Evaluating Empirical Research and EDC 585 Leadership Application Project. Students electing this degree completion option do so because they are interested in developing an educational product that meets an identified need.   The goal for those developing an educational product is to identify an issue or problem related to their practice, and after researching available literature, develop a solution to the problem or issue. The solution might be developed in the form of a curriculum, a workshop, a set of informational materials, a website, an article for publication or other appropriate educational product. This option is completed with a final oral presentation and placement of the final paper in the Lindell Library. Additional terms beyond those in which the courses are completed are available through continuing registration for up to 12 semesters at no further charge. Performance Assessment/Teacher Leadership Degree Completion Option (Minimum 33 credits) This degree completion option focuses on the theme of the MAE degree program - teacher leadership - and requires a minimum of the following four classes: One ML leadership-focused course 38 EDC 570 - Teacher Leadership EDC 514 - Research Methods (ML 514 can be substituted if necessary) EDC 594 - Performance Assessment Project Students electing this degree completion option do so because they are especially interested in considering leadership within the context of education and themselves as potential change agents. EDC 594 must be taken as the last course in this sequence. Students finish their degree through this option with the successful completion of these four classes. Alternate Settings—MAE in Rochester In step with Augsburg College’s excellent reputation in the field of education, the Master of Arts in Education program is also offered in Rochester, MN. Licenses are available in elementary education and special education: ABS. Classes primarily meet weekday evenings and summer at Bethel Lutheran Church in Rochester. Elementary education The K-6 elementary education license allows students to teach in grade K-6. Augsburg College offers this license at the graduate level to students who already hold a bachelor’s degree and meet admissions requirements. Courses for this license are available in Rochester. Special education The K-12 Academic Behavior Specialist (ABS) program is designed for students currently working with or planning to work with students with mild to moderate special needs. The program leads to Minnesota teaching licensure in special education and the ability to work with students whose special needs are categorized as EBD, LD, DCD, ASD, and/or OHI. All courses for these licenses are available in Rochester. The Performance Assessment degree completion option is offered in Rochester as needed, typically every other year. MAL Elective Courses At least one elective must be taken from the Master of Arts in Leadership courses. The following are recommended, but others may also be used. Course descriptions can be found in the MAL portion of the graduate catalog. ML 510 - Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary Journey ML 511 - Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process ML 520 – Self-Identity and Values: Keys to Authentic Leadership ML 530 - Ethics in Communication ML 531 - The Dynamics of Change ML 545 - Decision Making and Leadership ML 550 - Communication, Decision Making, and Technology ML 560 - Cultural Competence and Effective Leadership ML 565 - Women and Leadership ML 599 - Topics For a complete list of courses and descriptions, see the Course Description Search. Admission to MAE Admission Requirements Students admitted into the MAE licensure and degree programs must have:   Bachelor’s degree from a regionally-accredited four-year institution Cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher (required for full admission for the graduate licensure option and degree program). Students with a cumulative grade point average of 2.5-2.99 may be admitted conditionally into the graduate licensure program. To be admitted to the MAE degree completion program, all students must have a 3.0 or better Augsburg GPA. 39 Application Checklist The following items must be sent to the Augsburg Office of Admissions:     Completed application form - www.augsburg.edu/mae $35 non-refundable application fee Personal summary outlining your tentative educational objectives and reasons for wanting to attend Augsburg Official academic transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions (including colleges, universities, vocational/technical schools, and PSEO institutions) sent directly to the Admissions Office. Admission as an International Student International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students. Transfer Policy Acceptance of previous education coursework completed at institu